As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 3, 2018.

 

Registration No. 333-                       

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

BOXLIGHT CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Nevada   8211   46-4116523

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

1045 Progress Circle

Lawrenceville, Georgia 30043

(404) 891-1122

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

James Mark Elliot

Chief Executive Officer

Boxlight Corporation

1045 Progress Circle

Lawrenceville, Georgia 30043

(404) 891-1122

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Mitchell S. Nussbaum

Tahra T. Wright

David Levine

Loeb & Loeb LLP

345 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10154

(212) 407-4000

 

Stephen A. Weiss

Megan J. Penick

CKR Law, LLP

1330 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

(212) 259-7300

 

Lawrence Nusbaum

Andrew Russell

Gusrae Kaplan & Nusbaum PLLC

120 Broadway

New York, NY 10005

(212) 269-1400

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, check the following box. [  ]

 

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [  ]

 

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [  ]

 

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [  ]

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer [  ] Accelerated filer [  ]
       
Non-accelerated filer [  ] (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) Smaller reporting company [X]
       
Emerging growth company [X]    

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. [  ]

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (1)(2)

    Amount of
Registration Fee (3)
 
Class A Common Stock, par value of $0.0001 per share   $

17,250,000

    $

2,147.63

 

 

(1) Includes shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3)

Paid herewith.

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

     
 

 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED JULY 3, 2018

 

[               ] Shares

Class A Common Stock

 

 

We are offering [                 ] shares of our Class A common stock. Our Class A common stock is listed on The NASDAQ Capital Market, or NASDAQ, under the symbol “BOXL.” On June 28, 2018, the last reported sale price of our common stock on NASDAQ was $5.22 per share.

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our Class A Common Stock.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

      Per Share       Total  
Public offering price   $     $  
Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)   $     $  
Proceeds, before expenses, to us   $     $  

 

(1) Does not include a non-accountable expense allowance equal to 1% of the gross proceeds of this offering payable to A.G.P./Alliance Global Partners, bookrunner and one of the representatives of the several underwriters. See “Underwriting” for a description of compensation payable to the underwriters.

 

We have granted a 45-day option to the representative of the underwriters to purchase up to [___] additional shares of Class A Common Stock solely to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver our shares to purchasers in the offering on or about ________, 2018.

 

Sole Book-Running Manager

A.G.P.

 

Co-Managers

 

Maxim Group LLC   The Benchmark Company

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS   1
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS   1
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY   2
RISK FACTORS   10
USE OF PROCEEDS   28
CAPITALIZATION   29
DILUTION   30
DIVIDEND POLICY   31
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS   32
BUSINESS   43
MANAGEMENT   58
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS   68
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS   71
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK   72
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE   75
UNDERWRITING   76
LEGAL MATTERS   80
EXPERTS   80
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION   80
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   81

 

No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

 

  i  
 

 

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

 

For convenience, in this prospectus, unless the context suggests otherwise, all references to “Boxlight Parent” means only Boxlight Corporation, a Nevada corporation, and references to “BOXL,” “we,” “our,” “our company,” “Company” or “us” means Boxlight Parent, and our wholly-owned subsidiaries, consisting of Boxlight Inc., a Washington corporation, Boxlight Latinoamerica, S.A. DE C.V. and Boxlight Latinamerica Servicios, S.A. DE C.V., both incorporated in Mexico.

 

All references to (i) “Mimio” means Mimio LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which was merged into Boxlight Inc. in October 2016; (ii) “Genesis” means Genesis Collaboration LLC, a Georgia limited liability company, which was merged into Boxlight Inc. in August 2016; and (iii) the “Boxlight Group” means collectively Boxlight Inc., Boxlight Latinoamerica, S.A. DE C.V. and Boxlight Latinamerica Servicios, S.A. DE C.V.

 

EXPLANATORY NOTE

 

Market data and certain industry data and forecasts used throughout this prospectus were obtained from internal company surveys, market research, consultant surveys, publicly available information, reports of governmental agencies and industry publications and surveys. Industry surveys, publications, consultant surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. We have not independently verified any of the data from third party sources, nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein. Similarly, internal surveys, industry forecasts and market research, which we believe to be reliable based on our management’s knowledge of the industry, have not been independently verified. Forecasts are particularly likely to be inaccurate, especially over long periods of time. Statements as to our market position are based on the most currently available data. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry data presented in this prospectus, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements.” Forward-looking statements reflect our current view about future events. When used in this prospectus, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “future,” “intend,” “plan,” or the negative of these terms and similar expressions, as they relate to us or our management, identify forward-looking statements. Such statements include, but are not limited to, statements contained in this prospectus relating to our business strategy, our future operating results and liquidity and capital resources outlook. Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and assumptions regarding our business, the economy and other future conditions. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include, without limitation, market acceptance of our products; our ability to protect our intellectual property rights; the impact of any infringement actions or other litigation brought against us; competition from other providers and products; our ability to develop and commercialize new and improved products and services; our ability to complete capital raising transactions; and other factors (including the risks contained in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors”) relating to our industry, our operations and results of operations. Because forward–looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. Our actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. They are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees of assurance of future performance. We caution you therefore against relying on any of these forward-looking statements. We cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States, we do not intend to update any of the forward-looking statements to conform these statements to actual results.

 

1
 

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider important in making your investment decision. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information regarding us and our Class A common stock being sold in the offering, including the risks of investing in our Class A common stock discussed under “Risk Factors,” beginning on page 10 and our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless otherwise noted, the information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option.

 

Our Company

 

We are an education technology company that develops, sells and services interactive classroom solutions for the global education market. We are seeking to become a world leading innovator, and integrator of interactive products and software for schools, as well as for business and government learning spaces. We currently design, produce and distribute interactive technologies including flat panels, projectors, whiteboards and peripherals to the education market. We also distribute science, technology, engineering and math (or “STEM”) products, including a portable science lab. All of our products are integrated into our classroom software suite that provides tools for whole class learning, assessment and collaboration. To date, we have generated substantially all of our revenue from the sale of our software and interactive displays to the educational market.

 

We seek to provide easy-to-use total solutions to customers, including hardware, software, content development and comprehensive services including installation, training, consulting and maintenance. We combine interactive displays with robust software to enhance the educational environment, ease the teacher technology burden, and improve student outcomes. Our goal is to become a single source solution to satisfy the needs of educators around the globe and provide a holistic approach to the modern classroom. Our products have been sold in approximately 60 countries and 850,000 classrooms, and our software is available in 32 languages. We sell our products and software through more than 500 global reseller partners. We believe we offer the most comprehensive and integrated line of interactive display solutions, audio products, peripherals and accessories for schools and enterprises. Our products are backed by nearly 30 years of research and development. We introduced the world’s first interactive projector in 2007 and received patents in 2010.

 

Our Products

 

We currently offer the following products:

 

Boxlight ProColor Interactive Flat Panel Displays

 

Our ProColor series of interactive LED panels are available in four sizes – 65”, 70”, 75”, and 86”. Each offers 4K resolution that produces extraordinarily sharp images suitable for a range of classroom sizes. They also include a slot for an optional PC Module that provides embedded Windows 10. All also include embedded Android computing capability for control, applications, and annotation. ProColor Interactive LED panels utilize infrared touch tracking technology, offering 20 points of touch for simultaneous interaction of multiple users. ProColor’s built-in speakers add room filling sound to the display’s vivid colors. The interactive LED panels feature anti-glare safety glass with optical coatings that are highly scratch resistant, improve viewing angles, and reduce ambient light interference.

 

Boxlight ProColor Interactive Projectors

 

We offer a suite of patented, award-winning interactive projectors with a wide variety of features and specifications to suit the varying needs of instructors, teachers and presenters around the world. With an interactive projector any wall, whiteboard or other flat surface can become an interactive surface and enable computer control. A user can utilize a pen stylus or finger as a mouse or to write or draw images displayed on the screen. As with interactive whiteboards, the interactive projector accommodates multiple users simultaneously. Images that have been created through the projectors can be saved as computer files. Except for the ProjectorWrite 12 series, all the Boxlight Group interactive projectors use LCD or DLP technology.

 

We offer interactive projectors using lamp and laser illumination technologies. Each ultra-short throw model is available with pen-based interactivity using infra-red emitting pens or touch-based technology using an emitter that generates a laser curtain over the entire surface of an associated whiteboard.

 

The pen versions of these interactive projectors can display images as large as 130” diagonally in 16:10 aspect ratio. The touch-based versions can display images as large as 100” in the same 16:10 aspect ratio. All models support up to ten simultaneous interactions meaning multiple students can simultaneously work. The projectors come with high quality audio and appropriate wall mounting hardware.

 

The ProjectoWrite 9 series provides wired interactivity and features 60 frames per second. These projectors have built-in storage of up to 1.5 GB for on-the-go display; a USB or EZ WiFi LAN connection from the PC, Mac or mobile device to the interactive projector is required for interactivity with the projected images. The ProjectoWrite 9 interactive projector series allows for a maximum of ten interactive pens working simultaneously. Utilizing its patented embedded interactive CMOS camera at 60 frames per second, response time is less than 12 minutes, and accuracy is within 3 pixels.

 

The ProjectoWrite 12 series is first in the Boxlight Group’s line of patented finger-touch interactive projectors to offer a driverless installation. With the addition of a laser module, a moderator or student can use a finger, or any solid object, to interact and control the computer at the projected image. With 10-point touch, a user can capitalize on the new touch features of Microsoft Windows 10, emulating a tablet computer.

 

 

2
 

 

 

Boxlight’s MimioTeach Interactive Whiteboard

 

Boxlight’s MimioTeach is one of our best known and longest-lived products. Hundreds of thousands of MimioTeach interactive whiteboards and its predecessor models are used in classrooms around the world. MimioTeach can turn any whiteboard (retrofit) into an interactive whiteboard in as little as 30 seconds. This portable product fits into a tote bag with room for a small desktop projector, which is attractive to teachers who move from classroom to classroom. For schools where “change is our normal,” MimioTeach eliminates the high cost of moving fixed-mount implementations.

 

ProColor Display 490 Interactive Touch Table

 

The ProColor Display 490 Interactive Touch Table enables up to four students to work collaboratively or individually on a horizontal surface, which is particularly well-suited to younger students or those with motor skill limitations. The height of the table can be adjusted electrically, which is to accommodate a wide range of students and even wheelchairs.

 

Boxlight’s MimioFrame retro-fittable Touch Board

 

Boxlight’s MimioFrame can turn a conventional whiteboard into a touchboard in 10-15 minutes. Millions of classrooms already have a conventional whiteboard and a non-interactive projector. MimioFrame uses infrared (IR) technology embedded in the four sides of the frame to turn that non-interactive combination into a modern 10-touch-interactive Digital Classroom. No drilling or cutting is required, MimioFrame easily and quickly attaches with industrial-strength double-sided tape.

 

Boxlight’s MimioBoard Touch interactive whiteboards

 

Boxlight’s Interactive Touch Boards are available in 78” 4:3 aspect ratio and 87” 16:10 aspect ratio. These boards provide sophisticated interactivity with any projector because the touch interactivity is built into the board. Unlike many competitive products, Boxlight’s touch boards are suited for use with dry erase markers. Many competitive products advise against using dry erase markers because their boards stain. Boxlight’s touch boards use a porcelain-on-steel surface for durability and dry erase compatibility. The Boxlight Touch Boards are also much lighter weight than most competitive products which results in faster, easier and a lower cost installation process.

 

MimioStudio Interactive Instructional Software

 

MimioStudio Interactive Instructional Software enables the creation, editing, and presentation of interactive instructional lessons and activities. These lessons and activities can be presented and managed from the front of the classroom using any of Boxlight’s front of classroom display systems including MimioTeach + our non-interactive projectors, ProColor Interactive LED panels, MimioBoard Touch + our non-interactive projectors, MimioFrame + our non-interactive projectors or ProjectoWrite “P” Series interactive projectors in either pen or touch controlled versions. MimioStudio can also be operated using MimioPad as a full-featured remote control or a mobile device such as an iPad or tablet which includes a display screen that fully replicates the front-of-classroom display generated by MimioStudio. Operation with a mobile device is enabled via the three-user license for MimioMobile, see next, provided with the MimioStudio license that accompanies all front-of-classroom devices from Mimio.

 

MimioMobile Collaboration and Assessment Application

 

The introduction of MimioMobile, a software accessory for MimioStudio, in 2014 introduced a new era of fully interactive student activities that are able to be directly and immediately displayed on the front-of-classroom interactive displays through MimioStudio.

 

MimioMobile allows fully interactive activities to be pushed to student classroom devices. The students can manipulate objects within the activities, annotate “on top” of them, and even create completely new content on their own handheld devices. MimioMobile also enables assessment using the mobile devices. The teacher can create multiple choice, true\false, yes\no, and text entry assessment questions. The students can respond at their own speed and their answers are stored within MimioStudio from which the teacher can display graphs showing student results. This “continuous assessment” allows formative assessment that can help guide the teacher as to whether to re-teach the material if understanding is low or move forward in the lesson. We believe that this interactive and student dependent instructional model can dramatically enhance student outcomes.

 

Boxlight Front-of-Classroom Interactive Displays

 

Boxlight offers the broadest line of interactive displays, each of which provides large image size and interactive technology that complements the capabilities of MimioStudio and MimioMobile.

 

Boxlight’s MimioSpace ultra-wide 135” TouchBoard System

 

MimioSpace combines an eleven-foot-wide 32-touch interactive whiteboard with a 16:6 aspect ratio ultra-wide projector to produce an extraordinary combination of digital classroom technology and the extremely wide working surface of classical blackboard-based classrooms.

 

 

3
 

 

 

Peripherals and accessories

 

We offer a line of peripherals and accessories, including amplified speaker systems, mobile carts, installation accessories and adjustable wall-mount accessories that complement our entire line of interactive projectors, LED flat panels and standard projectors. The height and tilt adjustable DeskBoard mobile cart, which won the Best of ISTE in June 2014 for Best Hardware product, can be used as an interactive screen or interactive desktop with the ProjectoWrite 8 ultra-short throw interactive projectors.

 

Boxlight’s MimioVote Student Assessment System

 

Boxlight’s MimioVote is a handheld “clicker” that enables student assessment with essentially zero training. MimioVote is so simple it genuinely qualifies as intuitive, an elusive and often proclaimed attribute that is actually merited by MimioVote. MimioVote fully integrates into the MimioMobile environment and offers everything from attendance to fully immersive and on-the-fly student assessment. The MimioVote was specifically designed to survive the rigors of even kindergarten and elementary classrooms where being dropped, stepped on, and kicked are all part of a normal day. The handset’s non-slip coating helps keep it from sliding off desktops or out of little hands. Should they take “flight”, the rugged construction keeps them working.

 

Boxlight’s MimioPad wireless pen tablet

 

MimioPad is a lightweight, rechargeable, wireless tablet used as a remote control for the MimioStudio running on a teacher’s Windows, Mac, or Linux computer. MimioPad enables the teacher to roam the classroom which significantly aids classroom management. MimioPad is a classroom management tool which can be handed off to enable a student to be part of the interactive experience – all without leaving their seat to go to the front of the room.

  

Boxlight’s MimioView document camera

 

Boxlight’s MimioView is a document camera that is integrated with MimioStudio to make the combination easy to use with a single cable connection that carries power, video, and control. MimioView is fully integrated into our MimioStudio software solution and is controlled through MimioStudio’s applications menu. With two clicks, the teacher or user can turn on, auto-focus, and illuminate the included LED lights for smooth high-definition images.

 

Audio Solutions

 

We offer SoundLite audio solutions as an affordable and easy-to-install amplified speaker system for use with all of our projectors. The 30 watt SoundLite product is available with a wireless RF microphone. This device produces quality stereo sound in any room.

 

Features in future SoundLite models will have a security-enabled system and IP addressable audio classroom solution allowing point-to-point address as well as a wide area network address. A panic switch on the wireless transmitters will enable live broadcast of classroom audio and simultaneously trigger predetermined alerts. This feature is designed to work over a school’s existing network infrastructure.

 

Non-Interactive projectors

 

We distribute a full line of standard, non-interactive projectors. The Cambridge Series features embedded wireless display functions and is available in short and standard throw options. Offering brightness from 2,700 to 4,000 lumens, we furnish projectors for small classrooms to large classrooms with the Cambridge platform. This series is available in both XGA and WXGA resolutions to replace projectors on existing interactive whiteboards in classrooms operating on limited budgets. The Boxlight Group has designed this platform to provide easy user maintenance with side-changing lamps and filters and developed HEPA filtration systems for harsh environments.

 

Over the past several years, we have together with strategic allies, provided customized products that fit specific needs of customers, such as the Israeli Ministry of Defense. Working with Nextel Systems, the Boxlight Group delivered approximately 4,000 projectors, with special kitting performance, asset tagging, custom start up screens, operating defaults appropriate for harsh environments, and other unique product specifications. the Boxlight Group also met requirements that each projector contain at least 51% U.S. content and be assembled in the United States. A service center was appointed in Israel to provide warranty service and support. The US Army in connection with the Israeli Defense Forces found the Boxlight Group to be the only manufacturer able to meet the stringent requirements, leading not only to the original multi-year contract, but to extensions for favorable execution and performance.

 

 

4
 

 

 

Our Strategic Goals

 

We believe that our future success will depend upon many factors, including those discussed below. While these areas represent opportunities for us, they also represent challenges and risks that we must successfully address.

 

 

Increasing our customer base. Our principal customers are school districts that solicit requests for proposals, or RFPs, usually in the second and third calendar quarters, after receipt of their annual school spending budgets. We have recently been successful in winning many of these bids and expect to continue to build our inventory of products and software to meet our expanding backlog of orders.

     
  Investing in research and development. We intend to continually develop and introduce innovative products, enhance existing products and effectively stimulate customer demand for existing and future products.
     
  Expanding our sales and marketing team. We intend to invest significant resources in our marketing, advertising and brand management efforts.

 

  Expanding our product and technology offerings. Our long-term growth will depend in part on our ability to continually expand our product and technology offerings, which we intend to do through both our internal research and development initiatives, as well as through strategic acquisition opportunities and joint ventures that may develop, such as Cohuborate Ltd. and Qwizdom, Inc. as discussed below.
     
  Strategic acquisitions and joint ventures . We believe we can materially increase our revenues and scope by acquiring or joint venturing with a number of value added resellers that are focused on the education and learning technologies market segments, have gained the trust and support of local school districts and governmental agencies, and are located in geographically strategic areas throughout the United States and internationally.
     
  Developing strategic partnerships and alliances . We currently work with a variety of major software and hardware solution providers, with whom we are developing embedded solutions to offer buffered content inside our projectors to allow smooth content streaming across multiple platforms. We intend to further existing and develop additional strategic partnerships and alliances.

 

Recent Developments

 

In May 2018, we were awarded contracts from:

 

● Clayton County School District in Georgia, serving over 3,200 classrooms under a proposal to provide approximately $12,000,000 of products and software in 2018 and 2019; and

 

● Beaufort County School District in South Carolina, serving over 1,750 classrooms under a proposal to provide approximately $5,000,000 of products and software in 2018 and 2019.

 

On May 9, 2018, we acquired 100% of the share capital of Cohuborate, Ltd., based in Lancashire, England. Cohuborate produces, sells and distributes interactive display panels designed to provide new learning and working experience through high-quality technologies and solutions through in-room and room-to-room multi-device multi-user collaboration. Although a development stage company with minimal revenues to date, we believe that Cohuborate will enhance our software capability and product offerings. We purchased the Cohuborate shares for 257,200 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock and $100 British pound sterling. The shareholders agreed not to sell our shares for one year from the closing of the acquisition.

 

On May 10, 2018, we signed an exclusive, global agreement with Multi Touch Interactives (“MTI”), an international software development company, to create the next generation of interactive educational activities for large format, horizontal and vertical classroom-based touchscreens. Under the terms of the agreement, MTI will begin developing activities designed for early elementary and special needs education, with the goal of providing a solid and versatile platform onto which rich, educational collaborative applications will be built. The applications will run exclusively for, and in, the Windows 10 environment and will be designed and produced sequentially, while allowing educators to create their own or modify existing activities.

 

On June 22, 2018 and pursuant to a stock purchase agreement, Boxlight Parent acquired 100% of the capital stock of Qwizdom, Inc. (“Qwizdom”) based in Washington and its subsidiary Qwizdom UK Limited based in Northern Ireland (“Qwizdom UK” and collectively with Qwizdom, the “Qwizdom Companies”). The Qwizdom Companies develop software and hardware solutions that are quick to implement and designed to increase participation, provide immediate data feedback, and, most importantly, accelerate and improve comprehension and learning. The Qwizdom Companies have offices outside Seattle, WA and Belfast, Northern Ireland and deliver products in 44 languages to customers around the world through a network of partners. Over the last three years, over 80,000 licenses have been distributed for the Qwizdom Companies’ interactive whiteboard software and online solutions.

 

We purchased the Qwizdom shares for (1) $410,000 in cash, (2) issuance of a 8% note of $656,000, (3) issuance of 142,857 shares of Class A common stock, and (4) a maximum $410,000 earnout based on future consolidated revenues as defined in the agreement.  

 

The principal and accrued interest of the $656,000 note is due and payable in 12 equal quarterly payments. The first quarterly payment is due on the last business day of March 2019 and subsequent quarterly payments are to be made on the last business day of the 6 th , 9 th and 12 th calendar month and quarterly thereafter until the “Maturity Date”. The Maturity Date is defined as the earlier of (i) our completing a public offering of Class A common stock or private placement of its debt or equity securities (each a “Financing”) that results in our receipt of gross proceeds from such Financing of $10,000,000 or more, or (ii) that date which shall be the last business day of July 2021.

 

As part of the transaction, Qwizdom entered into a three-year employment agreement with Darin Beamish, its chief executive officer, and Qwizdom UK entered into a three year employment agreement with Dermot Sweeney, its President. In addition, we agreed and granted options to Mr. Sweeney and Mr. Beamish to purchase 40,000 and 20,000 shares, respectively, of Boxlight Class A common stock. These options have an exercise price of $5.78 per share, expire after 10 years from the grant date and vest through 4 years.

 

The two former Qwizdom shareholders agreed not to sell their shares for one year from the closing of the acquisition .

 

 

5
 

 

 

Our Markets

 

The global education industry is undergoing a significant transition, as primary and secondary school districts, colleges and universities, as well as governments, corporations and individuals around the world are increasingly recognizing the importance of using technology to more effectively provide information to educate students and other users. In the United States, which is our primary market, we sell and distribute interactive educational products for K-12 to both public and private schools. The K-12 education sector represents one of the largest industry segments. The sector is comprised of approximately 15,600 public school districts across the 50 states and 132,000 public and private elementary and secondary schools. In addition to its size, the U.S. K-12 education market is highly decentralized and is characterized by complex content adoption processes. We believe this market structure underscores the importance of scale and industry relationships and the need for broad, diverse coverage across states, districts and schools. Even while we believe certain initiatives in the education sector, such as the Common Core State Standards, a set of shared math and literacy standards benchmarked to international standards, have increased standardization in K-12 education content, we believe significant state standard specific customization still exists, and we believe the need to address customization provides an ongoing need for companies in the sector to maintain relationships with individual state and district policymakers and expertise in state-varying academic standards.

 

According to “ All Global Market Education & Learning ”, an industry publication, the market for hardware products is growing due to increases in the use of interactive whiteboards and simulation-based learning hardware. Educational institutions have become more receptive to the implementation of hi-tech learning tools. The advent of technology in the classroom has enabled multi-modal training and varying curricula. In general, technology based tools help develop student performance when integrated with the curriculum. The constant progression of technology in education has helped educators to create classroom experiences that are interactive, developed and collaborative.

 

Our Opportunity

 

We believe that our patented products and software portfolios and the software and products we intend to develop either alone or in collaboration with other technology companies positions us to be a leading manufacturer and provider of interactive educational products in the global educational and learning market. We believe that increased consumer spending driven by the close connection between levels of educational attainment, evolving standards in curriculum, personal career prospects and economic growth will increase the demand for our interactive educational products. Some of the factors that we believe will impact our opportunity include:

 

    Growth in U.S. K-12 Market Expenditures . After several years of massive cuts, significant resources are again being devoted to primary and secondary education in the United States. U.S. education expenditure has been estimated at approximately $1.3 trillion, with K-12 education accounting for close to half ($625 billion) of this spending.
     
  Increasing Focus on Accountability and the Quality of Student Education . U.S. K-12 education has come under significant political scrutiny in recent years, with findings that American students rank far behind other global leaders in international tests of literacy, math and science, with the resulting conclusion that the current state of U.S. education severely impairs the United States’ economic, military and diplomatic security as well as broader components of America’s global leadership.
     
  Trends in Tech-Savvy Education . Education remains heavily reliant on “chalk and talk” instruction conducted in traditional settings; however, that is starting to change as schools and colleges adopt virtual classrooms, data analysis, online games, highly customized coursework, and other cutting-edge tools to help students learn.

 

 

6
 

 

 

  New Technologies . In addition to white boards and interactive projectors, other technologies are being adapted for educational uses on the Internet, mobile devices and through cloud-computing, which permit simultaneous sharing of digital files and programs among multiple computers or other devices through a virtual network. Handheld devices, including smartphones, tablets, e-readers and digital video technologies, are now fundamental to the way students communicate.
     
  Demand for Interactive Projectors is on the Rise . As a complete system, interactive projectors are considerably less expensive than interactive whiteboards or interactive flat panel displays, placing them at a distinct advantage in price sensitive markets. According to FutureSource , an industry publication, “sales of interactive projectors are expected to grow steadily from 2014 to 2017 with a CAGR at 10.3% worldwide.”
     
  International Catalysts Driving Adoption of Learning Technology. According to Ambient Insights 2012 Snapshot of the Worldwide and US Academic Digital Learning Market, substantial growth in revenues for eLearning products in the academic market segment are anticipated throughout the world due to several convergent catalysts, including, significant growth in numbers of 15-17 year old students and women in education in emerging markets; government-funded education policies mandating country-wide deployment of digital learning infrastructures; large scale digitization efforts in government and academic markets; significant increases in the amount of digital learning content; migration to digital formats by major educational publishers and content providers; mass purchases of personal learning devices and strong demand for learning platforms, content and technology services; and the rapid growth of part-time and full-time online student enrollments.

 

Competition

 

The interactive education industry is highly competitive and characterized by frequent product introductions and rapid technological advances that have substantially increased the capabilities and use of interactive projectors and interactive whiteboards. Interactive whiteboards, since first introduced, have evolved from a high-cost technology that involves multiple components, requiring professional installers, to a one-piece technology that is available at increasingly reduced price points and affords simple installations. With lowered technology entry barriers, we face heated competition from other interactive whiteboard developers, manufacturers and distributors. We compete with other developers, manufacturers and distributors of interactive projectors and personal computer technologies, tablets, television screens, smart phones, such as Smart Technologies, Promethean, ViewSonic, Dell Computers, Samsung, Panasonic and ClearTouch.

 

However, the market presents new opportunities in responding to demands to replace outdated and failing interactive whiteboards with more affordable and simpler solution interactive whiteboards. Our ability to integrate our technologies and remain innovative and develop new technologies desired by our current and potential new contract manufacturing customers will determine our ability to grow our contract manufacturing divisions. In addition, we have begun to see expansion in the market to sales of complementary products that work in conjunction with the interactive technology, including software, audio solutions, data capture, and tablets.

 

 

7
 

 

 

Our Corporate Information

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 1045 Progress Circle, Lawrenceville, GA 30043. Our telephone number is 678-367-0809. Our website address is www.boxlightcorp.com . We do not incorporate the information on, or accessible through, any of our websites into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our websites as part of this prospectus.

 

Our Status as an Emerging Growth Company

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Certain specified reduced reporting and other regulatory requirements are available to public companies that are emerging growth companies. These provisions include:

 

  an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;
     
  an exemption from the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards until they would apply to private companies;
     
  an exemption from compliance with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about our audit and our financial statements; and
     
  reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements.

 

We have elected to take advantage of the exemption from the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards until they would apply to private companies.

 

We will continue to be an emerging growth company until the earliest of:

 

  the last day of our fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1,000,000,000 (as such amount is indexed for inflation every five years by the SEC to reflect the change in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, setting the threshold to the nearest $1,000,000) or more;
     
  the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of our first sale of common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act;
     
  the date on which we have, during the prior three-year period, issued more than $1,000,000,000 in non-convertible debt; or
     
  the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, which means the market value of our Class A common stock that is held by non-affiliates (or public float) exceeds $700 million as of the last day of our second fiscal quarter in our prior fiscal year.

 

 

8
 

 

 

The Offering

 

Class A common stock we are offering   Up to [          ] shares of Class A common stock
     
Public offering price   $__ per share of Class A common stock
     
Shares of Class A Common stock outstanding before this offering (1)  

10,056,095 shares of Class A common stock

     

Shares of Class A Common stock outstanding after this offering (1)

 

Up to [                ] shares of Class A common stock

 

     
Over-allotment option   We have granted a 45-day option to the underwriters, exercisable one or more times in whole or in part, to purchase up to an additional [  ] shares of Class A common stock.
     
Use of proceeds  

Our net proceeds from this offering, after deducting offering expenses payable by us at closing (including underwriter discounts and commissions), of approximately $[          ], will be approximately $[          ].

 

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering: (a) to purchase additional inventories; (b) expand our sales and marketing staff, (c) reduce accounts payable (d) increase our research and product development, (e) reduce certain accounts payable and retire certain indebtedness and (f) for additional working capital, including potential acquisitions and joint ventures.

     
Nasdaq Capital Market Listing Symbol   “BOXL”
     
Risk factors   See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock.

 

(1) The number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding excludes :

 

  1,766,379 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted under the BOXL 2014 Stock Incentive Plan of which 573,955 were exercisable as of March 31, 2018, and 624,059 additional shares are reserved for issuance thereunder.
     
  398,406 shares of Class A common stock issuable to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock of LCC-Delaware upon automatic conversion of our Series A Preferred Stock on November 30, 2018.
     
  1,167,476 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants with exercise prices ranging from $5.58 to $9.84 per share.

 

 

9
 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the following risks and other information included in this prospectus before you decide whether to buy our Class A common stock. The following risks may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results. As a result, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

 

Risks Related to Our Business, Operations and Financial Condition

 

We have incurred losses for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016,

 

For the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, we had combined comprehensive loss of $7,332,039 and $2,074,901, respectively. In addition, for the three months ended March 31, 2018, we incurred an additional comprehensive loss of $1,911,108. There can be no assurance that our losses will not continue in the future, even if our revenues and expenditures for the products and solutions we sell and distribute increase.

 

We require substantial funds to expand our business.

 

In order to fill our existing backlog of orders and bid on new contracts from school districts, we will require significant funds to purchase additional inventories and pay our accounts payable to our vendors, as well as to build our marketing and sales staff. Unless we are able to obtain sufficient net proceeds from this offering or from one or more lenders or other private sources, we would be unable to expand our business and could default in payment of many of our obligations. There can be no assurance that such financing will be available or that we will be able to sell any or all of the shares of Class A Common Stock in this offering. Even if we are successful in obtaining alternative debt or equity financing unrelated to this offering, it is likely that the terms thereof will not be as attractive to us as the sale of the Class A common stock offered hereby. In such event, to the extent that such financing is at purchase prices, conversion prices or exercise prices that are lower than the offering price of the shares sold in our public offering, the equity interests of all of our stockholders could be substantially diluted.

 

We have been unable to fill our order backlog.

 

As of June 30, 2018, we have a backlog of orders of approximately $10.9 million. Due to our lack of liquidity and significant accounts payable, we have been unable to fill such backlog on a timely basis. Unless we receive significant proceeds from this offering or other sources of financing, we may be faced with cancellation of orders for our products which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

We may not be able to manage our acquisition strategy effectively.

 

Our growth strategy includes acquiring assets and technologies or companies that have services, products, technologies, industry specializations or geographic coverage that extend or complement our existing business. The process to undertake a potential acquisition is time-consuming and costly. We expect to expend significant resources to undertake business, financial and legal due diligence on potential acquisition targets, and there is no guarantee that we will complete any acquisition that we pursue.

 

10
 

 

The process of integrating any acquired business may create unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures and is itself risky. The acquisitions to be completed upon consummation of this offering and any future acquisitions will be subject to a number of challenges, including:

 

  diversion of management time and resources as well as a shift of focus from operating the businesses to issues related to integration and administration, which could result in the potential disruption of our ongoing business;
     
  the need to integrate each company’s accounting, management, information, human resources and other administrative systems to permit effective management, and the lack of control if such integration is delayed or not implemented;
     
  the need to implement controls, procedures and policies appropriate for a larger public company at companies that prior to acquisition had lacked such controls, procedures and policies;
     
  difficulties in maintaining uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies;
     
  difficulties in managing operations in widely disparate time zones;
     
  potential unknown liabilities associated with acquired businesses, including liability for activities of the acquired company before the acquisition, including violations of laws, rules and regulations, commercial disputes, tax liabilities and other known and unknown liabilities;
     
  difficulty retaining key alliances on attractive terms with partners and suppliers;
     
  declining employee morale and retention issues resulting from changes in compensation, or changes in management, reporting relationships, future prospects or the direction or culture of the business;
     
  in the case of foreign acquisitions, the need to integrate operations across different cultures and languages and to address the particular economic, currency, political, and regulatory risks associated with specific countries; and
     
  in some cases, the need to transition operations, end-users, and customers onto our existing platforms.

 

Failure to manage expansion effectively may affect our success in executing our business plan and may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation. We may not realize the anticipated benefits of any or all of our acquisitions, or may not realize them in the time frame expected. Future acquisitions or mergers may require us to issue additional equity securities, spend our cash, or incur debt, and amortization expenses related to intangible assets or write-offs of goodwill, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

We generate a substantial majority of our revenue from the sale of our display products, and any significant reduction in sales of these products would materially harm our business.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, we generated approximately 61.7% of our revenue from sales of our interactive display products, consisting of projectors, interactive projectors and interactive flat panels. A decrease in demand for our interactive displays would significantly reduce our revenue. If any of our competitors introduces attractive alternatives to our interactive displays, we could experience a significant decrease in sales as customers migrate to those alternative products.

 

11
 

 

Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations, which may cause our operating results to fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter and adversely affect our working capital and liquidity throughout the year.

 

Our revenues and operating results normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in our business, driven largely by the purchasing cycles of the educational market. Traditionally, the bulk of expenditures by school districts occur in the second and third calendar quarters after receipt of budget allocations. We expect quarterly fluctuations in our revenues and operating results to continue. These fluctuations could result in volatility and adversely affect our cash flow. As our business grows, these seasonal fluctuations may become more pronounced. As a result, we believe that sequential quarterly comparisons of our financial results may not provide an accurate assessment of our financial position.

 

Our working capital requirements and cash flows are subject to fluctuation, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition.

 

Our working capital requirements and cash flows have historically been, and are expected to continue to be, subject to quarterly and yearly fluctuations, depending on a number of factors. Factors which could result in cash flow fluctuations include:

 

  the level of sales and the related margins on those sales;
     
  the collection of receivables;
     
  the timing and size of purchases of inventory and related components; and
     
  the timing of payment on payables and accrued liabilities.

 

If we are unable to manage fluctuations in cash flow, our business, operating results and financial condition may be materially adversely affected. For example, we may be unable to make required interest payments on our indebtedness.

 

We operate in a highly competitive industry.

 

We are engaged in the interactive education industry. We face substantial competition from developers, manufacturers and distributors of interactive learning products and solutions, including interactive projectors, interactive whiteboards and micro-computer data logging products and any new product we may offer in the future. The industry is highly competitive and characterized by frequent product introductions and rapid technological advances that have substantially increased the capabilities and use of interactive projectors, interactive whiteboards, and micro-computer based logging technologies and combinations of them. We face increased competition from companies with strong positions in certain markets we serve, and in new markets and regions we may enter. These companies manufacture and/or distribute new, disruptive or substitute products that compete for the pool of available funds that previously could have been spent on interactive displays and associated products.

 

Many of these competitors have, and our potential competitors may have, significantly greater financial and other resources than we do and have spent, and may continue to spend, significant amounts of resources to try to enter or expand their presence in the market. In addition, low cost competitors have appeared in China and other countries. We may not be able to compete effectively against these current and future competitors. Increased competition or other competitive pressures have and may continue to result in price reductions, reduced margins or loss of market share, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

12
 

 

Some of our customers are required to purchase equipment by soliciting proposals from a number of sources and, in some cases, are required to purchase from the lowest bidder. While we attempt to price our products competitively based upon the relative features they offer, our competitors’ prices and other factors, we are often not the lowest bidder and in such cases may lose sales.

 

Competitors may be able to respond to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements more effectively and faster than we can or devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of products than we can. Current and potential competitors may establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties, including through mergers or acquisitions, to increase the ability of their products to address the needs of customers. If these interactive display competitors or other substitute or alternative technology competitors acquire significantly increased market share, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

If we are unable to continually enhance our products and to develop, introduce and sell new technologies and products at competitive prices and in a timely manner, our business will be harmed.

 

The market for interactive learning and collaboration solutions is still emerging and evolving. It is characterized by rapid technological change and frequent new product introductions, many of which may compete with, be considered as alternatives to or replace our interactive displays. For example, we have recently observed significant sales of tablet computers by competitors to school districts in the U.S. whose technology budgets could otherwise have been used to purchase interactive displays. Accordingly, our future success will depend upon our ability to enhance our products and to develop, introduce and sell new technologies and products offering enhanced performance and functionality at competitive prices and in a timely manner.

 

The development of new technologies and products involves time, substantial costs and risks. Our ability to successfully develop new technologies will depend in large measure on our ability to maintain a technically skilled research and development staff and to adapt to technological changes and advances in the industry. The success of new product introductions depends on a number of factors, including timely and successful product development, market acceptance, the effective management of purchase commitments and inventory levels in line with anticipated product demand, the availability of components in appropriate quantities and costs to meet anticipated demand, the risk that new products may have quality or other defects and our ability to manage distribution and production issues related to new product introductions. If we are unsuccessful in selling the new products that we develop and introduce, or any future products that we may develop, we may carry obsolete inventory and have reduced available working capital for the development of other new technologies and products.

 

If we are unable, for any reason, to enhance, develop, introduce and sell new products in a timely manner, or at all, in response to changing market conditions or customer requirements or otherwise, our business will be harmed.

 

We may not be successful in our strategy to increase sales in the business and government market.

 

The majority of our revenue has been derived from sales to the education market. Our business strategy contemplates expanding our sales in both the education market, as well as to the business and government training sectors. However, to date, there has not been widespread adoption of interactive displays and collaboration solutions in the business and government market, and these solutions may fail to achieve wide acceptance in this market. Successful expansion into the business and government markets will require us to augment and develop new distribution and reseller relationships, and we may not be successful in developing those relationships. In addition, widespread acceptance of our interactive solutions may not occur due to lack of familiarity with how our products work, the perception that our products are difficult to use and a lack of appreciation of the contribution they can make in the business and government markets. In addition, the Boxlight Group’s brand is less recognized in these markets as compared to the education market. A key part of our strategy to grow in the business and government market is to develop strategic alliances with companies in the unified communications and collaboration sector, and there can be no assurance that these alliances will help us to successfully grow our sales in this market.

 

13
 

 

Furthermore, our ability to successfully grow in the business and government market depends upon revenue and cash flows derived from sales to the education market. As the education market represents a significant portion of our revenue and cash flow, we utilize cash from sales in the education market for our operating expenses. If we cannot continue to augment and develop new distributor and reseller relationships, market our brand, develop strategic alliances and innovate new technologies, we may not be successful in our strategy to grow in the business and government market.

 

As a result of market saturation, our future sales of interactive displays in developed markets may slow or decrease.

 

Futuresource Consulting Ltd. estimates that, as of December 31, 2012, approximately 47% of classrooms in the U.S., 85% of classrooms in the U.K., and 53% of classrooms in Australia already had an interactive display. As a result of the high levels of penetration in developed markets, the education market for interactive displays in the U.S., U.K. and Australia may have reached saturation levels. Future sales growth in those markets and other developed markets with similar penetration levels may, as a result, be difficult to achieve, and our sales of interactive displays may decline in those countries. If we are unable to replace the revenue and earnings we have historically derived from sales of interactive displays to the education market in these developed markets, whether through sales of additional products, sales in other underserved markets, such as Africa, Latin America and Asia, sales in the business and government market or otherwise, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

 

We face significant challenges growing our sales in foreign markets.

 

For our products to gain broad acceptance in all markets, we may need to develop customized solutions specifically designed for each country in which we seek to grow our sales and to sell those solutions at prices that are competitive in that country. For example, while our hardware requires only minimal modification to be usable in other countries, our software and content require significant customization and modification to adapt to the needs of foreign customers. Specifically, our software will need to be adapted to work in a user-friendly way in several languages and alphabets, and content that fits the specific needs of foreign customers (such as, for example, classroom lessons adapted to specific foreign curricula) will need to be developed. If we are not able to develop, or choose not to support, customized products and solutions for use in a particular country, we may be unable to compete successfully in that country and our sales growth in that country will be adversely affected. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully develop or choose to support customized solutions for each foreign country in which we seek to grow our sales or that our solutions, if developed, will be competitive in the relevant country.

 

Growth in many foreign countries will require us to price our products competitively in those countries. In certain developing countries, we have been and may continue to be required to sell our products at prices significantly below those that we are currently charging in developed countries. Such pricing pressures could reduce our gross margins and adversely affect our revenue.

 

14
 

 

Our customers’ experience with our products will be directly affected by the availability and quality of our customers’ Internet access. We are unable to control broadband penetration rates, and, to the extent that broadband growth in emerging markets slows, our growth in international markets could be hindered.

 

In addition, we will face lengthy and unpredictable sales cycles in foreign markets, particularly in countries with centralized decision making. In these countries, particularly in connection with significant technology product purchases, we have experienced recurrent requests for proposals, significant delays in the decision making process and, in some cases, indefinite deferrals of purchases or cancellations of requests for proposals. If we are unable to overcome these challenges, the growth of our sales in these markets would be adversely affected, and we may incur unrecovered marketing costs, impairing our profitability.

 

Our suppliers may not be able to always supply components or products to us on a timely basis and on favorable terms, and as a result, our dependency on third party suppliers has adversely affected our revenue and may continue to do so.

 

We do not manufacture any of the products we sell and distribute, and therefore rely on our suppliers for all products and components and depend on obtaining adequate supplies of quality components on a timely basis with favorable terms. Some of those components, as well as certain complete products that we sell are provided to us by only one supplier or contract manufacturer. We are subject to disruptions in our operations if our sole or limited supply contract manufacturers decrease or stop production of components and products, or if such suppliers and contract manufacturers do not produce components and products of sufficient quantity. Alternative sources for our components are not always available. Many of our products and components are manufactured overseas, so they have long lead times, and events such as local disruptions, natural disasters or political conflict may cause unexpected interruptions to the supply of our products or components. In addition, we do not have written supply agreements with our suppliers. Although we are endeavoring to enter into written agreements with certain of our suppliers, we cannot assure that our efforts will be successful.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, we purchased approximately 34.6%, of our products and components from Everest Display, Inc. Although such supplier has indicated a willingness to provide us with a 10% price reduction on items we purchase from them in the future, there can be no assurance that such price reduction will, in fact, be implemented, or that such price reduction will materially improve our gross profit margin on such products and components that we sell. Even if such 10% price reduction is implemented, such supplier may elect to raise its prevailing unit prices on products we purchase which would have the effect of reducing or even eliminating the anticipated improvement in our gross profit margin.

 

We rely on highly skilled personnel, and, if we are unable to attract, retain or motivate qualified personnel, we may not be able to operate our business effectively.

 

Our success depends in large part on continued employment of senior management and key personnel who can effectively operate our business, as well as our ability to attract and retain skilled employees. Competition for highly skilled management, technical, research and development and other employees is intense in the high-technology industry and we may not be able to attract or retain highly qualified personnel in the future. In making employment decisions, particularly in the high-technology industry, job candidates often consider the value of the equity awards they would receive in connection with their employment. Our long-term incentive programs may not be attractive enough or perform sufficiently to attract or retain qualified personnel.

 

15
 

 

If any of our employees leaves us, and we fail to effectively manage a transition to new personnel, or if we fail to attract and retain qualified and experienced professionals on acceptable terms, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

Our success also depends on our having highly trained financial, technical, recruiting, sales and marketing personnel. We will need to continue to hire additional personnel as our business grows. A shortage in the number of people with these skills or our failure to attract them to our company could impede our ability to increase revenues from our existing products and services, ensure full compliance with federal and state regulations, or launch new product offerings and would have an adverse effect on our business and financial results.

 

We may have difficulty in entering into and maintaining strategic alliances with third parties.

 

We have entered into and we may continue to enter into strategic alliances with third parties to gain access to new and innovative technologies and markets. These parties are often large, established companies. Negotiating and performing under these arrangements involves significant time and expense, and we may not have sufficient resources to devote to our strategic alliances, particularly those with companies that have significantly greater financial and other resources than we do. The anticipated benefits of these arrangements may never materialize, and performing under these arrangements may adversely affect our results of operations.

 

We use resellers and distributors to promote and sell our products.

 

Substantially all our sales are made through resellers and distributors. Industry and economic conditions have the potential to weaken the financial position of our resellers and distributors. Such resellers and distributors may no longer sell our products, or may reduce efforts to sell our products, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, if our resellers’ and distributors’ abilities to repay their credit obligations were to deteriorate and result in the write-down or write-off of such receivables, it would negatively affect our operating results and, if significant, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In addition, our resellers and most of our distributors are not contractually required to sell our products exclusively and may offer competing interactive display products, and therefore we depend on our ability to establish and develop new relationships and to build on existing relationships with resellers and distributors. We cannot assure that our resellers and distributors will act in a manner that will promote the success of our products. Factors that are largely within the control of those resellers and distributors but are important to the success of our products include:

 

  the degree to which our resellers and distributors actively promote our products;
     
  the extent to which our resellers and distributors offer and promote competitive products; and
     
  the quality of installation, training and other support services offered by our resellers and distributors.

 

In addition, if some of our competitors offer their products to resellers and distributors on more favorable terms or have more products available to meet their needs, there may be pressure on us to reduce the price of our products, or those resellers and distributors may stop carrying our products or de-emphasize the sale of our products in favor of the products of these competitors. If we do not maintain and continue to build relationships with resellers and distributors our business will be harmed.

 

16
 

 

Risks Related to our Industry and Regulations

 

Decreases in, or stagnation of, spending or changes in the spending policies or budget priorities for government funding of schools, colleges, universities, other education providers or government agencies may have a material adverse effect on our revenue.

 

Our customers include primary and secondary schools, colleges, universities, other education providers and, to a lesser extent, government agencies, each of which depends heavily on government funding. The effect of the worldwide recession of 2008 and subsequent sovereign debt and global financial crisis have resulted in substantial declines in the revenues and fiscal capacity of many national, federal, state, provincial and local governments. Many of those governments have reacted to the decreases in revenues and could continue to react to the decreases in revenue by cutting funding to educational institutions. If our products are not a high priority expenditure for such institutions, or if such institutions allocate expenditures to substitute or alternative technologies, we could lose revenue.

 

Any additional decrease in, stagnation of or adverse change in national, federal, state, provincial or local funding for primary and secondary schools, colleges, universities, or other education providers or for government agencies that use our products could cause our current and prospective customers to further reduce their purchases of our products, which could cause us to lose additional revenue. In addition, a specific reduction in governmental funding support for products such as ours could also cause us to lose revenue.

 

If our products fail to comply with consumer product or environmental laws, it could materially affect our financial performance.

 

Because we sell products used by children in classrooms and because our products are subject to environmental regulations in some jurisdictions in which we will do business, we are and will be required to comply with a variety of product safety, product testing and environmental regulations, including compliance with applicable laws and standards with respect to lead content and other child safety and environmental issues. If our products do not meet applicable safety or regulatory standards, we could experience lost sales, diverted resources and increased costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Events that give rise to actual, potential or perceived product safety or environmental concerns could expose us to government enforcement action or private litigation and result in product recalls and other liabilities. In addition, negative consumer perceptions regarding the safety of our products could cause negative publicity and harm our reputation.

 

Risks Related to our Foreign Operations

 

We are subject to risks inherent in foreign operations.

 

Sales outside the United States represented approximately 12% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2017. We intend to selectively pursue international market growth opportunities, which could result in those international sales accounting for a more significant portion of our revenue. We have committed, and may continue to commit, significant resources to our international operations and sales and marketing activities. While we have experience conducting business outside of the United States, we may not be aware of all the factors that may affect our business in foreign jurisdictions.

 

17
 

 

We are subject to a number of risks associated with international business activities that may increase costs, lengthen sales cycles and require significant management attention. International operations carry certain risks and associated costs, such as the complexities and expense of administering a business abroad, complications in compliance with, and unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, foreign laws, international import and export legislation, trading and investment policies, exchange controls, tariffs and other trade barriers, difficulties in collecting accounts receivable, potential adverse tax consequences, uncertainties of laws, difficulties in protecting, maintaining or enforcing intellectual property rights, difficulty in managing a geographically dispersed workforce in compliance with diverse local laws and customs, and other factors, depending upon the country involved. Moreover, local laws and customs in many countries differ significantly and compliance with the laws of multiple jurisdictions can be complex, difficult and costly. We cannot assure that risks inherent in our foreign operations will not have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

We must comply with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.

 

We are required to comply with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which prohibits U.S. companies from engaging in bribery of or other prohibited payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business and requires that we maintain adequate financial records and internal controls to prevent such prohibited payments. Foreign companies, including some of our competitors, are not subject to these prohibitions. Corruption, extortion, bribery, pay-offs, theft and other fraudulent practices may occur in countries where we do business. If our competitors engage in these practices, they may receive preferential treatment from personnel of some companies, giving our competitors an advantage in securing business or from government officials who might give them priority in obtaining new business, which would put us at a disadvantage. Although we inform our personnel that such practices are illegal, we cannot assure you that our employees or other agents will not engage in such conduct for which we might be held responsible. If our employees or other agents are found to have engaged in such practices, we could suffer severe penalties.

 

Our worldwide operations will subject us to income taxation in many jurisdictions, and we must exercise significant judgment to determine our worldwide financial provision for income taxes. That determination ultimately is an estimate, and, accordingly, we cannot assure that our historical income tax provisions and accruals will be adequate.

 

We are subject to income taxation in the United States and numerous other jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes. In the ordinary course of our business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, we cannot assure you that the final determination of any tax audits and litigation will not be materially different from that which is reflected in our historical income tax provisions and accruals. Should additional taxes be assessed against us as a result of an audit or litigation, there could be a material adverse effect on our current and future results and financial condition.

 

Certain of our subsidiaries provide products to, and may from time to time undertake certain significant transactions with, us and our other subsidiaries in different jurisdictions. In general, cross border transactions between related parties and, in particular, related party financing transactions, are subject to close review by tax authorities. Moreover, several jurisdictions in which we will operate have tax laws with detailed transfer pricing rules that require all transactions with nonresident related parties to be priced using arm’s-length pricing principles and require the existence of contemporaneous documentation to support such pricing. A tax authority in one or more jurisdictions could challenge the validity of our related party transfer pricing policies. Because such a challenge generally involves a complex area of taxation and because a significant degree of judgment by management is required to be exercised in setting related party transfer pricing policies, the resolution of such challenges often results in adjustments in favor of the taxing authority. If in the future any taxation authorities are successful in challenging our financing or transfer pricing policies, our income tax expense may be adversely affected and we could become subject to interest and penalty charges, which may harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

18
 

 

If we are unable to ship and transport components and final products efficiently and economically across long distances and borders our business would be harmed.

 

We transport significant volumes of components and finished products across long distances and international borders. Any increases in our transportation costs, as a result of increases in the price of oil or otherwise, would increase our costs and the final prices of our products to our customers. In addition, any increases in customs or tariffs, as a result of changes to existing trade agreements between countries or otherwise, could increase our costs or the final cost of our products to our customers or decrease our margins. Such increases could harm our competitive position and could have a material adverse effect on our business. The laws governing customs and tariffs in many countries are complex, subject to many interpretations and often include substantial penalties for non-compliance. Disputes may arise and could subject us to material liabilities and have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

If our procedures to ensure compliance with export control laws are ineffective, our business could be harmed.

 

Our extensive foreign operations and sales are subject to far reaching and complex export control laws and regulations in the United States and elsewhere. Violations of those laws and regulations could have material negative consequences for us including large fines, criminal sanctions, prohibitions on participating in certain transactions and government contracts, sanctions on other companies if they continue to do business with us and adverse publicity.

 

We will be exposed to fluctuations in foreign currencies that may materially adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. Boxlight Latin America uses the Peso as functional currency to report revenue and expenses. We will be exposed to foreign exchange rate fluctuations when we translate the financial statements of the Boxlight Group into U.S. dollars in consolidation. If there is a change in foreign currency exchange rates, the translation of the Boxlight Group’s financial statements into U.S. dollars will lead to a translation gain or loss which is recorded as a component of other comprehensive income. In addition, we may have certain monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than the relevant entity’s functional currency. To the extent the U.S. dollar strengthens against the Pesos, the translation of foreign currency denominated transactions will result in reduced revenue, operating expenses and net income for our Mexican operations. Similarly, to the extent the U.S. dollar weakens against the Pesos, the translation of the foreign currency denominated transactions will result in increased revenue, operating expenses and net income for our Mexican operations. We have not entered into agreements or purchased instruments to hedge our exchange rate risks, although we may do so in the future. The availability and effectiveness of any hedging transaction may be limited, and we may not be able to successfully hedge our exchange rate risks.

 

We monitor our foreign exchange exposures, and these activities mitigate, but do not eliminate, our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations. As a result, exchange rate fluctuations may materially adversely affect our operating results in future periods.

 

19
 

 

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property and Technology

 

Defects in our products can be difficult to detect before shipment. If defects occur, they could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Our products are highly complex and sophisticated and, from time to time, have contained and may continue to contain design defects or software “bugs” or failures that are difficult to detect and correct in advance of shipping.

 

The occurrence of errors and defects in our products could result in loss of, or delay in, market acceptance of our products, including harm to our brand. Correcting such errors and failures in our products could require significant expenditure of capital by us. In addition, we are rapidly developing and introducing new products, and new products may have higher rates of errors and defects than our established products. The Boxlight Group has historically provided product warranties between one and five years, and the failure of our products to operate as described could give rise to warranty claims. The consequences of such errors, failures and other defects and claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and our reputation.

 

We may not be able to obtain patents or other intellectual property rights necessary to protect our proprietary technology and business.

 

Our commercial success depends to a significant degree upon our ability to develop new or improved technologies and products, and to obtain patents or other intellectual property rights or statutory protection for these technologies and products in the United States and other countries. We will seek to patent concepts, components, processes, designs and methods, and other inventions and technologies that we consider have commercial value or that will likely give us a technological advantage. Mimio and the Boxlight Group own rights in patents and patent applications for technologies relating to interactive displays and other complementary products in the United States and other countries such as Germany, Mexico, Israel, Japan, Taiwan and China. Despite devoting resources to the research and development of proprietary technology, we may not be able to develop technology that is patentable or protectable. Patents may not be issued in connection with pending patent applications, and claims allowed may not be sufficient to allow them to use the inventions that they create exclusively. Furthermore, any patents issued could be challenged, re-examined, held invalid or unenforceable or circumvented and may not provide sufficient protection or a competitive advantage. In addition, despite efforts to protect and maintain patents, competitors and other third parties may be able to design around their patents or develop products similar to our products that are not within the scope of their patents. Finally, patents provide certain statutory protection only for a limited period of time that varies depending on the jurisdiction and type of patent. The statutory protection term of certain of our material patents may expire soon and, thereafter, the underlying technology of such patents can be used by any third party including competitors.

 

Prosecution and protection of the rights sought in patent applications and patents can be costly and uncertain, often involve complex legal and factual issues and consume significant time and resources. In addition, the breadth of claims allowed in our patents, their enforceability and our ability to protect and maintain them cannot be predicted with any certainty. The laws of certain countries may not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Even if our patents are held to be valid and enforceable in a certain jurisdiction, any legal proceedings that we may initiate against third parties to enforce such patents will likely be expensive, take significant time and divert management’s attention from other business matters. We cannot assure that any of the issued patents or pending patent applications will provide any protectable, maintainable or enforceable rights or competitive advantages to us.

 

20
 

 

In addition to patents, we will rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and other related laws and confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect, maintain and enforce our proprietary technology and intellectual property rights in the United States, Mexico, Australia, Malaysia, Canada, Turkey and China. However, our ability to protect our brands by registering certain trademarks may be limited. In addition, while we will generally enter into confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements with our employees, consultants, contract manufacturers, distributors and resellers and with others to attempt to limit access to and distribution of our proprietary and confidential information, it is possible that:

 

  misappropriation of our proprietary and confidential information, including technology, will nevertheless occur;
     
  our confidentiality agreements will not be honored or may be rendered unenforceable;
     
  third parties will independently develop equivalent, superior or competitive technology or products;
     
  disputes will arise with our current or future strategic licensees, customers or others concerning the ownership, validity, enforceability, use, patentability or registrability of intellectual property; or
     
  unauthorized disclosure of our know-how, trade secrets or other proprietary or confidential information will occur.

 

We cannot assure that we will be successful in protecting, maintaining or enforcing our intellectual property rights. If we are unsuccessful in protecting, maintaining or enforcing our intellectual property rights, then our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected, which could

 

  adversely affect our relationships with current or future distributors and resellers of our products;
     
  adversely affect our reputation with customers;
     
  be time-consuming and expensive to evaluate and defend;
     
  cause product shipment delays or stoppages;
     
  divert management’s attention and resources;
     
  subject us to significant liabilities and damages;
     
  require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements; or
     
  require us to cease certain activities, including the sale of products.

 

If it is determined that we have infringed, violated or are infringing or violating a patent or other intellectual property right of any other person or if we are found liable in respect of any other related claim, then, in addition to being liable for potentially substantial damages, we may be prohibited from developing, using, distributing, selling or commercializing certain of our technologies and products unless we obtain a license from the holder of the patent or other intellectual property right. We cannot assure that we will be able to obtain any such license on a timely basis or on commercially favorable terms, or that any such licenses will be available, or that workarounds will be feasible and cost-efficient. If we do not obtain such a license or find a cost-efficient workaround, our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected and we could be required to cease related business operations in some markets and restructure our business to focus on our continuing operations in other markets.

 

21
 

 

Our business may suffer if it is alleged or determined that our technology or another aspect of our business infringes the intellectual property of others.

 

The markets in which we will compete are characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and trade secrets and also by litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. Moreover, in recent years, individuals and groups have purchased patents and other intellectual property assets for the purpose of making claims of infringement to extract settlements from companies like ours. Also, third parties may make infringement claims against us that relate to technology developed and owned by one of our suppliers for which our suppliers may or may not indemnify us. Even if we are indemnified against such costs, the indemnifying party may be unable to uphold its contractual obligations, and determining the extent such of such obligations could require additional litigation. Claims of intellectual property infringement against us or our suppliers might require us to redesign our products, enter into costly settlements or license agreements, pay costly damage awards or face a temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from marketing or selling our products or services. If we cannot or do not license the infringed intellectual property on reasonable terms or at all, or substitute similar intellectual property from another source, our revenue and operating results could be adversely impacted. Additionally, our customers and distributors may not purchase our offerings if they are concerned that they may infringe third party intellectual property rights. Responding to such claims, regardless of their merit, can be time consuming, costly to defend in litigation, divert management’s attention and resources, damage our reputation and cause us to incur significant expenses. The occurrence of any of these events may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

If we are unable to anticipate consumer preferences and successfully develop attractive products, we might not be able to maintain or increase our revenue or achieve profitability

 

Our success depends on our ability to identify and originate product trends as well as to anticipate and react to change demands and preferences of customers in a timely manner. If we are unable to introduce new products or technologies in a timely manner or our new products or technologies are not accepted by our customers, our competitors may introduce more attractive products which would adversely impact our competitive position. Failure to respond in a timely manner to changing consumer preferences could lead to, among other things, lower revenues and excess inventory positions of outdated products.

 

We may be unable to keep pace with changes in technology as our business and market strategy evolves.

 

We will need to respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to remain competitive. The need to respond to technological changes may require us to make substantial, unanticipated expenditures. There can be no assurance that we will be able to respond successfully to technological change.

 

22
 

 

Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock

 

Future sales of our Class A common stock could adversely affect our share price, and any additional capital raised by us through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities may dilute your ownership in us and may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

 

Assuming the sale of all [ ] shares of Class A common stock offered hereby, we believe that our existing working capital, expected cash flow from operations and other available cash resources will enable us to meet our working capital requirements for at least the next 12 months. However, the development and marketing of new products and the expansion of distribution channels require a significant commitment of resources. From time to time, we may seek additional equity or debt financing to finance working capital requirements, continue our expansion, develop new products or make acquisitions or other investments. In addition, if our business plans change, general economic, financial or political conditions in our industry change, or other circumstances arise that have a material effect on our cash flow, the anticipated cash needs of our business, as well as our conclusions as to the adequacy of our available sources of capital, could change significantly. Any of these events or circumstances could result in significant additional funding needs, requiring us to raise additional capital. If additional funds are raised through the issuance of equity shares, preferred shares or debt securities, the terms of such securities could impose restrictions on our operations and would reduce the percentage ownership of our existing stockholders. If financing is not available on satisfactory terms, or at all, we may be unable to expand our business or to develop new business at the rate desired and our results of operations may suffer.

 

The market price of our Class A common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to fluctuate and possibly decline significantly.

 

The market price of our Class A common stock may be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations. Our financial performance, government regulatory action, tax laws and market conditions in general could have a significant impact on the future market price of our Class A common stock. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the current price due to a number of factors such as those listed under “Risk Factors”. Some of the factors that could negatively affect our share price or result in fluctuations in the price of our stock include:

 

  our operating and financial performance and prospects;
     
  our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry;

 

  the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;
     
  changes in, or failure to meet, earnings estimates or recommendations by research analysts who track our Class A common stock or the stock of other companies in our industry;
     
  the failure of analysts to cover our Class A common stock;
     
  strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;
     
  announcements by us, our competitors or our vendors of significant contracts, acquisitions, joint marketing relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments;
     
  new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

 

23
 

 

  changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;
     
  announcements by third parties or governmental entities of significant claims or proceedings against us;
     
  new laws and governmental regulations, or other regulatory developments, applicable to our industry;
     
  changes in general conditions in the United States and global economies or financial markets, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism or responses to such events;
     
  changes in government spending levels on education;
     
  changes in key personnel;
     
  sales of common stock by us, members of our management team or our stockholders;
     
  the granting or exercise of employee stock options or other equity awards;
     
  the volume of trading in our Class A common stock; and
     
  the realization of any risks described in this section under the caption “Risk Factors.”

 

Furthermore, the stock market has recently experienced volatility that, in some cases, has been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance.

 

In the past, following periods of market volatility, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation. If we were involved in securities litigation, it could have a substantial cost and divert resources and the attention of executive management from our business regardless of the outcome of such litigation.

 

Our Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws and Nevada law may have anti-takeover effects.

 

Our Articles of Incorporation authorizes the issuance of common stock and preferred stock. Each share of Class A common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters to be voted upon by stockholders, and the Class B common stock has no vote, except as required by law. In addition, our board of directors (“Board”) has the authority to issue additional shares of preferred stock and to determine the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of those shares without any further vote or action by the stockholders. The rights of the holders of common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any preferred stock that may be issued in the future. The ability of our Board to issue additional shares of preferred stock could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of our voting stock. Other provisions of our Bylaws also may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a merger, tender offer or proxy contest, which could have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A common stock.

 

In addition, certain provisions of Nevada law applicable to our company could also delay or make more difficult a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company, including Sections 78.411 through 78.444 of the Nevada Revised Statutes, which prohibit a Nevada corporation from engaging in any business combination with any “interested stockholder” (as defined in the statute) for a period of two years unless certain conditions are met. In addition, our senior management is entitled to certain payments upon a change in control and certain of the stock options and restricted shares we have granted provide for the acceleration of vesting in the event of a change in control of our company.

 

24
 

 

A trust and affiliates of Everest Display, Inc. hold a significant percentage of our Class A common stock, and their interests may not align with the interests of our other stockholders.

 

The trustee of a family trust has dispositive and voting power over the Class A common stock totaling approximately 19.3% of our issued and outstanding Class A common stock and will own ___% on a fully diluted basis after giving effect to this offering. In addition, K Laser and other stockholders and affiliates of Everest Display, Inc., a Taiwan corporation (“EDI”) own approximately 24.9% of our issued and outstanding Class A common stock and will own ___% on a fully diluted basis after giving effect to this offering. The sale or all or any meaningful portion of the shares owned by such stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the future market price of our Class A common stock.

 

This significant concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our Class A common stock because investors often perceive a disadvantage in owning shares in a company with one or several controlling stockholders. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company which could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of our company and might reduce the price of our Class A common stock. Furthermore, our directors and officers, as a group, have the ability to significantly influence or control the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, such as mergers, consolidations or the sale of substantially all of our assets. Although our directors owe fiduciary duties to us and our shareholders, including the duties of loyalty, our directors that serve as directors, officers, partners or employees of companies that we do business with also owe fiduciary duties or other obligations to such other companies or to the investors in their funds. The duties owed to us could conflict with the duties such directors owe to these other companies or investors.

 

We will have broad discretion in applying a portion of the net proceeds of this offering and may not use these proceeds in ways that will enhance the market value of our Class A common stock.

 

Our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the proceeds received by us from this offering. You will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. You must rely on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering. We may use the net proceeds for corporate purposes that do not improve our profitability or increase our Class A common stock price.

 

We have no intention of declaring dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

The decision to pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock rests with our board of directors and will depend on our earnings, unencumbered cash, capital requirements and financial condition. We do not anticipate declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future, as we intend to use any excess cash to fund our operations. Investors in our Class A common stock should not expect to receive dividend income on their investment, and investors will be dependent on the appreciation of our Class A common stock to earn a return on their investment.

 

25
 

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about us, or if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our Class A common stock, then our stock price and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our Class A common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us, our industry and our market. If no analyst elects to cover us and publish research or reports about us, the market for our Class A common stock could be severely limited and our stock price could be adversely affected. In addition, if one or more analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. If one or more analysts who elect to cover us adversely change their recommendations regarding our Class A common stock, our stock price could decline.

 

We may be exposed to risks relating to evaluations of controls required by Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

Pursuant to Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, our management will be required to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm may in the future be required to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Although we prepare our financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, our internal accounting controls may not meet all standards applicable to companies with publicly traded securities. If we fail to implement any required improvements to our disclosure controls and procedures, we may be obligated to report control deficiencies and our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to certify the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. In either case, we could become subject to regulatory sanction or investigation. Further, these outcomes could damage investor confidence in the accuracy and reliability of our financial statements.

 

If our internal controls and accounting processes are insufficient, we may not detect in a timely manner misstatements that could occur in our financial statements in amounts that could be material.

 

As a public company, we will have to devote substantial efforts to the reporting obligations and internal controls required of a public company, which will result in substantial costs. A failure to properly meet these obligations could cause investors to lose confidence in us and have a negative impact on the market price of our shares. We expect to devote significant resources to the documentation, testing and continued improvement of our operational and financial systems for the foreseeable future. These improvements and efforts with respect to our accounting processes that we will need to continue to make may not be sufficient to ensure that we maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future. Any failure to implement required, new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations in the United States or result in misstatements in our financial statements in amounts that could be material. Insufficient internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our shares and may expose us to litigation risk.

 

As a public company, we will be required to document and test our internal control procedures to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. During the course of our testing, we may identify deficiencies which we may not be able to remediate in time to meet our deadline for compliance with Section 404. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, then investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our shares.

 

26
 

 

For as long as we are an “emerging growth company,” we will not be required to comply with certain reporting requirements, including those relating to accounting standards and disclosure about our executive compensation, that apply to some other public companies.

 

As an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, we are permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements. We are an emerging growth company until the earliest of:

 

  the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more;
     
  the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering;
     
  the date on which we have, during the previous 3-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt; or
     
  the date on which we are deemed a “large accelerated filer” as defined under the federal securities laws.

 

For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company”, we will not be required to:

 

  have an auditor report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;
     
  comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis);
     
  submit certain executive compensation matters to shareholders advisory votes pursuant to the “say on frequency” and “say on pay” provisions (requiring a non-binding shareholder vote to approve compensation of certain executive officers) and the “say on golden parachute” provisions (requiring a non-binding shareholder vote to approve golden parachute arrangements for certain executive officers in connection with mergers and certain other business combinations) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010; and
     
  include detailed compensation discussion and analysis in our filings under the Exchange Act and instead may provide a reduced level of disclosure concerning executive compensation.

 

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have elected to take advantage of the extended transition period, which allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards until those standards apply to private companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to public companies that comply with new or revised accounting standards.

 

Because of these exemptions, some investors may find our Class A common stock less attractive, which may result in a less active trading market for our Class A common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile.

 

27
 

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the [  ] shares of Class A common stock in the offering will be approximately $, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Our net proceeds will be approximately $ if the underwriters exercise their option in full to purchase [  ] additional shares of Class A common stock from us. This calculation is based upon an assumed public offering price of $[●] per share. On June 28, 2018, the last reported sale price of our Class A common stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market was $5.22.

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from the offering for the following purposes:

 

Purchase of additional inventory   $    
Expansion of our sales and marketing staff   $    
Reduction of our accounts payable   $    
Additional research and product development   $    
Reduction of outstanding debt   $    
Additional working capital, including potential  acquisitions and joint ventures   $    

 

The amount and timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the status of our development efforts, sales and marketing activities and the amount of cash generated or used by our operations. We may find it necessary or advisable to use portions of the proceeds for other purposes, and we will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds. Pending these uses, the proceeds will be invested in short-term bank deposits.

 

28
 

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2018:

 

  On an actual basis; and
     
  On a pro forma basis to give effect to the sale of [  ] shares of Class A common stock by us in this offering at the assumed public offering price of $ [  ] per share (the last reported sale price of our Class A common stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market on ___________, 2018), and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

You should read this table in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

   

Actual

(Unaudited)

   

Proforma

(Unaudited)

 
             
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 448,345              
                 
Short-term debt   $ 923,960          
Long-term debt   $ -0-          
                 
Stockholders’ equity:                
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, 250,000 shares issued and outstanding     25          
Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, 9,648,197 actual issued and outstanding, proforma as adjusted, respectively.     965       1  
Additional paid-in capital     24,655,946          
Subscription receivable     (325 )        
Accumulated deficit     (14,701,902 )     )
Other comprehensive loss     (42,985 )     )
Total stockholders’ equity     9,911,724          
Total capitalization (including current maturities of long-term debt)   $ 10,835,684          

 

(1) The table above excludes, as of March 31, 2018:

 

  1,766,379 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted under the BOXL 2014 Stock Incentive Plan of which 573,955 were exercisable as of March 31, 2018, and 624,059 additional shares are reserved for issuance thereunder.
     
  1,167,476 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants with exercise prices ranging from $5.58 to $9.84 per share.
     
  398,406 shares of our Class A common stock issuable to the holders of Series A preferred stock of LCC - Delaware. upon automatic conversion of our Series A Preferred Stock on November 30, 2018.

 

29
 

 

DILUTION

 

We had a net tangible book value deficit on March 31, 2018 of $(213,635), or $(0.02) per share of class A common stock. “Net tangible book value” is total assets minus the sum of liabilities and intangible assets. “Net tangible book value per share” is our net tangible book value divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on March 31, 2018.

 

After giving effect to the sale by us of [        ] shares of Class A common stock in this offering at the assumed public offering price of $[        ] per share (the last reported sale price of our Class A common stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market on ___________ 2018), and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses related to this offering payable by us, our adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2018 would have been $[        ] million, or $[        ] per share of our Class A common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $[        ] per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate decrease in the net tangible book value of $[        ] per share to new investors. Dilution in the net tangible book value per share to new investors represents the difference between the offering price per share and the net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock immediately after this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed public offering price per share     $    
Net tangible book value deficit per share as of March 31, 2018     $ (0.02
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering     $    
As adjusted net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2018 after giving effect to this offering     $    
Dilution per share to new investors in this offering     $    

 

A $1.00 increase in the assumed public offering price of $[        ] per share would increase our adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $[        ] per share and would increase the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $[        ] per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses related to this offering payable by us.

 

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase up to [        ] additional shares of Class A common stock from us in full in this offering at the assumed public offering price of $[        ] per share, the adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2018 after giving effect to this offering would increase to $[        ] per share, and dilution per share to new investors in this offering would be $[        ] per share.

 

30
 

 

MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

Our Class A common stock has been listed for trading on the NASDAQ Capital Market, or NASDAQ, under the symbol “BOXL” since November 30, 2017. Prior to that time, our Class A common stock was not traded on a national securities exchange or quoted in the over-the-counter market. The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices for our common stock from, as reported by NASDAQ.

 

    High     Low  
2017                
Fourth Quarter (November 30-December 31)   $ 9.17     $ 5.75  
                 
2018                
First Quarter   $ 7.00     $ 3.00  
Second Quarter (through June 28, 2018)   $ 17.40     $ 3.18  

 

Holders of Our Common Stock

 

We have 384 shareholders of our common stock, including the shares held in street name by brokerage firms. The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of the common stock have no preemptive rights and no right to convert their common stock into any other securities. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock.

 

Dividend Policy

 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our Class A common stock, and we currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate using all of our earnings, if any, for working capital, to support our operations, and to finance the growth and development of our business, including potentially the acquisition of, or investment in, businesses, technologies or products that complement our existing business. Any future determination relating to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our Board and will depend on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, our future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects, applicable Nevada law, which provides that dividends are only payable out of surplus or current net profits, and other factors our Board might deem relevant.

 

31
 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere herein. The Management’s Discussion and Analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements of our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Any statements that are not statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements. When used, the words “believe,” “plan,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “target,” “estimate,” “expect,” and the like, and/or future-tense or conditional constructions (“will,” “may,” “could,” “should,” etc.), or similar expressions, identify certain of these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements in this form. Our actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of several factors including, but not limited to, those noted under “Risk Factors” of the reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

We do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this transition report .

 

Overview

 

We are an educational technology company that is seeking to become a world leading innovator, and integrator of interactive products and software for schools, as well as for business and government learning spaces. We currently design, produce and distribute interactive projectors and distribute interactive technologies, including flat panels, projectors, whiteboards and peripherals to the education market. We also distribute science, technology, engineering and math (or “STEM”) products, including a portable science lab. All of our products are integrated into our classroom software suite that provides tools for whole class learnings, assessment and collaboration.

 

To date, we have generated substantially all of our revenue from the sale of our software and interactive displays to the K-12 U.S. educational market.

 

In addition, we have implemented a comprehensive plan to reach profitability from our business acquisitions. Highlights of this plan include:

 

  We have integrated products of the acquired companies and cross trained our sales representatives to increase their offerings. The combination of products and cross training has already resulted in increased sales. The synergy we have found between the products of Boxlight and Mimio are adding opportunities to resellers for both companies to increase their sales.
     
  Recently hired new sales representatives with significant education technology sales experience in their respective territories and our current pipeline has reached a record high level.
     
  We are seeing increased demand in the US market for technology sales and have the products and infrastructure in place to handle our expected growth.

 

32
 

 

Our History and Acquisitions

 

Boxlight Corporation was incorporated in Nevada on September 18, 2014, for the purpose of becoming a technology company that sells interactive educational products into the education market.

 

Acquisition of Mimio

 

Effective April 1, 2016, pursuant to a membership interest purchase agreement, Boxlight Parent acquired 100% of the membership interest in Mimio, from Mim Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation wholly-owned by a trust established for the benefit of members of the families of affiliates of VC2 Partners LLC, in exchange for a four percent $2,000,000 unsecured convertible promissory note due March 31, 2019 (the “Marlborough Note”), and the assumption of an original six percent $3,425,000 senior secured note of Mim Holdings due July 3, 2016 that was payable to Skyview Capital, LLC, (“Skyview”), the former equity owner of Mimio (the “Skyview Note”). As of October 2016, we transferred all of the assets and associated liabilities of Mimio LLC to Boxlight Inc. and voluntarily liquidated the Mimio LLC entity in April 2017. In 2018, the Company paid off or converted all debts issued and related to the Mimio acquisition.

 

Acquisition of the Boxlight Group

 

On July 18, 2016, we acquired 100% of the equity of the Boxlight Group in accordance with the terms of a share purchase agreement, dated May 10, 2016, with Everest Display, Inc., a Taiwan corporation (“EDI”) and its subsidiary, Guang Feng International Ltd. (“Guang Feng”), the former shareholder of the Boxlight Group.

 

The purchase price was paid by delivery of 270,000 shares of Boxlight Parent Series C Preferred Stock, that has a stated liquidation value of $20.00 per share. In November 2017, upon completion of our IPO, the Series C Preferred Stock was automatically converted into 2,055,872 shares of Class A common stock (including certain bonus shares of Class A common stock).

 

In addition, fo r so long as we and the Boxlight Group comply with the above arrangements to settle and pay the accounts payable, EDI and its affiliates shall continue to supply products to us and provide payment terms to us which are no less favorable than those provided to other credit-worthy customers. EDI and its affiliates have orally agreed in principle to provide Boxlight Parent and all of our subsidiaries, including the Boxlight Group, with a 10% price reduction on all units of products sold to us and our subsidiaries.

 

After this offering and subject to customary conditions, EDI and the other holders of our Class A Common Stock will be entitled to have shares registered for resale under the Securities Act, if Boxlight Parent files a resale registration statement for the account of any other stockholder or if otherwise permitted by any subsequent underwriter of our securities.

 

Acquisition of Genesis

 

On May 12, 2016, Vert Capital contributed 100% of the membership interests in Genesis to the Company. In connection with the Company’s acquisition of Genesis, the former members of Genesis received 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock which automatically converted into 370,040 shares that represent 4.0% of the Company’s fully diluted common stock as defined in the agreement at the IPO date. Upon completion of the Company’s initial public offering, an aggregate of 250,000 shares of the Company’s non-voting convertible Series A preferred stock were issued to Vert Capital. Such 250,000 shares of the Company’s non-voting convertible Series A preferred stock will automatically convert into 398,406 shares of our Class A common stock on November 30, 2018, which is one year from the date of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

On June 14, 2017, we merged Genesis into our Boxlight Inc. subsidiary which now owns and operates substantially all of our assets and business.

 

33
 

 

In summary, we have issued the following shares of our capital stock in connection with the acquisitions of Mimio, the Boxlight Group and Genesis:

 

  A total of 270,000 shares of our Series C preferred stock were issued to EDI and its affiliates in exchange for 100% of the shares of the Boxlight Group. Such shares were automatically converted into 2,055,872 shares of Class A common stock, including certain bonus shares of Class A common stock upon the completion of IPO in November 2017.
     
  A total of 1,000,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock were issued to the four former members of Genesis. Such shares were automatically converted into 370,040 shares of Class A common stock upon the completion of the IPO in November 2017.
     
  A total of 250,000 shares of our Series A preferred stock originally intended to be issued to Vert Capital, to be held in trust for the benefit of the existing holders of Series A preferred stock in LCC-Delaware.

 

Acquisition of Cohuborate

 

On May 9, 2018, we acquired 100% of the share capital of Cohuborate, Ltd., based in Lancashire, England Cohuborate manufactures, sells and distribute interactive display panels designed to provide new learning and working experience through high-quality technologies and solutions through in-room and room-to-room multi-device multi-user collaboration. We purchased Cohuborate for 257,200 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock and 100 British pound sterling.

 

Acquisition of Qwizdom

 

On June 22, 2018, we acquired 100% of the share capital of Qwizdom Companies. The Qwizdom Companies develop software and hardware solutions that are quick to implement and designed to increase participation, providing immediate data feedback, and accelerate and improve comprehension and learning. We purchased the Qwizdom shares for (1) $410,000 in cash, (2) issuance of a 8% note of $656,000, (3) issuance of 142,857 shares of Class A common stock, and (4) a maximum $410,000 earnout based on future consolidated revenues as defined in the agreement.

 

Acquisition Strategy and Challenges

 

Our growth strategy includes acquiring assets and technologies of companies that have products, technologies, industry specializations or geographic coverage that extend or complement our existing business. The process to undertake a potential acquisition is time-consuming and costly. We expect to expend significant resources to undertake business, financial and legal due diligence on our potential acquisition targets, and there is no guarantee that we will complete any acquisition that we pursue.

 

We believe we can achieve significant cost-savings by merging the operations of the companies we acquire and after their acquisition leverage the opportunity to reduce costs through the following methods:

 

  Staff reductions – consolidating resources, such as accounting, marketing and human resources.
     
  Economies of scale – improved purchasing power with a greater ability to negotiate prices with suppliers.
     
  Improved market reach and industry visibility – increase in customer base and entry into new markets.

 

As a result, we believe that an analysis of the historical costs and expenses of our Target Sellers prior to their acquisition will not provide guidance as to the anticipated results after acquisition. We anticipate that we will be able to achieve significant reductions in our costs of revenue and selling, general and administrative expenses from the levels currently incurred by the Target Sellers operating independently, thereby increasing our EBITDA and cash flows.

 

34
 

 

Components of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

 

Revenue

 

Our revenue is comprised of product revenue, software revenue, installation revenue and professional development revenue.

 

  Product revenue. Product revenue is derived from the sale of our interactive projectors, flat panels, peripherals and accessories, along with other third party products, directly to our customers, as well as through our network of domestic and international distributors.
     
  Installation and professional development. We receive revenue from installation and professional development that we outsource to third parties.

 

Cost of revenue

 

Our cost of revenue is comprised of the following:

 

  third-party logistics costs;
     
  costs to purchase components and finished goods directly;
     
  inbound and outbound freight costs and duties;
     
  costs associated with the repair of products under warranty; and
     
  write-downs of inventory carrying value to adjust for excess and obsolete inventory and periodic physical inventory counts.

 

We outsource some of our warehouse operations and order fulfillment and purchase products from related and third parties. Our product costs will vary directly with volume and based on the costs of underlying product components as well as the prices we are able to negotiate with our contract manufacturers. Shipping costs fluctuate with volume as well as with the method of shipping chosen in order to meet customer demand. As a global company with suppliers centered in Asia and customers located worldwide, we have used, and may in the future use, air shipping to deliver our products directly to our customers. Air shipping is more costly than sea or ground shipping or other delivery options. We primarily use air shipping to meet the demand of our products during peak seasons and new product launches.

 

Gross profit and gross profit margin

 

Our gross profit and gross profit margin have been, and may in the future be, influenced by several factors including: product, channel and geographical revenue mix; changes in product costs related to the release of projector models; component, contract manufacturing and supplier pricing and foreign currency exchange. As we primarily procure our product components and manufacture our products in Asia, our suppliers incur many costs, including labor costs, in other currencies. To the extent that exchange rates move unfavorably for our suppliers, they may seek to pass these additional costs on to us, which could have a material impact on our future average selling prices and unit costs. Gross profit and gross profit margin may fluctuate over time based on the factors described above.

 

35
 

 

Operating expenses

 

We classify our operating expenses into two categories: research and development and general and administrative.

 

Research and development. Research and development expense consists primarily of personnel related costs, prototype and sample costs, design costs and global product certifications mostly for wireless certifications.

 

General and administrative. General and administrative expense consists of personnel related costs, which include salaries, as well as the costs of professional services, such as accounting and legal, facilities, information technology, depreciation and amortization and other administrative expenses. We expect our general and administrative expense to increase in absolute dollars following the completion of our initial public offering due to the anticipated growth of our business and related infrastructure as well as accounting, insurance, investor relations and other costs associated with becoming a public company. General and administrative expense may fluctuate as a percentage of revenue, notably in the second and third quarters of our fiscal year when we have historically experienced our highest levels of revenue.

 

Other income (expense), net

 

Other income (expense), net consists of interest expense associated with our debt financing arrangements and interest income earned on our cash. We do not utilize derivatives to hedge our foreign exchange risk, as we believe the risk to be immaterial to our results of operations.

 

Income tax expense

 

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and Mexico in which we do business. Mexico has a statutory tax rate different from those in the United States. Additionally, certain of our international earnings are also taxable in the United States. Accordingly, our effective tax rates will vary depending on the relative proportion of foreign to U.S. income, the absorption of foreign tax credits, changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities and changes in tax laws. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from the examination of our tax returns by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, and other tax authorities to determine the adequacy of our income tax reserves and expense. Should actual events or results differ from our current expectations, charges or credits to our income tax expense may become necessary. Any such adjustments could have a significant impact on our results of operations.

 

Operating Results – Boxlight Corporation

 

For the three-month periods ended March 31, 2018 and 2017

 

Revenues. Total revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2018 were $5,996,685 as compared to $4,194,429 for the three months ended March 31, 2017, and increase of approximately 43%. The increase in revenues in 2018 is primarily attributable to the increase in sales volume. Revenues consist of product revenue, software revenue, installation and professional development.

 

Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2018 was $4,515,713 as compared to $2,994,683 for the three months ended March 31, 2017, resulting in a 51% increase. Cost of revenues primarily increased due to the increased revenue. Cost of revenues consists primarily of product cost, freight expenses and inventory write-downs.

 

36
 

 

Gross Profit. Gross profit for the three months ended March 31, 2018 was $1,480,972, as compared to $1,199,746 for the three months ended March 31, 2017. Gross margin decreased from 29% to 25% because of increased volume in lower margin products.

 

General and Administrative Expense. General and administrative expense for the three months ended March 31, 2018 was $3,169,787 as compared to $2,451,206 for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase resulted from increases in stock compensation expense and professional fees primarily related to the management agreement with an entity affiliated with Adam E. Levin.

 

Research and Development Expense. Research and development expense was $92,505 and $190,445 for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Research and development expense primarily consists of costs associated with the development of proprietary technology. The decrease was due to the Company’s decision to decrease research and development expenditures in 2018. The R&D investments are cyclical and we had limited major enhancements to our software products or new hardware launches. A significant portion of our research and development is now paid for by several of our contract manufacturers.

 

Other Expense. Other expense for the three months ended March 31, 2018 was $134,651 as compared to $119,445 for the three months ended March 31, 2017. Other expense mainly consists of interest expense and was consistent for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

Net Loss. Net loss was $1,915,971 and $1,561,350 for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The increase in the net loss was primarily due to the increase in stock compensation expense and professional fees.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (Retrospectively adjusted for the acquisitions of Mimio and Genesis)

 

Revenues. Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $25,743,612 as compared to $20,371,826 for the year ended December 31, 2016. Revenues consist of product revenue, software revenue, installation and professional development. For the year ended December 31, 2016, Boxlight Group’s operating results were only included in the balances from their acquisition date on July 18, 2016 through December 31, 2016. Accordingly, the increase in revenues in 2017 is primarily attributable to the inclusion of Boxlight Group’s revenues for a full year in 2017.

 

Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $19,329,831 as compared to $12,959,749 for the year ended December 31, 2016. Cost of revenues consists primarily of product cost, freight expenses and inventory write-downs. Cost of revenues increased due to the increase in revenues. Another factor resulting in an increase in cost of revenues was the Company sold product in some instances at a lower margin in exchange for improved payment terms. Freight expenses as a component of cost of revenues increased approximately $1.7 million in 2017 due to alternative freight arrangements. Prior to the completion of our IPO, we had restrictive credit terms with existing freight vendors due to cash restrictions. These costs are expected to be significantly reduced in 2018.

 

Gross Profit. Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $6,413,781 as compared to $7,412,077 for the year ended December 31, 2016 due to the sale of some products at lower margins to increase cash flow and increased freight costs in the amount of approximately $1.7 million.

 

General and Administrative Expense. General and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $13,086,120 as compared to $7,689,898 for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase resulted from the inclusion of a full year of Boxlight Group’s operating expenses included for the year ended December 31, 2017, along with $4 million of non-cash stock compensation expense.

 

37
 

 

Research and Development Expense. Research and development expense was $465,940 and $1,008,433 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Research and development expense primarily consists of costs associated with Mimio’s development of proprietary technology. The decrease was due to the company’s decision to decrease research and development expenditures in 2017. The R&D investments are cyclical and we had limited major enhancements to our software products or new hardware launches. A significant portion of our research and development is now paid for by several of our contract manufacturers.

 

Other Income (Expense), Net. Other expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $158,830 as compared to $775,729 for the year ended December 31, 2016. During 2017, the Company settled debt and other liabilities with a net gain of $276,026. In 2016, the Company amended a note payable agreement that resulted in $350,000 of additional interest expense in August, which resulted in a significant increase in interest expense. Additionally, the Company issued additional notes to acquire Mimio and Boxlight Group during 2016 resulting in an increase in interest expense.

 

Net Loss . Net loss was $7,297,109 and $2,061,983 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. There were some major contributing factors to the increase in net loss in 2017, including expense incurred in the amount of $4 million for non-cash stock compensation expense and approximately $1.7 million in additional freight expense.

 

To provide investors with additional insight and allow for a more comprehensive understanding of the information used by management in its financial and decision-making surrounding operations, we supplement our consolidated financial statements presented on a basis consistent with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, both non-GAAP financial measures of earnings.

 

EBITDA represents net income before income tax expense, interest income, interest expense, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA, plus stock compensation expense and non-recurring expenses. Our management uses EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as financial measures to evaluate the profitability and efficiency of our business model. We use these non-GAAP financial measures to assess the strength of the underlying operations of our business. These adjustments, and the non-GAAP financial measure that is derived from them, provide supplemental information to analyze our operations between periods and over time. We find this especially useful when reviewing results of operations, which include large non-cash amortizations of intangibles assets from acquisitions. Investors should consider our non-GAAP financial measures in addition to, and not as a substitute for, financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

The following table contains reconciliations of net losses to EBITDA and adjusted EBITA for the periods presented.

 

Reconciliation of net loss for the quarters ended

March 31, 2018 and 2017 to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA

 

(in thousands)   2018     2017  
Net loss   $ (1,916 )   $ (1,561 )
Depreciation and amortization     188       192  
Interest expense     147       169  
EBITDA   $ (1,581 )   $ (1,200 )
Stock compensation expense     497       47  
Non-recurring IPO expenses     -       53  
Adjusted EBITDA   $ (1,084 )   $ (1,100 )

 

38
 

 

Reconciliation of net loss for the years ended

December 31, 2017 and 2016 to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA

 

(in thousands)   2017     2016  
Net loss   $ (7,297 )   $ (2,062 )
Depreciation and amortization     747       353  
Interest expense     635       818  
EBITDA   $ (5,915 )   $ (891 )
Stock compensation expense     4,240       464  
Non-recurring IPO expenses     -       528  
Adjusted EBITDA   $ (1,675 )   $ 101  

 

Discussion of Effect of Seasonality on Financial Condition

 

Certain accounts on our balance sheets are subject to seasonal fluctuations. As our business and revenues grow, we expect these seasonal trends to be reduced. The bulk of our products are shipped to our educational customers prior to the beginning of the school year, usually in July, August or September. To prepare for the upcoming school year, we generally build up inventories during the second quarter of the year. Therefore, inventories tend to be at the highest levels at that point in time. In the first quarter of the year, inventories tend to decline significantly as products are delivered to customers and we do not need the same inventory levels during the first quarter. Accounts receivable balances tend to be at the highest levels in the third quarter, in which we record the highest level of sales.

 

39
 

 

We have been very proactive, and will continue to be proactive, in obtaining contracts during the fourth and first quarters that will help offset the seasonality of our business.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

In 2017, the Company struggled with liquidity issues due to credit limitations and the added expenses necessary to fund the initial public offering. The liquidity issues led to a significant increase in freight costs to enable us to meet shipping demands of our customers. We also sold product, in some instances, at lower margins in exchange for improved payment terms.

 

Our liquidity and capital resources were significantly improved through funding from our initial public offering in November 2017, along with our ability to close on a lending agreement in August 2017 that allows us to borrow using our accounts receivable as collateral.

 

The Company made great strides in 2017 improving our balance sheet through debt repayments and debt conversions. Our total short-term and long-term debt was decreased from $7,778,917 at December 31, 2016 to $856,449 at December 31, 2017. On March 31, 2018, our short term debt was $923,960 and we had no long-term debt.

 

The Company’s initial public offering was completed on November 30, 2017. The Company raised the maximum amount offered of 1,000,000 shares and received net proceeds through the offering of $5,678,609.

 

As of December 31, 2017, we had cash and cash equivalents of $2,010,325. We financed our operations and our capital expenditures during the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily through our initial public offering and a financing agreement entered into with a lender. Our cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2018 was $448,345 as we used a majority of the net proceeds of our initial public offering to reduce our outstanding debt and purchase inventories.

 

On June 3, 2016, prior to Boxlight Parent’s acquisition of Boxlight Group, the Boxlight Group issued a promissory note to AHA Inc. Co Ltd. (“AHA”), a Korean corporation, in the amount of $1,895,413 to settle unpaid accounts payable of $1,866,418 for purchases of inventory. Interest is payable in the amount of 6.5% per annum. The principal was due and payable in eight equal monthly principal payments in the amount of $236,926 beginning on June 30, 2016. Interest was to be paid in consecutive monthly installments for eight months.

 

On November 29, 2017, the outstanding principal and interest were reduced to $500,000 related to a settlement agreement reached with AHA, resulting in a gain on settlement of $304,913. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, we were required to pay $250,000 on or before December 2017 and the remaining principal is due in six equal monthly payments of $41,667 commencing January 2018. The outstanding balance on the note payable to AHA was $125,000 and $250,000 at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. We have made monthly payments in 2018 pursuant to the repayment schedule.

 

On September 5, 2017, the Company entered into a $6,000,000 accounts receivable sale and purchase agreement with Sallyport Commercial Finance, LLC (“Sallyport”). Pursuant to the agreement, Sallyport agreed to purchase 85% of the eligible accounts receivable of the Company with the right of recourse.

 

40
 

 

In addition to our cash and banking arrangements, we had accounts receivable, net of allowances, of $3,083,668 on March 31, 2018 and $3,089,932 on December 31, 2017. Our accounts receivable and our ability to borrow against accounts receivable provides an additional source of liquidity as cash payments are collected from customers in the normal course of business. Our accounts receivable balance fluctuates throughout the year based on the seasonality of the business. At March 31, 2018, we had outstanding borrowings under the credit agreement of $694,960.

 

On May 16, 2018, we entered into an unsecured promissory note agreement for $500,000 with Harbor Gates Capital, LLC. The note bears interest at a rate of 7% and matures on February 16, 2019. In addition, we issued 5,715 shares of our Class A common stock as an original issue discount to the lender valued at approximately $56,000. If we fail to pay the note on the maturity date, the note may be converted into our Class A common stock at a price of $4.00 per share at the option of the holder. We intend to retire this note in full out of the net proceeds of this offering. See “Use of Proceeds” on page 28 of this prospectus.

 

Our other cash requirements consist primarily of day-to-day operating expenses, capital expenditures and contractual obligations with respect to facility leases and other operating leases. We lease all of our office facilities. We expect to make future payments on existing leases from cash generated from operations.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles accepted in the United States. In connection with the preparation of our financial statements, we are required to make assumptions and estimates about future events and apply judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and the related disclosures. We base our assumptions, estimates and judgments on historical experience, current trends and other factors that management believes to be relevant at the time our consolidated financial statements are prepared. On a regular basis, we review the accounting policies, assumptions, estimates and judgments to ensure that our financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with GAAP. However, because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such differences could be material.

 

Our significant accounting policies are discussed in notes of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that the following accounting estimates are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results, and they require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, resulting from the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain :

 

  1. Revenue recognition
  2. Acquisition of Boxlight Group
  3. Common control transactions
  4. Long-lived assets
  5. Intangible assets
  6. Share-based compensation

 

Emerging Growth Company

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Certain specified reduced reporting and other regulatory requirements that are available to public companies that are emerging growth companies.

 

41
 

 

These provisions include:

 

(1) an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;
   
(2) an exemption from the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards until they would apply to private companies;
   
(3) an exemption from compliance with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about our audit and our financial statements; and
   
(4) reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements.
 

We have elected to take advantage of the exemption from the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards until they would apply to private companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.

 

42
 

 

BUSINESS

 

Our Company

 

We are an education technology company that develops, sells and services interactive classroom solutions for the global education market. We are seeking to become a world leading innovator, and integrator of interactive products and software for schools, as well as for business and government learning spaces. We currently design, produce and distribute interactive technologies including flat panels, projectors, whiteboards and peripherals to the education market. We also distribute science, technology, engineering and math (or “STEM”) products , including our portable science lab. All of our products are integrated into our classroom software suite that provides tools for whole class learning, assessment and collaboration. To date, we have generated substantially all of our revenue from the sale of our software and interactive displays to the educational market.

 

We are a vertically integrated total solution provider with hardware, engineering and manufacturing, software and content development. We provide comprehensive services to our clients and customers, including installation, training, consulting and maintenance. We seek to provide easy-to-use solutions combining interactive displays with robust software to enhance the educational environment, ease the teacher technology burden, and improve student outcomes. Our goal is to become a single source solution to satisfy the needs of educators around the globe and provide a holistic approach to the modern classroom. Our products are currently sold in approximately 60 countries and our software is available in 32 languages, helping children learn in over 850,000 classrooms. We sell our products and software though more than 500 global reseller partners. We believe we offer the most comprehensive and integrated line of interactive display solutions, audio products, peripherals and accessories for schools and enterprises. Our products are backed by nearly 30 years of research and development. We introduced the world’s first interactive projector in 2007 and received patents in 2010.

 

Advances in technology and new options for introduction into the classroom have forced school districts to look for solutions that allow teachers and students to bring their own devices into the classroom, provide school district information technology departments with the means to access data with or without internet access, handle the demand for video, and control cloud and data storage challenges. Our design teams are able to quickly customize systems and configurations to serve the needs of clients so that existing hardware and software platforms can communicate with one another. We have created plug-ins for annotative software that make existing and legacy hardware interactive and allows interactivity with or without wires through our MimioTeach product. Our goal is to become a single source solution to satisfy the needs of educators around the globe and provide a wholistic approach to the modern classroom.

 

We pride ourselves in providing industry-leading service and support and have received numerous product awards. Our STEM product, Labdisc, won the BETT Awards 2018 in the tools for teaching, learning and assessment category. In 2017, our MimioStudio with MimioMobile was a BETT Awards finalist in the tools for teaching, learning and assessment area. Our Labdisc product was named Best of BETT 2017 for the Tech & Learning award. In 2017 our Labdisc product won Best In Show at TCEA. Our P12 Projector Series won the Tech & Learning best in show award at ISTE in 2017. Our MimioMobile App with Mimio Studio Classroom Software won the 2016 Cool Tool Award. We received the 2016 Award of Excellence for our MimioTeach at the 34 th Tech & Learning Awards of Excellence program honoring new and upgraded software.

 

Since the Company launched its patented interactive projectors in 2007, we have sold them to public schools in the United States and in 49 other countries, as well as to the Department of Defense International Schools, and in approximately 3,000 classrooms in 20 countries, the Job Corp, the Library of Congress, the Center for Disease Control, the Federal Emergency Management Agency, nine foreign governments and the City of Moscow and numerous Fortune 500 companies, including Verizon, GE Healthcare, Pepsico, First Energy, ADT, Motorola, First Data and Transocean and custom built 4,000 projectors for the Israeli Defense Forces.

 

43
 

 

Boxlight Corporation was incorporated in Nevada on September 18, 2014 for the purpose of acquiring technology companies that sell interactive products into the education market. As of the date of this prospectus, we have three subsidiaries, consisting of Boxlight Inc., Boxlight Latinoamerica, S.A. DE C.V. and Boxlight Latinamerica Servicios, S.A. DE C.V.

 

Effective April 1, 2016, we acquired Mimio LLC (“Mimio”). Mimio designs, produces and distributes a broad range of Interactive Classroom Technology products primarily targeted at the global K-12 education market. Mimio’s core products include interactive projectors, interactive flat panel displays, interactive touch projectors, touchboards and MimioTeach, which can turn any whiteboard interactive within 30 seconds. Mimio’s product line also includes an accessory document camera, teacher pad for remote control and an assessment system. Mimio was founded on July 11, 2013 and maintained its headquarters in Boston, Massachusetts. Manufacturing is by ODM’s and OEM’s in Taiwan and China. Mimio products have been deployed in over 600,000 classrooms in dozens of countries. Mimio’s software is provided in over 30 languages. Effective October 1, 2016 Mimio LLC was merged into our Boxlight Inc. subsidiary.

 

Effective May 9, 2016, we acquired Genesis Collaboration LLC (“Genesis”). Genesis is a value added reseller of interactive learning technologies, selling into the K-12 education market in Georgia, Alabama, South Carolina, northern Florida, western North Carolina and eastern Tennessee. Genesis also sells our interactive solutions into the business and government markets in the United States. Effective August 1, 2016, Genesis was merged into our Boxlight Inc. subsidiary.

 

Effective July 18, 2016, we acquired Boxlight Inc., Boxlight Latinoamerica, S.A. DE C.V. (“BLA”) and Boxlight Latinoamerica Servicios, S.A. DE C.V. (“BLS”) (together, “Boxlight Group”). The Boxlight Group sells and distributes a suite of patented, award-winning interactive projectors that offer a wide variety of features and specifications to suit the varying needs of instructors, teachers and presenters. With an interactive projector, any wall, whiteboard or other flat surface becomes interactive. A teacher, moderator or student can use the included pens or their fingers as a mouse to write or draw images displayed on the surface. As with interactive whiteboards, interactive projectors accommodate multiple users simultaneously. Images that have been created through the projected interactive surface can be saved as computer files. The new Company’s new ProjectoWrite 12 series, launched in February 2016, allows the simultaneous use of up to ten simultaneous points of touch.

 

The organizational structure of our companies is as follows:

 

 

44
 

 

Our Strategic Goals

 

We believe that our future success will depend upon many factors, including those discussed below. While these areas represent opportunities for us, they also represent challenges and risks that we must successfully address.

 

 

Increasing our customer base. Our principal customers are school districts that solicit requests for proposals, or RFPs, usually in the second and third calendar quarters when they receive their annual budgets. We have recently been successful in winning many of these bids and expect to continue to build our inventory of products and software to meet our expanding backlog of orders.

     
 

 

Investing in research and development. We intend to continually develop and introduce innovative products, enhance existing products and effectively stimulate customer demand for existing and future products.
     
  Expanding our sales and marketing team. We intend to invest significant resources in our marketing, advertising and brand management efforts.
     
  Expanding our product and technology offerings. Our long-term growth will depend in part on our ability to continually expand our product and technology offerings, which we intend to do through both our internal research and development initiatives, as well as through strategic acquisition opportunities and joint ventures that may develop, such as Cohuborate Ltd and Qwizdom, Inc.
     
  Strategic acquisitions and joint ventures . We believe we can materially increase our revenues and scope by acquiring or joint venturing with a number of value added resellers that are focused on the education and learning technologies market segments, have gained the trust and support of local school districts and governmental agencies, and are located in geographically strategic areas throughout the United States and internationally.
     
  Developing strategic partnerships and alliances . We currently work with a variety of major software and hardware solution providers, with whom we are developing embedded solutions to offer buffered content inside our projectors to allow smooth content streaming across multiple platforms. We intend to further existing and develop additional strategic partnerships and alliances.

 

Recent Developments

 

In May 2018, we were awarded contracts from:

 

Clayton County School District in Georgia, serving over 3,200 classrooms under a proposal to provide approximately $12,000,000 of products and software in 2018 and 2019; and

 

Beaufort County School District in South Carolina, serving over 1,750 classrooms under a proposal to provide approximately $5,000,000 of products and software in 2018 and 2019.

 

On May 11, 2018, pursuant to a stock purchase agreement dated as of May 9, 2018, we acquired 100% of the share capital of Cohuborate, Ltd., based in Lancashire, England. Cohuborate produces, sells and distribute interactive display panels designed to provide new learning and working experience through high-quality technologies and solutions through in-room and room-to-room multi-device multi-user collaboration. Although a development stage company with minimal revenues to date, we believe that Cohuborate will enhance our software capability and product offerings.

 

45
 

 

We purchased Cohuborate for 257,200 shares of our Class A Common Stock. The shareholders agreed not to sell our shares for one year from the closing of the acquisition.

 

On May 10, 2018, we signed an exclusive, global agreement with Multi Touch Interactives (“MTI”), an international software development company, to create the next generation of interactive educational activities for large format, horizontal and vertical classroom-based touchscreens. Under the terms of the agreement, MTI will begin developing activities designed for early elementary and special needs education, with the goal of providing a solid and versatile platform onto which rich, educational collaborative applications will be built. The applications will run exclusively for, and in, the Windows 10 environment and will be designed and produced sequentially, while allowing educators to create their own or modify existing activities.

 

On June 22, 2018 and pursuant to a stock purchase agreement, Boxlight Parent acquired 100% of the capital stock of the Qwizdom Companies. The Qwizdom Companies develop software and hardware solutions that are quick to implement and designed to increase participation, provide immediate data feedback, and, most importantly, accelerate and improve comprehension and learning. The Qwizdom Companies have offices outside Seattle, WA and Belfast, Northern Ireland and deliver products in 44 languages to customers around the world through a network of partners. Over the last three years, over 80,000 licenses have been distributed for the Qwizdom Companies’ interactive whiteboard software and online solutions.

 

We purchased the Qwizdom shares for (1) $410,000 in cash, (2) issuance of a 8% note of $656,000, (3) issuance of 142,857 shares of Class A common stock, and (4) a maximum $410,000 earnout based on future consolidated revenues as defined in the agreement. The principal and accrued interest under the note is due and payable in 12 equal quarterly payments. The first quarterly payment is due on the last business day of March 2019 and subsequent quarterly payments are to be made on the last business day of the 6 th , 9 th and 12 th calendar month and quarterly thereafter until the “Maturity Date”. The Maturity Date is defined as the earlier of (i) our completing a public offering of Class A common stock or private placement of its debt or equity securities (each a “Financing”) that results in our receipt of gross proceeds from such Financing of $10,000,000 or more, or (ii) that date which shall be the last business day of July 2021.

 

As part of the transaction, Qwizdom entered into a three-year employment agreement with Darin Beamish, its chief executive officer, and Qwizdom UK entered into a three year employment agreement with Dermot Sweeney, its President. In addition, we agreed and granted options to Mr. Sweeney and Mr. Beamish to purchase 40,000 and 20,000 shares, respectively, of Boxlight Class A common stock. These options have an exercise price of $5.78 per share, expire after 10 years from grant date and vest through 4 years.

 

The two former Qwizdom shareholders agreed not to sell their shares for one year from the closing of the acquisition .

 

Our Markets

 

In the United States, which is our primary market, we sell and distribute interactive educational products for K-12 to both public and private schools. The K-12 education sector represents one of the largest industry segments. In addition to its size, the U.S. K-12 education market is highly decentralized and is characterized by complex content adoption processes. The sector is comprised of approximately 15,600 public school districts across the 50 states and 132,000 public and private elementary and secondary schools. We believe this market structure underscores the importance of scale and industry relationships and the need for broad, diverse coverage across states, districts and schools. Even while we believe certain initiatives in the education sector, such as the Common Core State Standards, a set of shared math and literacy standards benchmarked to international standards, have increased standardization in K-12 education content, we believe significant state standard specific customization still exists, and we believe the need to address customization provides an ongoing need for companies in the sector to maintain relationships with individual state and district policymakers and expertise in state-varying academic standards.

 

U.S. K-12 education has come under significant political scrutiny in recent years, due to the recognition of its importance to U.S. society at large and concern over the perceived decline in U.S. student competitiveness relative to international peers. An independent task force report published in March 2012 by the Council on Foreign Relations, a non-partisan membership organization and think tank, observed that American students rank far behind other global leaders in international tests of literacy, math and science, concluding that the current state of U.S. education severely impairs the United States’ economic, military and diplomatic security as well as broader components of America’s global leadership. Also, the Executive Office of the President Council of Economic Advisors, in a report titled Unleashing the Potential of Educational Technology, stated that “many observers are concerned about declines in the relative quality of U.S. primary and secondary education, and improving performance of our schools has become a national priority.” We believe that the customization of learning programs could enhance innovative and growth strategies geared towards student performance in our nation’s schools.

 

The global education industry is undergoing a significant transition, as primary and secondary school districts, colleges and universities, as well as governments, corporations and individuals around the world are increasingly recognizing the importance of using technology to more effectively provide information to educate students and other users.

 

46
 

 

According to “ All Global Market Education & Learning ”, an industry publication, the market for hardware products is growing due to increases in the use of interactive whiteboards and simulation-based learning hardware. Educational institutions have become more receptive to the implementation of hi-tech learning tools. The advent of technology in the classroom has enabled multi-modal training and varying curricula. In general, technology based tools help develop student performance when integrated with the curriculum. The constant progression of technology in education has helped educators to create classroom experiences that are interactive, developed and collaborative.

 

According to a 2016 market research report “ Markets and Markets Interactive Projector Market” the interactive projector market was valued at $670 million in 2015 and is expected to reach $2,602 million by 2022, growing at a CAGR of 21.5% between 2016 and 2022. The increasing adoption of interactive projectors in the education segment, the low cost of interactive projectors compared to interactive whiteboards, and significant advantages of interactive projectors over conventional projectors are some of the factors that are driving the growth of the interactive market. Low awareness of the consumers regarding interactive projectors in developing countries restrains the growth of the market in those areas. The major players in the interactive projector market include Seiko Epson Corp. (Japan), BenQ Corp. (Taiwan), Boxlight (U.S.), Dell Technologies Inc. (U.S.), Panasonic Corp. (Japan), CASIO COMPUTER Co., Ltd. (Japan), NEC Display Solutions, Ltd. (Japan), Optoma Technology Inc. (U.S.), Touchjet Inc. (Singapore), and Delta Electronics Inc. (Taiwan).

 

Our Opportunity

 

We believe that our patented product portfolios and the software and products we intend to develop either alone or in collaboration with other technology companies positions us to be a leading manufacturer and provider of interactive educational products in the global educational and learning market. We believe that increased consumer spending driven by the close connection between levels of educational attainment, evolving standards in curriculum, personal career prospects and economic growth will increase the demand for our interactive educational products. Some of the factors that we believe will impact our opportunity include:

 

Growth in U.S. K-12 Market Expenditures

 

Significant resources are being devoted to primary and secondary education, both in the United States and abroad. As set forth in the Executive Office of the President, Council of Economic Advisers report, U.S. education expenditure has been estimated at approximately $1.3 trillion, with K-12 education accounting for close to half ($625 billion) of this spending. Global spending is roughly triple U.S. spending for K-12 education.

 

While the market has historically grown above the pace of inflation, averaging 7.2% growth annually since 1969, as expenditures by school districts and educational institutions are largely dependent upon state and local funding, the world-wide economic recession caused many states and school districts to defer spending on educational materials, which materially and adversely affected our historical revenues as well as those of many of our competitors. However, expenditures and growth in the U.S. K-12 market for educational content and services now appears to be rebounding in the wake of the U.S. economic recovery. Although, the economic recovery has been slower than anticipated, and there is no assurance that any further improvement will be significant, nonetheless, states such as Florida, California and Texas were all scheduled to adopt interactive educational materials for certain subjects, including reading and math, by 2016.

 

47
 

 

International Catalysts Driving Adoption of Learning Technology

 

According to Ambient Insights 2012 Snapshot of the Worldwide and US Academic Digital Learning Market , substantial growth in revenues for e-learning products in the academic market segment are anticipated throughout the world due to several convergent catalysts, including population demographics such as significant growth in numbers of 15-17 year old students and women in education in emerging markets; government-funded education policies mandating country-wide deployment of digital learning infrastructures; large scale digitization efforts in government and academic markets; significant increases in the amount of digital learning content; migration to digital formats by major educational publishers and content providers; mass purchases of personal learning devices and strong demand for learning platforms, content and technology services; and rapid growth of part-time and fulltime online student enrollments.

 

Rising Global Demand

 

We expect to profit from the rising global demand for technology based learning products by offering our interactive product hardware and software in the United States and expanding into foreign countries. In recent years, the global education sector has seen movement towards the adoption of interactive learning devices. As examples:

 

  In 2010, the Peruvian government spent $3.0 billion for an education technology rollout to provide all teachers and students with individual tablet computers and network infrastructure and classroom displays;
     
  In August 2011, the Russian government announced a plan to deploy tablets, “on a massive scale” in the Russian educational system, to replace printed textbooks;
     
  In October 2011, the Indian government launched its heavily subsidized school-designed tablet called Aakash; and
     
  In July 2011, the Thailand government announced that it intends to give every child in grades 1-6 a tablet starting with first grade students in the 2012 school year. The multi-year program is expected to equip over 5.0 million primary students with handheld devices.

 

Growth in the E-learning Market

 

According to the “ E-learning Market – Global Outlook and Forecast 2018-2023

 

The introduction of technology-enabled learning that helps organizations train human resource is driving the growth of the global e-learning market. These training modules offer continuous and effective learning at an optimal cost and provide customized course content that meets the specific requirements of end-users. The advent of cloud infrastructure, peer-to-peer problem solving, and open content creation will help to expand business opportunities for service providers in the global e-learning market.

 

Vendors are also focusing on offering choices on the course content at competitive prices to gain the share in the global e-learning market. The exponential growth in the number of smartphone users and internet connectivity across emerging markets is driving the e-learning market in these regions. The introduction of cloud-based learning and AR/VR mobile-based learning is likely to revolutionize the e-learning market during the forecast period.

 

48
 

 

Major vendors are introducing technology-enabled tools that can facilitate the user engagement, motivate learners, and help in collaborations, thereby increasing the market share and attracting new consumers to the market. The growing popularity of blended learning that enhances the efficiency of learners will drive the growth of the e-learning market. The e-learning market is expected to generate revenue of $65.41 billion by 2023, growing at a CAGR of 7.07% during the forecast period.

 

Trends in Tech-Savvy Education

 

While industries from manufacturing to health care have adopted technology to improve their results, according to Stanford Business School, in its Trends in Tech-Savvy Education , the education field remains heavily reliant on “chalk and talk” instruction conducted in traditional settings; however, that is changing as schools and colleges adopt virtual classrooms, data analysis, online games, highly customized coursework, and other cutting-edge tools to help students learn.

 

Demand for Interactive Projectors is on the Rise

 

The interactive projector market was valued at $670.3 million in 2015 and is expected to reach $2.602M by 2022, growing at a CAGR of 21.5% between 2016 and 2022. The factors which are driving the growth of market include significant advantages of interactive projectors over conventional projectors, increased adoption of interactive projectors in the education segment, and the low cost of projectors compared to interactive whiteboards.

 

Additional Technologies

 

The delivery of digital education content is also driving a substantial shift in the education market. In addition to whiteboards, interactive projectors and interactive flat panels, other technologies are being adapted for educational uses on the Internet, mobile devices and through cloud-computing, which permits the sharing of digital files and programs among multiple computers or other devices at the same time through a virtual network. We intend to be a leader in the development and implementation of these additional technologies to create effective digital learning environments.

 

Handheld Device Adoption

 

Handheld devices, including smartphones, tablets, e-readers and digital video technologies, are now fundamental to the way students communicate. A 2010 FCC survey provides evidence that the rates of handheld use will increase dramatically. It reported that while 50% of respondents currently use handhelds for administrative purposes, 14% of schools and 24% of districts use such devices for academic or educational purposes. Furthermore, 45% of respondents plan to start using such devices for academic and educational purposes within the next 2 to 3 years. The survey stated that, “The use of digital video technologies to support curriculum is becoming increasingly popular as a way to improve student engagement.”

 

Natural User Interfaces (NUIs)

 

Tablets and the new class of “smart TVs” are part of a growing list of other devices built with natural user interfaces that accept input in the form of taps, swipes, and other ways of touching; hand and arm motions; body movement; and increasingly, natural language. Natural user interfaces allow users to engage in virtual activities with movements similar to what they would use in the real world, manipulating content intuitively. The idea of being able to have a completely natural interaction with a device is not new, but neither has its full potential been realized. For example, medical students increasingly rely on simulators employing natural user interfaces to practice precise manipulations, such as catheter insertions, that would be far less productive if they had to try to simulate sensitive movements with a mouse and keyboard. NUIs make devices seem easier to use and more accessible, and interactions are far more intuitive, which promotes exploration and engagement. (NMC Horizon Project Technology Outlook STEM+ Education 2012-2017 ).

 

49
 

 

The Business and Government Market

 

The business and government market for interactive displays represents an attractive growth opportunity for us because of the desire of organizations to improve the quality of training, development and collaboration.

 

In meeting rooms, our solutions help achieve the following:

 

  Enhance brainstorming and collaboration by providing a real-time focal point upon which participants can share their ideas with the entire group of attendees, including those in remote locations;
     
  Add a tangible, interactive dimension to conferencing that enables attendees to visualize a situation or concept and make decisions based on that visualization;
     
  Save time and enhance productivity by enabling users to save and distribute their collective work product from a meeting without the inconsistencies and subjectivity that may result from individual note taking;
     
  Realize cost savings not only by reducing travel needs, but also by improving internal communication and team building; and
     
  Enable participants to access digital files and use applications in real time.

 

In training centers, we believe that our solutions help to enhance achievement levels with multi-modality (visual, auditory and kinesthetic) learning capabilities, improved interactivity and engagement and real-time assessment and feedback. Our solutions may also help improve an enterprise’s return on investment by providing better trained employees reducing training time and getting employees back to their jobs, reduced travel expenses, improved customers service from well-trained employees and reduced employee turnover.

 

Federal and State Funding According to “State of the K-12 Market Reports 2016”

 

New Student Support and Academic Enrichment Grant (SSAEG) dollars will likely begin to expand the market somewhat in the 2017-2018 school year. SSAEG is a new funding mechanism that provides flexible funding focused on efforts to promote a well-rounded education, create safe and healthy learning environments for students, and support the effective use of technology. Congress initially authorized SSAEG at $1.6 billion.

 

Despite the attention paid to the federal education budget, school funding continues to come primarily from state and local sources. For the 2014-2015 school year, state funding provided nearly half (46%) of total funding for K-12 schools, with local funding providing 44% of K-12 funding. The federal contribution was an average of 10%. Overall funding for all public and private K-12 education in the United States is currently about $665 billion.

 

50
 

 

States spend a significant amount of their overall budgets to support education. According to the National Association of State Budget Officers, states devote 20% of their overall spending to K-12 education. In FY2016, 41 states enacted spending increases for K-12 education resulting in a net increase of $14.7 billion, up from an $11.1 billion increase in FY2015. Thirty-five states also enacted spending increases for higher education. Only four states—Alaska, Hawaii, West Virginia, and Wisconsin—cut K-12 spending in FY2016.

 

Governors in 43 states called for higher spending in their FY2017 budget recommendations. As has been true for several years, governors’ proposed budgets direct most additional dollars to K-12 funding and Medicaid, the two largest areas of state general fund expenditures.

 

The Fiscal Survey of States, Spring 2016 confirms that state budgets continue to show moderate growth and stability. FY2016 (July 1, 2015 to June 30, 2016) marked the first time that aggregate spending levels surpassed the pre-recession peak level of FY2008, adjusted for inflation. For the most part, states have been able to close budget gaps and minimize mid-year budget cuts. Unemployment rates are going down, rainy day funds are growing, and states are focused on resolving issues around unfunded pension programs, ongoing health care and education costs, and pent-up infrastructure demand. Enacted 2016 budgets showed state revenues reaching $798 billion, an increase of 4%, compared with the 3% gain in fiscal 2015, when revenues stood at $748 billion. Revenue growth was widespread: 43 states enacted spending increases in FY2016, compared with 2015 levels. A small number of states face revenue shortfalls brought on by the decline in oil and natural gas prices.

 

Technology Budget Outlook Per “State of the K-12 Market Reports 2016”

 

The outlook for district technology budgets in the 2016-2017 school year continues the improvement seen last year, confirming schools’ emergence from the long shadow of the recession. Tech directors generally have quite positive expectations about their 2016-2017 budget. Compared with the prior two years, the 2016-2017 outlook is generally strong. Clearly technology directors are making some trade-offs from year to year, increasing spending in one category and balancing that increase by holding steady or slightly decreasing other categories.

 

Even in the schools’ worst recession years of 2010-2011 through 2012-2013, hardware and teacher training were most likely to see the largest percentage of districts planning to increase spending. The implementation of Common Core assessments likely drove some of this investment in hardware and teacher training in the past; however, the desire to increase overall student access to technology also plays a role. Districts may not be saying that one-to-one is their goal, but they continue to move in that direction. Their budget plans also reflect a clear awareness that teacher training is an essential element of any expansion of technology use.

 

District characteristics (size, metropolitan status, and region) are sometimes associated with differences in plans for technology spending. While no significant differences are seen by metropolitan status of region, looking at projected increases by district size reveals a difference in budget plans for hardware purchases. Medium-size districts are significantly more likely than their smaller counterparts to be planning increases in hardware budgets.

 

51
 

 

Our Current Products

 

We currently offer the following products:

 

Boxlight ProColor Interactive Flat Panel Displays

 

Our ProColor series of interactive LED panels are available in four sizes – 65”, 70”, 75”, and 86”. Each offers 4K resolution that produces extraordinarily sharp images suitable for a range of classroom sizes. They also include a slot for an optional PC Module that provides embedded Windows 10. All also include embedded Android computing capability for control, applications, and annotation. ProColor Interactive LED panels utilize infrared touch tracking technology, offering 20 points of touch for simultaneous interaction of multiple users. ProColor’s built-in speakers add room filling sound to the display’s vivid colors. The interactive LED panels feature anti-glare safety glass with optical coatings that are highly scratch resistant, improve viewing angles, and reduce ambient light interference.

 

Boxlight ProColor Interactive Projectors

 

We offer a suite of patented, award-winning interactive projectors with a wide variety of features and specifications to suit the varying needs of instructors, teachers and presenters around the world. With an interactive projector any wall, whiteboard or other flat surface can become an interactive surface and enable computer control. A user can utilize a pen stylus or finger as a mouse or to write or draw images displayed on the screen. As with interactive whiteboards, the interactive projector accommodates multiple users simultaneously. Images that have been created through the projectors can be saved as computer files. Except for the ProjectorWrite 12 series, all the Boxlight Group interactive projectors use LCD or DLP technology.

 

We offer interactive projectors using lamp and laser illumination technologies. Each ultra-short throw model is available with pen-based interactivity using infra-red emitting pens or touch-based technology using an emitter that generates a laser curtain over the entire surface of an associated whiteboard.

 

The pen versions of these interactive projectors can display images as large as 130” diagonally in 16:10 aspect ratio. The touch-based versions can display images as large as 100” in the same 16:10 aspect ratio. All models support up to ten simultaneous interactions meaning multiple students can simultaneously work. The projectors come with high quality audio and appropriate wall mounting hardware.

 

The ProjectoWrite 9 series provides wired interactivity and features 60 frames per second. These projectors have built-in storage of up to 1.5 GB for on-the-go display; a USB or EZ WiFi LAN connection from the PC, Mac or mobile device to the interactive projector is required for interactivity with the projected images. The ProjectoWrite 9 interactive projector series allows for a maximum of ten interactive pens working simultaneously. Utilizing its patented embedded interactive CMOS camera at 60 frames per second, response time is less than 12 minutes, and accuracy is within 3 pixels.

 

The ProjectoWrite 12 series is first in the Boxlight Group’s line of patented finger-touch interactive projectors to offer a driverless installation. With the addition of a laser module, a moderator or student can use a finger, or any solid object, to interact and control the computer at the projected image. With 10-point touch, a user can capitalize on the new touch features of Microsoft Windows 10, emulating a tablet computer.

 

Boxlight’s MimioTeach Interactive Whiteboard

 

Boxlight’s MimioTeach is one of our best known and longest-lived products. Hundreds of thousands of MimioTeach interactive whiteboards and its predecessor models are used in classrooms around the world. MimioTeach can turn any whiteboard (retrofit) into an interactive whiteboard in as little as 30 seconds. This portable product fits into a tote bag with room for a small desktop projector, which is attractive to teachers who move from classroom to classroom. For schools where “change is our normal,” MimioTeach eliminates the high cost of moving fixed-mount implementations.

 

ProColor Display 490 Interactive Touch Table

 

The ProColor Display 490 Interactive Touch Table enables up to four students to work collaboratively or individually on a horizontal surface, which is particularly well-suited to younger students or those with motor skill limitations. The height of the table can be adjusted electrically to accommodate a wide range of students and even wheelchairs.

 

52
 

 

Boxlight’s MimioFrame retro-fittable Touch Board

 

Boxlight’s MimioFrame can turn a conventional whiteboard into a touchboard in 10-15 minutes. Millions of classrooms already have a conventional whiteboard and a non-interactive projector. MimioFrame uses infrared (IR) technology embedded in the four sides of the frame to turn that non-interactive combination into a modern 10-touch-interactive Digital Classroom. No drilling or cutting is required, MimioFrame easily and quickly attaches with industrial-strength double-sided tape.

 

Boxlight’s MimioBoard Touch interactive whiteboards

 

Boxlight’s Interactive Touch Boards are available in 78” 4:3 aspect ratio and 87” 16:10 aspect ratio. These boards provide sophisticated interactivity with any projector because the touch interactivity is built into the board. Unlike many competitive products, Boxlight’s touch boards are suited for use with dry erase markers. Many competitive products advise against using dry erase markers because their boards stain. Boxlight’s touch boards use a porcelain-on-steel surface for durability and dry erase compatibility. The Boxlight Touch Boards are also much lighter weight than most competitive products which results in faster, easier and a lower cost installation process.

 

MimioStudio Interactive Instructional Software

 

MimioStudio Interactive Instructional Software enables the creation, editing, and presentation of interactive instructional lessons and activities. These lessons and activities can be presented and managed from the front of the classroom using any of Boxlight’s front of classroom display systems including MimioTeach + our non-interactive projectors, ProColor Interactive LED panels, MimioBoard Touch + our non-interactive projectors, MimioFrame + our non-interactive projectors or ProjectoWrite “P” Series interactive projectors in either pen or touch controlled versions. MimioStudio can also be operated using MimioPad as a full-featured remote control or a mobile device such as an iPad or tablet which includes a display screen that fully replicates the front-of-classroom display generated by MimioStudio. Operation with a mobile device is enabled via the three-user license for MimioMobile, see next, provided with the MimioStudio license that accompanies all front-of-classroom devices from Mimio.

 

MimioMobile Collaboration and Assessment Application

 

The introduction of MimioMobile, a software accessory for MimioStudio, in 2014 introduced a new era of fully interactive student activities that are able to be directly and immediately displayed on the front-of-classroom interactive displays through MimioStudio.

 

MimioMobile allows fully interactive activities to be pushed to student classroom devices. The students can manipulate objects within the activities, annotate “on top” of them, and even create completely new content on their own handheld devices. MimioMobile also enables assessment using the mobile devices. The teacher can create multiple choice, true\false, yes\no, and text entry assessment questions. The students can respond at their own speed and their answers are stored within MimioStudio from which the teacher can display graphs showing student results. This “continuous assessment” allows formative assessment that can help guide the teacher as to whether to re-teach the material if understanding is low or move forward in the lesson. We believe that this interactive and student dependent instructional model can dramatically enhance student outcomes.

 

Boxlight Front-of-Classroom Interactive Displays

 

Boxlight offers the broadest line of interactive displays, each of which provides large image size and interactive technology that complements the capabilities of MimioStudio and MimioMobile.

 

53
 

 

Boxlight’s MimioSpace ultra-wide 135” TouchBoard System

 

MimioSpace combines an eleven-foot-wide 32-touch interactive whiteboard with a 16:6 aspect ratio ultra-wide projector to produce an extraordinary combination of digital classroom technology and the extremely wide working surface of classical blackboard-based classrooms.

 

Peripherals and accessories

 

We offer a line of peripherals and accessories, including amplified speaker systems, mobile carts, installation accessories and adjustable wall-mount accessories that complement our entire line of interactive projectors, LED flat panels and standard projectors. The height and tilt adjustable DeskBoard mobile cart, which won the Best of ISTE in June 2014 for Best Hardware product, can be used as an interactive screen or interactive desktop with the ProjectoWrite 8 ultra-short throw interactive projectors.

 

Boxlight’s MimioVote Student Assessment System

 

Boxlight’s MimioVote is a handheld “clicker” that enables student assessment with essentially zero training. MimioVote is so simple it genuinely qualifies as intuitive, an elusive and often proclaimed attribute that is actually merited by MimioVote. MimioVote fully integrates into the MimioMobile environment and offers everything from attendance to fully immersive and on-the-fly student assessment. The MimioVote was specifically designed to survive the rigors of even kindergarten and elementary classrooms where being dropped, stepped on, and kicked are all part of a normal day. The handset’s non-slip coating helps keep it from sliding off desktops or out of little hands. Should they take wing, the rugged construction keeps them working.

 

Boxlight’s MimioPad wireless pen tablet

 

MimioPad is a lightweight, rechargeable, wireless tablet used as a remote control for the MimioStudio running on a teacher’s Windows, Mac, or Linux computer. MimioPad enables the teacher to roam the classroom which significantly aids classroom management. MimioPad is a classroom management tool which can be handed off to enable a student to be part of the interactive experience – all without leaving their seat to go to the front of the room.

 

54
 

 

Boxlight’s MimioView document camera

 

Boxlight’s MimioView is a document camera that is integrated with MimioStudio to make the combination easy to use with a single cable connection that carries power, video, and control. MimioView is fully integrated into our MimioStudio software solution and is controlled through MimioStudio’s applications menu. With two clicks, the teacher or user can turn on, auto-focus, and illuminate the included LED lights for smooth high-definition images.

 

Audio Solutions

 

We offer SoundLite audio solutions as an affordable and easy-to-install amplified speaker system for use with all of our projectors. The 30 watt SoundLite product is available with a wireless RF microphone. This device produces quality stereo sound in any room.

 

Features in future SoundLite models will have a security-enabled system and IP addressable audio classroom solution allowing point-to-point address as well as a wide area network address. A panic switch on the wireless transmitters will enable live broadcast of classroom audio and simultaneously trigger predetermined alerts. This feature is designed to work over a school’s existing network infrastructure.

 

Non-Interactive projectors

 

We distribute a full line of standard, non-interactive projectors. The Cambridge Series features embedded wireless display functions and is available in short and standard throw options. Offering brightness from 2,700 to 4,000 lumens, we furnish projectors for small classrooms to large classrooms with the Cambridge platform. This series is available in both XGA and WXGA resolutions to replace projectors on existing interactive whiteboards in classrooms operating on limited budgets. The Boxlight Group has designed this platform to provide easy user maintenance with side-changing lamps and filters and developed HEPA filtration systems for harsh environments.

 

Over the past several years, we have together with strategic allies, provided customized products that fit specific needs of customers, such as the Israeli Ministry of Defense. Working with Nextel Systems, the Boxlight Group delivered approximately 4,000 projectors, with special kitting performance, asset tagging, custom start up screens, operating defaults appropriate for harsh environments, and other unique product specifications. the Boxlight Group also met requirements that each projector contain at least 51% U.S. content and be assembled in the United States. A service center was appointed in Israel to provide warranty service and support. The US Army in connection with the Israeli Defense Forces found the Boxlight Group to be the only manufacturer able to meet the stringent requirements, leading not only to the original multi-year contract, but to extensions for favorable execution and performance.

 

Integration Strategy

 

We have centralized our business management for all acquisitions through an enterprise resource planning system. We have streamlined the process to drive front-line sales forecasting to factory production. Through the enterprise resource planning system, we have synchronized five separate accounting and customer relationship management systems through a cloud-based interface to improve inter-company information sharing and allow management at the Company to have immediate access to snapshots of the performance of each of our subsidiaries. As we grow, organically or through acquisition, we plan to move to a multi-currency model of our enterprise resource planning system.

 

55
 

 

Logistics Suppliers

 

Logistics is currently provided by our Lawrenceville, Georgia facility. Contract manufacturing for Boxlight’s products are through ODM and OEM partners according to specific engineering specifications and utilizing IP developed and owned by Boxlight. Boxlight’s factories for ODM and OEM are located in Taiwan, China and Germany.

 

Technical Support and Service

 

The Company currently has its technical support and service centers located near Seattle, WA and in Atlanta, GA. Additionally, the Company’s technical support division is responsible for the repair and closing of customer service cases, resulting in more than 60% of the Company’s customer service calls ending in immediate closure of the applicable service case. We accomplish this as a result of the familiarity between our products and the customer service technician.

 

Competition

 

In the interactive education industry, we face substantial competition from developers, manufacturers and distributers of interactive learning products and solutions. The industry is highly competitive and characterized by frequent product introductions and rapid technological advances that have substantially increased the capabilities and use of interactive projectors and interactive whiteboards. We face increased competition from companies with strong positions in certain markets we serve, and in new markets and regions we may enter. These companies manufacture and/or distribute new, disruptive or substitute products that compete for the pool of available funds that previously could have been spent on interactive displays and associated products. Our ability to integrate our technologies and remain innovative and develop new technologies desired by our current and potential new contract manufacturing customers will determine our ability to grow our contract manufacturing divisions.

 

The Company competes with other developers, manufacturers and distributors of interactive projectors and personal computer technologies, tablets, television screens, smart phones. Interactive whiteboards, since first introduced, have evolved from a high-cost technology that involves multiple components, requiring professional installers, to a one-piece technology that is available at increasingly reduced price points and affords simple installations. With lowered technology entry barriers, we face heated competition from other interactive whiteboard developers, manufacturers and distributors. However, the market presents new opportunities in responding to demands to replace outdated and failing interactive whiteboards with more affordable and simpler solution interactive whiteboards. In addition, the Company has begun to see expansion in the market to sales of complementary products that work in conjunction with the interactive technology, including software, audio solutions, data capture, and tablets.

 

Our principal competitors are Smart Technologies, Promethean, ViewSonic, Dell Computers, Samsung, Panasonic and ClearTouch.

 

Employees

 

As of March 31, 2018, we had approximately 39 employees, of whom 4 are executives, 3 employees are engaged in product development, engineering and research and development, 10 employees are engaged in sales and marketing, 12 employees are engaged in administrative and clerical services and 10 employees are engaged in service and production. In addition, a total of approximately 8 individuals provide sales agency services to us as independent contractors.

 

56
 

 

None of our employees are represented by labor organizations. We consider our relationship with our employees to be excellent. A majority of our employees have entered into non-disclosure and non-competition agreements with us or our operating subsidiaries.

 

Research and Development

 

Our products are designed to enhance learning experiences in schools, government and business by bringing life to lessons, using interactive educational tools. Research suggests that interactive presentation tools can positively affect student engagement, motivation, understanding and review processes and accommodate students with different learning styles, including students who have special needs. A study in 100 classrooms per year conducted by Dr. Robert Marzano, a top United States researcher in the field of education, concluded that students who had been taught using interactive whiteboards and interactive devices improved their test scores on average by 16 percentile over a two-year period.

 

Logistics and Manufacturing

 

Logistics of the Company is currently provided by our Lawrenceville, Georgia facility. Product manufacturing is by ODM’s and OEM’s in Taiwan and China.

 

Properties

 

Our corporate headquarters is located at 1045 Progress Circle, Lawrenceville, Georgia 30043, in a building of approximately 48,000 square feet, for which we pay approximately $20,000 of rent per month through March 2019. Our corporate headquarters house our administrative offices as well as distribution operations and assembly for the Boxlight brand.

 

We also maintain an office in Poulsbo, Washington, for sales, marketing, technical support and service staff.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

On June 1, 2017, a lawsuit was commenced against us, and certain of our affiliates by Skyview Capital, LLC (“Skyview”), in Los Angeles, CA Superior Court. The suit alleged breach of an unpaid promissory note in $1,460,508 principal amount that is secured by a lien on our assets and breach of guaranties. Skyview is seeking, among other things, (i) damages arising from breach of the promissory note and guarantees in the amount of no less than $1,460,508, plus accrued interest, (ii) a judgment to foreclose upon certain of our assets, (iii) a judgment for immediate possession of certain personal property; and (iv) the return of the entire membership interest in Mimio. On September 6, 2017, Boxlight paid $1,577,653, which included the principal balance of $1,460,508, plus accrued interest of $117,145, due and payable to Skyview. On March 21, 2018, the Company received the acknowledgement of satisfaction of judgment from the court.

 

57
 

 

MANAGEMENT

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

The following table sets forth information concerning our directors, executive officers and other key members of our management team as of June 18, 2018:

 

Name   Age   Position(s)
James Mark Elliott   66   Chief Executive Officer and Director
Henry (“Hank”) Nance   45   Chief Operating Officer
Takesha Brown   44   Chief Financial Officer
Michael Pope   38   President and Director
John Patrick Henry   65   Vice-President, Sales
Lori Page   52   Vice-President, Global Marketing
Darin Beamish   48   Vice-President, Software Development
Tiffany Kuo   28   Non-Executive Director
Rudolph F. Crew   67   Independent Director (1) (2) (3)
Steve Hix   79   Independent Director (1) (3)
Dale Strang   58   Independent Director (1) (2) (3)
Harold Bevis   58   Independent Director (2) (3)

 

(1) Member of the Audit Committee.
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.
(3) Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

 

Set forth below is biographical information about each of the individuals named in the tables above:

 

James Mark Elliott . Mr. Elliott has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a director since September 18, 2014. From 2012 to date, he has also served as the President of Genesis. From 2005 through 2012, he was the President of Promethean, Inc., a manufacturer and distributor of whiteboards and interactive learning devices and led the team that grew Promethean in the Americas from $5 million in revenue to $250 million, with over 1,300,000 interactive whiteboards installed around the world. Throughout his career, Mr. Elliott has held senior executive roles, including president, senior vice president or director roles with Apple Computer, Lawson Software, E3 Corporation, PowerCerv Technologies, Tandem Computers, and Unisys/Burroughs. Mr. Elliott received a BBA in Economics from the University of North Georgia and a Master of Science degree in Industrial Management from Georgia Institute of Technology. Based on Mr. Elliott’s position as the chief executive officer of both the Company and Genesis, and his executive level experience in interactive learning devices and computer technology industries, our board of directors believes that Mr. Elliott has the appropriate set of skills to serve as a member of the board.

 

Henry (“Hank”) Nance Mr. Nance has been our Chief Operating Officer since September 18, 2014 and served as our President from September 18, 2014 until July 15, 2015. Mr. Nance began his career with the Boxlight Group in 1999 and has served as the Boxlight Group’s President since 2009. At the Boxlight Group, he developed the company’s first business-to-consumer division, generating over $12 million in sales within the first 24 months of inception. Shortly thereafter he took over product development, corporate relations, and negotiations for business-to-consumer and business-to-business products. Prior to Mr. Nance’s tenure at the Boxlight Group, he managed commercial and residential construction working in the San Juan Islands, Washington State and Northern California.

 

Takesha Brown. Ms. Brown was appointed as our Chief Financial Officer by our Board on March 15, 2018. Since April 2017, Ms. Brown has served as our Controller. Prior to that, from 2010 through 2017, Ms. Brown first served in the role as Controller and then as Financial Reporting Manager at General Electric in Atlanta, Georgia. Ms. Brown started her career in public accounting, first with PricewaterhouseCoopers, then moving to Ernst & Young and staying there until 2010. At the time of her departure from Ernst & Young, Ms. Brown was an Audit Senior Manager. Ms. Brown is a licensed CPA with a Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Business Administration and a Masters of Accounting from The University of Alabama.

 

58
 

 

Michael Pope. Mr. Pope has served as our President since July 15, 2015 and has been a director of our Company since September 18, 2014. Mr. Pope served as Managing Director of Vert Capital Corp., a private equity and business advisory firm, and its affiliates from October 2011 to October 2016, managing portfolio holdings in education, consumer products and digital media. From May 2008 to October 2011, Mr. Pope was Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer for the Taylor Family, managing family investment holdings in consumer products, professional services, real estate and education. Mr. Pope also held positions including senior SEC reporting at Omniture and Assurance Associate at Grant Thornton. Mr. Pope holds an active CPA license and serves on the boards of various organizations. Mr. Pope earned his undergraduate and graduate degrees in accounting from Brigham Young University.

 

John Patrick Henry. Mr. Henry has served as our Vice-President of Sales since May 15, 2015. Prior to joining Boxlight, Mr. Henry served as the Chief Marketing Officer for Promethean North America and Director of Strategic Alliances for the Apple Education division. Mr. Henry earned his undergraduate degree from Georgia Institute of Technology and graduate degree from Georgia State University.

 

Lori Page. Ms. Page has served as our Vice-President of Global Marketing since January 17, 2018. Prior to that, from 2015-2017 Ms. Page served as Director, Customer Relationship Marketing at Cox Media Solutions Group in Atlanta, Georgia and managed B2B and B2C CRM strategy for the Autotrader, Kelley Blue Book and Dealer.com brands. Ms. Page began her career at Apple Computer and held various market development and business development positions. During her 12-year career at Apple she was recognized 7 times with awards and accolades including Business Development Executive of the Year in 1991. Over the next 14 years, Ms. Page held leadership roles in marketing, corporate sponsorship, public relations and brand execution at Air2Web, Eastman Kodak Company, and Promethean where she was vice president of marketing for North America from 2012-2014. During her 6-year career at Promethean, Ms. Page designed and directed an award-winning experiential marketing mobile tour, recognized nationally by Event Marketer Magazine in 2011 as best mobile marketing program of the year. Ms. Page received a BBA cum laude in Marketing from Georgia State University.

 

Darin Beamish. For the past 20 years Mr. Beamish has been an executive officer and co-owner of Qwizdom until its sale to Boxlight in June 2018. He has served as the Chief Executive Officer of the Qwizdom Companies since 2004 and continues to serve in that capacity. During his career, Mr. Beamish has worked extensively with teachers and school districts to improve learning and reduce administrative costs through the use of technology, including development of software, curriculum and hardware solutions for education and training. Mr. Beamish earned his Bachelor of Science Degree in business from the University of Washington in 1992.

 

Tiffany Kuo. Ms. Kuo has been a director of our Company since September 18, 2014. Ms. Kuo has been a General Management Consultant in Strategy and Operations for Deloitte Consulting, LLP in Houston, TX since August 2011. Ms. Kuo graduated from Rice University with a Bachelor of Science and Masters of Science in Electrical Engineering in 2011 and is currently in the Sloan Masters of Business Administration Program at The Massachusetts Institute of Technology. We believe that Ms. Kuo should serve as a member of our board of directors due to her experience in business strategy and operations at Deloitte Consulting, LLP.

 

Rudolph F. Crew . Dr. Crew has been a director of our Company since April 1, 2015. Since August 2013, Dr. Crew has served as the president of Medgar Evers College. From July 2012 to July 2013, he was the chief education officer at Oregon Education Investment Board, overseeing the PK-16 system. From September 2011 to July 2012, Dr. Crew served as the president of K12 Division at Revolution Prep, a company that offers preparation courses for the SAT and ACT standardized achievement tests. Prior to that, from January 2009 to July 2013, he was a professor at USC Rossier School of Education, teaching graduate school courses. From January 2009 to September 2011, Dr. Crew also served as the president of Global Partnership Schools, an organization offers planning support services and collaborative programs to public schools and school districts. Dr. Crew received his bachelor’s degree in management from Babson College in 1972. He earned his master’s degree in urban education in 1973 and his degree of doctor of education in educational administration in 1978, both from University of Massachusetts. We believe that Dr. Crew’s in-depth knowledge and extensive experience in education field make him a valuable member of our board of directors.

 

Steve Hix. Mr. Hix has been a director of our company since June 30, 2017. He is a business executive and founder of numerous public and private companies spanning his 40-year business career. Since 2012, Mr. Hix has served as the President of Circle Technology, a wireless presentation company. Previously, he was the Founder & CEO of InFocus Systems from 1987-1993 (projector company) which grew to nearly $1 billion in sales and had a market value of more than $2 billion as a public company. He was also the Founder, CEO & President of Phix Focus (R&D in Display Technology and Touch Screen Technology) 2005-2012, CEO of i3 Identification International (finger printing technology company) 2005-2010, Founder of Advan Media (Advertising Trucks with Digital Display Screens) 2003-2005, Founder & CEO of SARIF (High Temperature Poly-silicon LCD) 1993-2002, founder of Motif, Inc. (High Speed LCD Technology) 1990-1993, and co-Founder of Planar Systems (Electroluminescence Technology) 1983-1987. Mr. Hix has nearly a dozen patents in the display technology and wireless transmission space and continues to be a pioneer in the industry. He began his career serving the US Navy as Naval Intelligence and sits on the board of several companies including Melexis, Community Foundation of Southwest Washington and Puget Sound Blood Center.

 

59
 

 

Dale Strang. Mr. Strang has been a director of our company since August 10, 2017. He has served as a Senior Vice President of Media Strategy & Operations at Healthline Networks since 2015. Mr. Strang was President and Chief Executive officer of SpinMedia from 2013 to 2015. Mr. Strang was the Chief Executive Officer and President at Viximo from 2010 to 2012. Mr. Strang has over 25 years of media experience with successful businesses including IDG, Ziff-Davis and IGN/Fox Interactive. Mr. Strang has more than 18 years of experience in consumer technology and video game publishing, including 14 years at the senior management level. He served as Executive Vice President and General Manager, Media Division, of IGN Entertainment. In this position, he oversaw advertising sales, marketing and the production of editorial content for all IGN entertainment media properties.

 

Harold Bevis . Mr. Bevis has served as a Director since March 2018. He has 25 years of business leadership experience, including 15 years as a Chief Executive Officer. He was a business leader at both GE and Emerson Electric. He has led or directed 8 businesses in 6 industries, 148 plants in 22 countries, 12 new business/new plant startups, 11 acquisitions, 24 business/plant expansions, and over 10,000 employees. Mr. Bevis is currently President of OmniMax International, a portfolio of building products businesses, since October 2017. Mr. Bevis earned a BS degree in industrial engineering from Iowa State University and an MBA degree from Columbia Business School. He is a member of the National Association of Corporate Directors and has served on 5 Boards of Directors. Since June 2014, he has served at Commercial Vehicle Group, a NASDAQ listed company, where he serves as a member of the audit and compensation committees.

 

Family Relationships

 

There are no family relationships between any of our directors or executive officers.

 

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

 

No executive officer or director is a party in a legal proceeding adverse to us or any of our subsidiaries or has a material interest adverse to us or any of our subsidiaries. No executive officer or director has been involved in the last ten years in any of the following:

 

  Any bankruptcy petition filed by or against any business or property of such person, or of which such person was a general partner or executive officer either at the time of the bankruptcy or within two years prior to that time;
     
  Any conviction in a criminal proceeding or being subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses);
     
  Being subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting his involvement in any type of business, securities or banking activities;
     
  Being found by a court of competent jurisdiction (in a civil action), the SEC or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated;
     
  Being the subject of or a party to any judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated relating to an alleged violation of any federal or state securities or commodities law or regulation, or any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies, including but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease-and-desist order, or removal or prohibition order, or any law or regulation prohibiting mail, fraud, wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or
     
  Being the subject of or a party to any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization (as defined in Section 3(a)(26) of the Exchange Act, any registered entity (as defined in Section 1(a)(29) of the Commodity Exchange Act), or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member.

 

60
 

 

Board of Directors

 

All directors hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. Directors are elected at the annual meetings to serve for one-year terms. Officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, the board of directors. Our board of directors shall hold meetings on at least a quarterly basis.

 

Director Independence

 

Dr. Rudy Crew, Steve Hix, Dale Strang and Harold Bevis are our independent directors. As a Nasdaq listed company, we believe that the foregoing directors satisfy the definition of “Independent Director” under Nasdaq Rule 5605(a)(2). In making this determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each of these non-employee directors has with us and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence. As required under applicable NASDAQ rules, we anticipate that our independent directors will meet on a regular basis as often as necessary to fulfill their responsibilities, including at least annually in executive session without the presence of non-independent directors and management.

 

Board Committees

 

Our board of directors has established standing committees in connection with the discharge of its responsibilities. These committees include an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our board of directors has adopted written charters for each of these committees. Copies of the charters are available on our website at www.boxlightcorp.com. Our board of directors may establish other committees as it deems necessary or appropriate from time to time.

 

Board Leadership Structure and Role in Risk Oversight

 

Mr. Elliott holds the positions of chief executive officer and chairman of the board of the Company. The board believes that Mr. Elliott’s services as both chief executive officer and chairman of the board is in the best interest of the Company and its shareholders. Mr. Elliott possesses detailed and in-depth knowledge of the issues, opportunities and challenges facing us in our business and is thus best positioned to develop agendas that ensure that the Board’s time and attention are focused on the most critical matters relating to the business. His combined role enables decisive leadership, ensures clear accountability, and enhances the Company’s ability to communicate its message and strategy clearly and consistently to our shareholders, employees and customers.

 

61
 

 

The Board has not designated a lead director. The independent directors can call and plan their executive sessions collaboratively and, between meetings of the Board, communicate with management and one another directly. Under these circumstances, the directors believe designating a lead director to take on responsibility for functions in which they all currently participate might detract from rather than enhance performance of their responsibilities as directors.

 

Corporate Governance

 

Audit Committee

 

According to its charter, the Audit Committee consists of at least three members, each of whom shall be a non-employee director who has been determined by the Board to meet the independence requirements of NASDAQ, and also Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the SEC, subject to the exemptions provided in Rule 10A-3(c). A copy of our Audit Committee Charter is located under the “Corporate Governance” tab on our website at www.boxlight.com. The Audit Committee members shall consist of Mr. Hix, serving as our Audit Chair, Mr. Strang and Dr. Crew. All members of the Audit Committee are independent directors. The Audit Committee will assist the Board by overseeing the performance of the independent auditors and the quality and integrity of our internal accounting, auditing and financial reporting practices. The Audit Committee is responsible for retaining (subject to stockholder ratification) and, as necessary, terminating the engagement of, the independent auditors, annually reviews the qualifications, performance and independence of the independent auditors and the audit plan, fees and audit results, and pre-approves audit and non-audit services to be performed by the auditors and related fees. Our board has determined that we have at least one “audit committee financial expert,” as defined by the rules and regulations of the SEC and that is Mr. Hix.

 

Compensation Committee

 

The Compensation Committee members are Mr. Strang, Dr. Crew and Mr. Bevis. The Compensation Committee shall make recommendations to the Board concerning salaries and incentive compensation for our officers, including our principal executive officer, and employees and administers our stock option plans. A copy of our Compensation Committee Charter is located under the “Corporate Governance” tab on our website at www.boxlight.com.

 

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

 

The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee members are Dr. Crew, Mr. Hix, Mr. Bevis and Mr. Strang. All members of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee are independent directors. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee assists the Board in identifying qualified individuals to become board members, in determining the composition of the Board and in monitoring the process to assess Board effectiveness. A copy of our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee Charter is located under the “Corporate Governance” tab on our website at www.boxlight.com.

 

Material Changes to the Procedures by which Security Holders May Recommend Nominees to the Board

 

We do not currently have a procedure by which security holders may recommend nominees to the Board. Prior to the listing of our common stock on NASDAQ, as a private company with a limited shareholder base, we did not believe that it was important to provide such a procedure. However, as a publicly traded NASDAQ company with the requirement to hold annual shareholder meetings, we will consider implementing such a policy in the future.

 

62
 

 

Director Qualifications

 

The Board of Directors is responsible for overseeing the Company’s business consistent with their fiduciary duty to the stockholders. This significant responsibility requires highly-skilled individuals with various qualities, attributes and professional experience. There are general requirements for service on the Board that are applicable to directors and there are other skills and experience that should be represented on the Board as a whole but not necessarily by each director. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee considers the qualifications of director candidates individually and in the broader context of the Board’s overall composition and the Company’s current and future needs.

 

In its assessment of each potential candidate, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will consider the nominee’s judgment, integrity, experience, independence, understanding of the Company’s business or other related industries and such other factors it determines are pertinent in light of the current needs of the Board. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee also takes into account the ability of a director to devote the time and effort necessary to fulfill his or her responsibilities to the Company. evaluate the business experience, specialized skills and experience of director candidates. Diversity of background including diversity of race, ethnicity, international background, gender and age, may be considered by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee when evaluating candidates for Board membership.

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. A copy of the code will be made available on the Corporate Governance section of our website, which is located at www.boxlight.com. If we make any substantive amendments to, or grant any waivers from, the code of business conduct and ethics for any officer or director, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a current report on Form 8-K.

 

Executive Compensation

 

The following table sets forth information regarding the total compensation received by, or earned by, our Chief Executive Officer, our President and Chief Operating Officer and our Chief Financial Officer (collectively, the “named executive officers”) during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

Name and Principal Position   Year     Salary ($)     Option
Awards ($)
   

Total

($)

 
James Mark Elliott, Chief Executive Officer     2016       125,000       -       125,000  
      2017       129,884       -       129,884  
                                 
Michael Pope, President     2016       23,885       -       23,885  
      2017       163,419       -       163,419  
                                 
Henry (“Hank”) Nance, Chief Operating Officer     2016       130,545       -       130,545  
      2017       147,606       126,452 (4)     274,058  
                                 
Sheri Lofgren, former Chief Financial Officer (1)     2016       170,000       484,235 (2)     654,235  
      2017       227,500       204,397 (2)     431,897  
                                 
John Patrick Henry, Vice-President, Sales     2016       131,637       -       131,637  
      2017       181,074       30,943 (5)      212,017  
                                 
Takesha Brown, Chief Financial Officer (1)     2016       -       -       -  
      2017       98,116       6,617 (3)     104,733  

 

63
 

 

  (1)

On March 15, 2018, Sheri Lofgren, our Chief Financial Officer tendered her resignation from such position. On the same date, the Board appointed Ms. Takesha Brown to serve as our new Chief Financial Officer. Ms. Brown was our Controller from April 2017 until her appointment as Chief Financial Officer.

     
  (2) On September 18, 2014, we granted 291,402 options to Sheri Lofgren, our former Chief Financial Officer, with an exercise price of $0.13 per share, a term of 5 years and vesting over a 3-year period. The options have a fair value of $1 at grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Variables used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model include: (1) discount rate of 2.09% (2) expected life of 5.75 years, (3) expected volatility of 69%, and (4) zero expected dividends.
     
    On November 1, 2016, we entered into an amended employment agreement with Ms. Lofgren, which amended the exercise price of the 291,402 options granted from $0.13 to $0.0001 per share. The options vesting term was changed to (i) 50% of the remaining unvested options shall vest immediately following the agreement, (ii) all remaining unvested options shall vest on March 31, 2017. Pursuant to the amendment of employment agreement, the fair value of options granted was changed to approximately $484,000 using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.
     
    In November 2017, we granted options to purchase 29,200 options at $0.0001 per share to Ms. Lofgren for services. These options vested immediately and expire 5 years from the date of grant. The options had a fair value of approximately $204,000 on the grant date that was calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.
     
  (3) On April 4, 2017, we granted options to purchase 18,000 shares of Series A common stock at $5.60 per share to Ms. Brown for services. These options vest in four years and commenced in the quarter ended June 30, 2017 and expire 5 years from the date of grant. The options have a fair value of approximately $7,000 that was calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.
     
  (4)

In November 2017, we granted options to purchase 37,829 shares of Series A common stock at $7.00 per share to Mr. Nance for services. These options vest in 3 years and expire 5 years from the date of grant. The options had a fair value of approximately $126,000 on grant date that was calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

     
  (5) In November 2017, we granted options to purchase 8,990 shares of Series A common stock at $7.00 per share to Mr. Henry. These options vest in 4 years and expire 5 years from the date of grant. The options had a fair value of approximately $31,000 on grant date that was calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

 

Employment Agreements

 

We entered into employment agreements with Mr. Elliott, Mr. Nance, Ms. Lofgren, Mr. Pope and Ms. Brown, the terms of which are set forth below.

 

James Mark Elliott

 

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Elliott dated as of November 30, 2017, pursuant to which Mr. Elliott shall receive a base salary of $195,000 per year and shall, upon evaluation of his performance and at the discretion of the Board of Directors, be awarded a cash bonus in the amount of $25,000 on a quarterly basis commencing on the quarter ending December 31, 2017. In addition to (and not in lieu of) the base salary, we shall grant Mr. Elliott employee stock options to purchase up to 100,000 shares of common stock (vesting in equal monthly installments over a one-year period, commencing on January 31, 2018), pursuant to the our 2014 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

64
 

 

Mr. Elliott’s agreement contains confidentiality and non-competition and non-solicitation covenants that continue during and for two years following the expiration or termination of his employment agreement; provided, that such restrictive covenants expire immediately if Mr. Elliott terminates his employment agreement for “good reasons” or, in nine months if we elect to terminate his employment prior to the expiration of the term of the agreement without “cause”.

 

Michael Pope

 

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Pope dated as of November 30, 2017, pursuant to which Mr. Pope shall receive a base salary of $195,000 per year and shall, upon evaluation of his performance and at the discretion of our Chief Executive Officer, be awarded a cash bonus in the amount of $25,000 on a quarterly basis commencing on the quarter ending December 31, 2017. In addition to (and not in lieu of) the base salary, we shall grant Mr. Pope employee stock options to purchase up to 100,000 shares of common stock (vesting in equal monthly installments over a one-year period, commencing on January 31, 2018), pursuant to our 2014 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

Mr. Pope’s agreement contains confidentiality and non-competition and non-solicitation covenants that continue during and for two years following the expiration of his employment agreement; provided, that such restrictive covenants expire immediately if we breach his employment agreement or, in nine months, if we elect to terminate his employment prior to the expiration of the term of the agreement for reasons other than for cause (as defined in the employment agreement).

 

Henry “Hank” Nance

 

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Nance, dated as of November 30, 2017, pursuant to which Mr. Nance shall receive a base salary of $195,000 per year and shall, upon evaluation of his performance and at the discretion of the Company’s chief executive officer, be awarded a cash bonus in the amount of $25,000 on a quarterly basis commencing on the quarter ending December 31, 2017. In addition to (and not in lieu of) the base salary, we shall grant Mr. Nance employee stock options to purchase up to 200,000 shares of common stock (vesting in equal monthly installments over a one-year period, commencing on January 31, 2018), pursuant to our 2014 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

Mr. Nance’s agreement contains confidentiality and non-competition and non-solicitation covenants that continue during and for two years following the expiration of his employment agreement; provided that such restrictive covenants expire immediately if we breach his employment agreement or, in nine months, if we elect to terminate his employment prior to the expiration of the term of the agreement for reasons other than cause (as defined in the employment agreement).

 

Takesha Brown

 

We entered into an employment agreement with Ms. Brown, dated as of March 19, 2018, pursuant to which Ms. Brown shall receive a base salary of $165,000 per year and shall, upon evaluation of her performance and at the discretion of our chief executive officer, be awarded a cash bonus in the amount of $12,500 on a quarterly basis commencing on the quarter ending June 30, 2018. In addition to (and not in lieu of) the base salary, we shall grant Ms. Brown employee stock options to purchase up to 35,000 shares of common stock (vesting in equal monthly installments over a one-year period, commencing on March 19, 2018), pursuant to our 2014 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

65
 

 

Ms. Brown’s agreement contains confidentiality and non-competition and non-solicitation covenants that continue during and for two years following the expiration of her employment agreement; provided, that such restrictive covenants expire immediately if we breach her employment agreement or, in nine months, if we elect to terminate her employment prior to the expiration of the term of the agreement for reasons other than for cause (as defined in the employment agreement).

 

Sheri Lofgren

 

We entered into an employment agreement with Ms. Lofgren dated as of November 30, 2017, pursuant to which Ms. Lofgren shall receive a base salary of $195,000 per year and shall, upon evaluation of her performance and at the discretion of our Chief Executive Officer, be awarded a cash bonus in the amount of $25,000 on a quarterly basis commencing on the quarter ending December 31, 2017. In addition to (and not in lieu of) the base salary, we shall grant Ms. Lofgren employee stock options to purchase up to 100,000 shares of common stock (vesting in equal monthly installments over a one-year period, commencing on January 31, 2018), pursuant to the Corporation’s 2014 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

Ms. Lofgren’s agreement contains confidentiality and non-competition and non-solicitation covenants that continue during and for two years following the expiration of her employment agreement; provided, that such restrictive covenants expire immediately if we breach her employment agreement or, in nine months, if we elect to terminate her employment prior to the expiration of the term of the agreement for reasons other than for cause (as defined in the employment agreement).

 

On March 15, 2018, Sheri Lofgren, tendered her resignation as Chief Financial Officer. Ms. Lofgren’s resignation was for personal reasons and not as the result of disagreements between Ms. Lofgren and us on any matter relating to the Company’s operations, policies or practices.

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2017

 

The following table provides information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2017. All share amounts and exercise prices in the following table reflects stock splits after grant date.

 

    Option Awards
Name   Grant Date   Number of Securities Underlying Options (#) Exercisable     Number of Securities Underlying Options (#) Unexercisable     Option Exercise Price ($)     Option Expiration Date
James Mark Elliott   September 18, 2014     331,841       -     $ 0.13     September 18, 2024
Sheri Lofgren   September 18, 2014 and amended at November 1, 2016     29,200       -     $ 0.0001     November 30, 2022
Henry Nance   December 31, 2014     12,001       132,091     $ 0.13-7.00     November 30, 2022
John Patrick Henry   November 30, 2017     562       8,428     $ 7.00     November 30, 2022
Takesha Brown   April 4, 2017     3,375       14,625     $ 5.60     April 4, 2022

 

66
 

 

Director Compensation

 

We reimburse all members of our board of directors for their direct out of pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board. This table summarizes the compensation paid to each of our independent directors who served in such capacity during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Name   Fees Earned or Paid in
Cash ($)
    Stock Awards
($)
    Total($)  
                   
Rudolph F. Crew     50,000       370,995       420,995  
                         
Steve Hix     5,000       159,466       164,466  
                         
Dale Strang     -       159,466       159,466  
                         
Robin D. Richards*     -       930,987       930,987  
                         
Tiffany Kuo     -       -       -  

 

* On February 23, 2018, Mr. Robin D. Richards resigned from the Board of Directors for personal reasons.

 

Director Compensation Arrangements

 

Rudolph F. Crew

 

Dr. Crew receives an annual fee of $50,000, payable monthly, which commenced on March 26, 2016. In addition, in connection with the listing on NASDAQ, Dr. Crew was entitled to a one-time purchase, at par value, of 53,000 shares of our Class A common stock.

 

Dr. Crew will not be permitted to sell any of his shares for the six months immediately following the consummation of this public offering and thereafter, not more than 50% of his shares between the seventh month and 12th month after the consummation of this public offering, and not more than 50% of the remaining shares between the 12th month and 18th months after the consummation of this public offering.

 

Steve Hix

 

Mr. Hix receives an annual fee of $10,000 for serving as the Chair of our Audit Committee. The fee is payable quarterly, with the first payment to be made on September 30, 2017. On November 30, 2017, Mr. Hix was granted stock options to purchase 50,000 shares of our Class A common stock exercisable at $7.00 per share with vesting over one year.

 

Dale Strang

 

On November 30, 2017, Mr. Strang was granted stock options to purchase 50,000 shares of our Class A common stock exercisable at $7.00 per share with vesting over one year.

 

67
 

 

Robin D. Richards

 

On November 30, 2017, Mr. Richards purchased, at the par value, 133,000 shares of our common stock, representing 1.25% of the number of fully diluted shares of common stock after giving effect to the acquisitions of the Boxlight Group and Genesis.

 

Mr. Richards is not permitted to sell any of his shares until May 30, 2018, which is six months following the consummation of our public offering and thereafter, not more than 50% of his shares between the seventh month and 12th month after the consummation of our public offering, and not more than 50% of the remaining shares between the 12th month and 18th months after the consummation of our public offering.

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

On September 30, 2014, we entered into a line of credit agreement with Vert Capital. The line of credit allowed the Company to borrow up to $900,000 as amended. The funds accrued interest at 10% per annum. The interest rate decreased to 5.75% pursuant to the amendment to the purchase agreement with EDI entered in September 2016. Interest on any advanced funds accrued monthly and all outstanding principal and accrued interest was due in full from the proceeds of our initial public offering. On December 1, 2017, the outstanding principal and accrued interest in the amount of $775,259 was paid in full.

 

Effective November 30, 2017, the Company entered into a management agreement with Dynamic Capital, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company owned and managed by Adam Levin (“Dynamic Capital”). Pursuant to the agreement, Dynamic Capital shall perform consulting services for the Company relating to, among other things, sourcing and analyzing strategic acquisitions and introductions to various financing sources. Dynamic Capital shall receive a management fee payable in cash equal to 1.125% of total consolidated net revenues for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, payable in monthly installments. The annual fee is subject to a cap of $750,000 in each of 2017 and 2018. At its option, Dynamic Capital may defer payment until the end of each year and receive payment in the form of shares of Class A common stock of the Company As of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had a payable of $94,998 and $35,632, respectively, pursuant to the agreement.

 

On November 7, 2014, the Company issued to Vert Capital and a consultant five-year warrants to purchase 796,813 and 23,904 shares of our Class A common stock, respectively, at an exercise price, equal to 110% of the per share initial public offering price ($7.70). Effective as of October 12, 2016, and as a result of Adam Levin and Michael Pope no longer being employed at Vert Capital, Boxlight Parent cancelled the Vert Capital warrants and reissued 597,610 and 199,203 warrants under the same terms to Dynamic Capital, LLC and Canaan Parish LLC, entities affiliated with Adam Levin and Michael Pope, respectively. These warrants expire on December 31, 2019. Among other provisions, such warrants contain “cashless” exercise rights, certain warrant coverage provisions and net cash settlement rights. Specifically, the holders of the 2016 warrants were entitled to receive additional warrants to purchase up to 20% of the number of shares of Class A common stock in total (or securities convertible or exercisable for Class A common stock) that are issued by Boxlight Parent in connection with a qualified equity financing or acquisition event as defined in the warrants. The November 2014 warrants had a fair value of $2,087,840 on the measurement date using the Black-Scholes Option-pricing Model and were immediately exercisable upon the closing of the IPO. Subsequent to completion of our IPO, and in connection with securities issuances from equity financings and acquisition events, Dynamic Capital and Canaan Parish were entitled to receive additional warrants to purchase up to 219,866 and 66,146 shares of common stock, respectively, at exercise prices ranging from $5.58 to $9.84 per share of the Company’s Class A common stock. Effective as of May 31, 2018, with the consent of Canaan Parish and the consultant, we cancelled and terminated, ab initio, all warrants previously issued and issuable to Canaan Parish and the consultant.

 

On July 18, 2016, Boxlight Holdings, Inc., a newly formed Delaware subsidiary of Boxlight Parent, consummated the acquisition of the Boxlight Group under a share purchase agreement, dated May 10, 2016, with Everest Display, Inc., a Taiwan corporation (“EDI”) and its subsidiary, Guang Feng International Ltd. (“Guang Feng”) subsidiary, the former shareholder of the Boxlight Group. K Laser Technology, Ltd., a Taiwan corporation (“K Laser”) is the majority shareholder of EDI and one of our major shareholders. Under the terms of the share purchase agreement, we issued EDI 270,000 shares of our Series C Preferred Stock, that has a stated or liquidation value of $20.00 per share. Upon completion of our initial public offering on November 30, 2017, the Series C Preferred Stock automatically converted into shares of our Class A common stock. Such newly converted shares of Class A common stock, (including certain bonus shares of Class A common stock represented 8% of the shares issuable upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock) to be issued to EDI or its subsidiaries and totaled 2,055,872 shares of our Class A common stock, representing approximately 22.22% of our fully-diluted common stock as defined in the purchase agreement. Hank Nance, our Chief Operating Officer and the President of the Boxlight Group, received 85,714 of these shares.

 

68
 

 

On May 5, 2016, pursuant to a membership interest purchase agreement, dated as of April 1, 2016, Boxlight Parent acquired 100% of the membership interest in Mimio, from Mim Holdings, LLC., a Delaware limited liability company wholly-owned by the Marlborough Brothers Trust, a trust established for the benefit of members of the families of Adam Levin and Michael Pope, our President and Director, in exchange for a 4% $2,000,000 unsecured convertible promissory note due March 31, 2019, and the assumption of a 6%, $3,425,000 senior secured note of Mim Holdings that was due July 3, 2016 and was payable to Skyview Capital, LLC, (“Skyview”), the former equity owner of Mimio (the “Skyview Note”). For purposes of the purchase agreement, the sale to Boxlight Parent was deemed to have been consummated as of April 1, 2016.

 

The Skyview Note was issued by Mim Holdings to Skyview on November 4, 2015 as payment for the acquisition of 100% of the membership equity of Mimio. Skyview Note was guaranteed and secured by a lien and security interest on all of the assets of Mimio. Prior to the sale of Mimio to Boxlight Parent, VC2 Partners LLC (the former owner of Mim Holdings) assigned its equity in Mim Holdings to the Marlborough Brothers Family Trust (the “Marlborough Trust”). Adam Levin and Michael Pope and members of their families, are beneficiaries of the Marlborough Trust and other trusts who are principal stockholders of Boxlight Parent. See “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management”.

 

In connection with the acquisition of Mimio by Boxlight Parent, in May 2016 we issued a $2,000,000 note payable to Mim Holdings, Inc., the former stockholder of Mimio. In June 2017 this convertible promissory note was converted into 330,135 shares of our Class A common stock at $6.30 per share.

 

Mim Holdings is wholly-owned by the Marlborough Brothers Family Trust, a trust established for the benefit of members of the families of Adam Levin and Michael Pope. Mr. Pope is the President and a member of our board of directors.

 

69
 

 

On September 28, 2016, we sold to K Laser an aggregate of 178,572 shares of our Class A common stock at a purchase price of $5.60 per share and received net proceeds of $1,000,003. The private placement was conducted through the efforts of our management and with the assistance of K Laser and its affiliates. No commissions or other compensation was paid in connection with such private placement.

 

In October 2016, the Company issued 73,266 shares to Mark Elliott, the Company’s CEO, at $1.055 per share to settle accounts payable of $77,268. In June 2018, Mr. Elliott agreed to amend the Company’s $50,000 note payable to eliminate the conversion provision of the note.

 

On November 30, 2017, in connection with the listing on NASDAQ, Dr. Crew purchased, at the par value, 53,000 shares of our Class A common stock representing 0.5% of the number of fully diluted shares of Class A common stock after giving effect to the acquisitions of the Boxlight Group and Genesis and our initial public offering. If we file a registration statement registering for resale shares held by its officers or directors, Dr. Crew may request that we include his shares in such registration statement. Dr. Crew will not be permitted to sell any of his shares until May 30, 2018 (six months following the consummation of our public offering) and thereafter, not more than 50% of his shares between the seventh month and 12th month after the consummation our public offering, and not more than 50% of the remaining shares between the 12th month and 18th months after the consummation of our public offering.

 

On November 30, 2017, in connection with the listing on NASDAQ, Mr. Richards purchased, at the par value, 133,000 shares of our Class A common stock representing 1.25% of the number of fully diluted shares of Class A common stock after giving effect to the acquisitions of the Boxlight Group and Genesis and our initial public offering.

 

On June 21, 2018, the board of directors authorized the issuance of a warrant to purchase 270,000 and 25,000 shares of Class A common stock to Canaan Parish and a consultant, respectively, for future advisory services. The warrants (a) are exercisable by the holder only after October 1, 2018 (b) expires on December 31, 2021 and (c) are exercisable at a price of $6.00 per share. The exercise price is adjustable pursuant to lower revaluation events as defined in the agreement.

 

Policies and Procedures For Related Party Transactions

 

Our Audit Committee Charter provides that our Audit Committee will be responsible for reviewing and approving in advance any related party transaction. Transactions requiring such pre-approval will include, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person.

 

70
 

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 

The following table sets forth as of June 14, 2018, the number of shares of our Class A common stock beneficially owned by (i) each person who is known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of the Company’s Class A common stock; (ii) each director; (iii) each of the Named Executive Officers in the Summary Compensation Table; and (iv) all directors and executive officers as a group. As of June 29, 2018, 10,056,095 shares of our Class A common stock were issued and outstanding.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with SEC rules and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Unless otherwise indicated, the stockholders listed in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares indicated. Unless otherwise noted, the principal address of each of the stockholders, directors and officers listed below c/o Boxlight Corporation, 1045 Progress Circle, Lawrenceville, Georgia 30043.

 

All share ownership figures include shares of our common stock issuable upon securities convertible or exchangeable into shares of our common stock within sixty (60) days of June 29, 2018, which are deemed outstanding and beneficially owned by such person for purposes of computing his or her percentage ownership, but not for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person .

 

    Before Offering     After Offering  
Name of Beneficial Owner   Number     Percent     Number     Percent  
                         
Named Executive Officers                        
James Mark Elliott     555,951 (1)      5.32 %     555,951 (1)         
Henry(“Hank”) Nance     238,386 (2)     2.34 %     238,386 (2)        
Takesha Brown     24,583 (3)           24,583 (3)        
Michael Pope     324,333 (4)     3.12 %     324,333 (4)        
John Patrick Henry     6,061 (5)     *       6,061 (5)        
Lori Page     3,125 (6)     *       3,125 (6)        
                                 
Directors                                
Tiffany Kuo     3,125       *       3,125          
Rudolph F. Crew     54,875       *       54,875          
Steve Hix     33,333       *       33,333          
Dale Strang     33,333       *       33,333          
Harold Bevis     10,417       *       10,417          
All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group(9 persons)                                
                                 
Beneficial Owners of 5% or More of Our Outstanding Common Stock                                
                                 
Everest Display, Inc.     2,468,708       24.55 %     2,468,708          
AEL Irrevocable Trust     1,912,350 (5)      19.02 %     1,912,350 (5)        
Dynamic Capital, LLC     817,476 (6)      7.52 %     817,476 (6)         

  

* Less than one percent

 

71
 

 

(1) Includes 390,174 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of a stock option and 165,777 shares of Class A common stock.

 

(2) Includes 152,672 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of a stock option and 85,714 shares of Class A common stock.

 

(3) Includes 24,583 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of a stock option.

 

(4) Includes 58,333 and 270,000 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of a stock option and warrant, respectively.

 

(5) Includes 6,061 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of a stock option.

 

(6) Includes 3,125 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of a stock option.

 

(7) Mr. Edwin Hur, 11441 Beach St., Cerritos, CA 90703 is trustee of AEL Irrevocable Trust, established for the benefit of the family of Adam Levin. Mr. Hur has sole investment and voting power with respect to the shares. In 2017, AEL Irrevocable Trust pledged the shares to a lender in connection with its guaranty of loans made to unrelated companies affiliated with the AEL Irrevocable Trust and Adam Levin.

 

(8) Consists of 817,476 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants issued to Dynamic Capital, LLC. Dynamic Capital is owned by Adam E. Levin.

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

General

 

Our authorized capital stock consists of 250,000,000 shares, of which 150,000,000 are designated Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 50,000,000 are designated Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; and 50,000,000 are designated preferred stock, of which 250,000 shares are designated as Series A preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

Common Stock

 

Class A common stock

 

We have 10,056,095 shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding as of June 29, 2018.

 

72
 

 

Voting Rights

 

Each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote per share on all matters to be voted or consented upon by the stockholders. Cumulative voting for the election of directors is not provided for in our articles of incorporation, as amended and restated.

 

Dividend Right s

 

Subject to the rights of the holders of preferred stock, as discussed below, the holders of outstanding common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available at the times and in the amounts that the Board of Directors may determine.

 

Liquidation Rights

 

In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to share ratably in the assets available for distribution after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of the holders of our preferred stock.

 

Other Matter s

 

The holders of our Class A common stock have no subscription, redemption or conversion privileges. Our Class A common stock does not entitle its holders to preemptive rights. All of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock are fully paid and non-assessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our Class A common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock which we may issue in the future.

 

Class B common stock

 

We have 0 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding as of June 29, 2018. Our Class B common stock is only available for issuance upon exercise of stock options to be granted to Boxlight Group exployees.

 

Voting Rights

 

The holders of Class B common stock have no voting rights, other than voting only on such matters as required by law.

 

Conversion Rights

 

Upon any public or private sale or disposition by any holder of Class B common stock, such shares of Class B common stock shall automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Our Board has the authority to issue preferred stock in one or more classes or series and to fix the designations, powers, preferences, and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any class or series, without further vote or action by the stockholders.

 

Prior to completion of our initial public offering, our Board had (a) designated 1,200,000 shares as Series B preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and issued 1,000,000 shares in connection with the acquisition of Genesis, and (b) designated and issued 270,000 shares as Series C preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, in connection with the acquisition of Boxlight, Inc from EDI. All of the Series B preferred stock and Series C preferred stock were converted into our Class A common stock upon completion of our initial public offering in November 2017, and both such series of preferred stock were retired.

 

73
 

 

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

 

250,000 shares of Series A preferred stock previously issued to Vert Capital are now held in trust by Oreva Capital. On November 30, 2018, the shares of Series A preferred stock will automatically convert into 398,406 shares of our Class A common stock, which is one year from the date of the BOXL’s initial public offering. At such time, the holder of such Series A preferred stock shall distribute the 398,406 shares of Class A common stock to the former minority stockholders of Logical Choice Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“LCC”). Our Series A Preferred Stock does not pay a dividend, is not entitled to vote and has a liquidation preference over our Class A common stock of $1.00 per share.

 

Warrants

 

On November 7, 2014, the Company issued to Vert Capital and a consultant five-year warrants to purchase 796,813 and 23,904 shares of our Class A common stock, respectively, at an exercise price, equal to 110% of the initial per share offering price ($7.70). Effective as of October 12, 2016, and as a result of Adam Levin and Michael Pope no longer being employed at Vert Capital, Boxlight Parent cancelled the Vert Capital warrants and reissued 597,610 and 199,203 warrants under the same terms to Dynamic Capital, LLC and Canaan Parish LLC, entities affiliated with Adam Levin and Michael Pope, respectively. These warrants expire on December 31, 2019. Among other provisions, such warrants contained “cashless” exercise rights, certain warrant coverage provisions and net cash settlement rights. Specifically, the holders of the 2016 warrants were entitled to receive additional warrants to purchase up to 20% of the number of shares of Class A common stock in total (or securities convertible or exercisable for Class A common stock) that is issued by Boxlight Parent in connection with a qualified equity financing or acquisition event as defined in the warrants. The November 2014 warrants had a fair value of $2,087,840 on the measurement date using the Black-Scholes Option-pricing Model and were immediately exercisable upon the closing of the IPO. In 2018 and in connection with securities issuances from qualified equity financings and acquisition events following Boxlight Parent’s initial public offering, Dynamic Capital and Canaan Parish were issued additional warrants to purchase up to 219,866 and 66,146 shares of common stock, respectively, at exercise prices ranging from $5.58 to $9.84 per share of the Company’s Class A common stock. These additional warrants expire on December 31, 2019. Effective as of May 31, 2018, with the consent of Canaan Parish and the consultant, we cancelled and terminated, ab initio, all warrants previously issued and issuable to Canaan Parish and the consultant.

 

On June 21, 2018, the board of directors authorized the issuance of a warrant to purchase 270,000 and 25,000 shares of Class A common stock to Canaan Parish and a consultant, respectively, for future advisory services. The warrants (a) are exercisable by the holder only after October 1, 2018 (b) expires on December 31, 2021 and (c) is exercisable at a price of $6.00 per share. The exercise price is adjustable for lower revaluation events as defined in the agreement.

 

Governing Documents that May Have an Antitakeover Effect

 

Certain provisions of our eleventh Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and our Bylaws, which are discussed below could discourage or make it more difficult to accomplish a proxy contest, change in our management or the acquisition of control by a holder of a substantial amount of our voting stock.

 

Our Eleventh Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation provide that our Board has the authority to issue preferred stock in one or more classes or series and fix such designations, powers, preferences and rights and the qualifications thereof without further vote by our stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company without further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of our Class A common stock.

 

Our By-laws limit the ability to call special meetings of the stockholders to the Chairman of the Board, or the Chief Executive Officer, or, if there is no Chairman or Chief Executive Officer, then by the president. The stockholders have no right to request or call a special meeting and cannot take action by written consent.

 

74
 

 

Our By-laws provide that our Board shall be classified into three classes. Each director shall hold office for a three-year term, or until the next annual meeting of stockholders at which his or her successor is elected and qualified.

 

Our By-laws provide that the removal of a director from the Board, with or without cause, must be by affirmative vote of not less than 2/3 of the voting power of our issued and outstanding stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (voting as a single class), excluding stock entitled to vote only upon the happening of a fact or event unless such fact or event shall have occurred, is required to remove a director from the Board with or without cause.

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

After the date of this prospectus we will have 10,056,095 shares of our Class A common stock issued and outstanding.

 

Approximate Number of Shares Eligible for Future Sale   Date
(1)   After the date of this prospectus, freely tradable shares sold in this offering
    Shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted under the 2014 Stock Incentive Plan
    Shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants.
    Other shares which may be sold under Rule 144, of which 250,000 are issuable upon conversion of our series A preferred stock
    Shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options, which shall automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, upon any private or public sale by any holder of Class B common stock
    Shares issuable upon exercise of options beneficially owned by directors, which may be sold under Rule 144.
    Shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the 2014 Stock Incentive Plan;

 

(1) Assumes the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares is not exercised.

 

Rule 144

 

Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person, or persons whose shares are aggregated, who has beneficially owned shares of our Class A common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner, except if the prior owner was one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

1% of the number of shares of Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 100,561 shares immediately after this offering; or

   
the average weekly trading volume of the Class A common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a Form 144 with respect to the sale.

 

Furthermore, sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates will also be subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public furthermore, information about us.

 

2014 Stock Incentive Plan

 

Under the terms of our 2014 Stock Incentive Plan, we have reserved for issuance up to 2,390,438 shares of our common stock pursuant to stock incentives to employees, members of the board of directors of BOXL and our subsidiaries and consultants. We may award stock incentives, that include stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock awards. Options may be qualified stock options or non-qualified stock options, or incentive stock grants, as determined by our board of directors or our stock option committee of the board of directors. As at the date of this prospectus, we have issued and committed to issue stock options to executive officers to purchase an aggregate of 1,063,861 shares of Class A common stock at exercise prices of $0.13 to $7.00 per share.

 

75
 

 

UNDERWRITING

 

A.G.P./Alliance Global Partners is acting as sole book-running manager and A.G.P/Alliance Global Partners, Maxim Group, LLC and The Benchmark Company, LLC are acting as representatives of the several underwriters of this offering. We have entered into an underwriting agreement dated                  , 2018 with the representative. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to each underwriter named below, and each underwriter named below has severally agreed to purchase from us, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of Class A common stock listed next to its name in the following table: 

 

The underwriting agreement provides for the purchase of a specific number of shares of Class A common stock by each of the underwriters named below. The underwriters’ obligations are several, which means that each underwriter is required to purchase a specified number of shares of common stock, but is not responsible for the commitment of any other underwriter to purchase shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below:

 

Name   Number of Shares  
A.G.P./Alliance Global Partners      
Maxim Group, LLC        
The Benchmark Company, LLC        
Total      

 

The underwriters have agreed to purchase all of the shares offered by this prospectus (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if any are purchased. Under the underwriting agreement, if an underwriter defaults in its commitment to purchase shares, the commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated, depending on the circumstances.

 

The shares should be ready for delivery on or about ______ , 2018 against payment in immediately available funds. ______ , 2018 is the third business day following the date of this prospectus. The underwriters are offering the shares subject to various conditions and may reject all or part of any order. The representative has advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the shares directly to the public at the public offering price that appears on the cover page of this prospectus. In addition, the representative may offer some of the shares to other securities dealers at such price less a concession of $___ per share. The underwriters may also allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $____ per share to other dealers. After the shares are released for sale to the public, the representative may change the offering price and other selling terms at various times.

 

Over-Allotment Option

 

We have granted the underwriters an over-allotment option. This option, which is exercisable for up to 45 days after the date of this prospectus, permits the underwriters to purchase a maximum of ___________ additional shares from us to cover over-allotments. If the underwriters exercise all or part of this option, they will purchase shares covered by the option at the initial public offering price that appears on the cover page of this prospectus, less the underwriting discount. If this option is exercised in full, the total proceeds to us will be $__________, before deduction of underwriting discounts and expenses and other offering expenses. The underwriters have severally agreed that, to the extent the over-allotment option is exercised, they will each purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to the underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the foregoing table.

 

76
 

 

Discount

 

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discounts and proceeds, before expenses, to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

 

    Per Share     Total Without Over-Allotment Option     Total With Over-Allotment Option  
Public offering price   $     $     $  
Underwriting discount (7%)   $     $     $  
Proceeds, before expense, to us   $     $     $  

 

We have agreed to pay a non-accountable expense allowance to the representative equal to 1.0% of the gross proceeds received in this offering. We have also agreed to pay the representative an accountable expense allowance of up to $125,000.

 

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

We, our directors, officers, beneficial holders of more than 5% of our common stock have agreed to a 90-day “lock up” with respect to their shares of Class A common stock and other of our securities that they beneficially own, including securities that are convertible into shares of common stock and securities that are exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Class A common stock. This means that, subject to certain exceptions, for a period of 90 days following the date of this prospectus, we and such persons may not offer, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of these securities without the prior written consent of the representative of the several underwriters. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the “lock up” period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the “lock up” period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the “lock up” period, then in either case the expiration of the “lock up” will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable.

 

Rules of the SEC may limit the ability of the underwriters to bid for or purchase shares before the distribution of the shares is completed. However, the underwriters may engage in the following activities in accordance with the rules:

 

● Stabilizing transactions — The representative may make bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the shares, so long as stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

77
 

 

● Over-allotments and syndicate covering transactions — The underwriters may sell more shares of common stock in connection with this offering than the number of shares that they have committed to purchase. This over-allotment creates a short position for the underwriters. This short sales position may involve either “covered” short sales or “naked” short sales. Covered short sales are short sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares in this offering described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their over-allotment option or by purchasing shares in the open market. To determine how they will close the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market, as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. Naked short sales are short sales in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that, in the open market after pricing, there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares that could adversely affect investors who purchase shares in this offering.

 

● Penalty bids — If the representative purchases the shares in the open market in a stabilizing transaction or syndicate covering transaction, it may reclaim a selling concession from the underwriters and selling group members who sold those shares as part of this offering.

 

● Passive market making — Market makers in the shares who are underwriters or prospective underwriters may make bids for or purchase the shares, subject to limitations, until the time, if ever, at which a stabilizing bid is made.

 

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales or to stabilize the market price of our common stock may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or mitigating a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The imposition of a penalty bid might also have an effect on the price of our common stock if it discourages resales of the shares.

 

Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. These transactions may occur on the Nasdaq Capital Market or otherwise. If such transactions are commenced, they may be discontinued without notice at any time.

 

Electronic Delivery of Preliminary Prospectus: A prospectus in electronic format may be delivered to potential investors by one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering. The prospectus in electronic format will be identical to the paper version of such preliminary prospectus. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

Notice to Non-US Investors

 

Canada

 

The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are “accredited investors”, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are “permitted clients”, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws. Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor. Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

78
 

 

European Economic Area

 

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a Relevant Member State, with effect from and including the date on which the European Union Prospectus Directive, or the EU Prospectus Directive, was implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, no offer of securities may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

1. to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the EU Prospectus Directive;

 

2. to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the EU Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

 

3. in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the EU Prospectus Directive;

 

provided that no such offer of securities shall require the Company or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive and each person who initially acquires any securities or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and the Company that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.

 

In the case of any securities being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the securities acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any securities to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

 

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression “EU Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and any amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

 

United Kingdom

 

In the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”) or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the securities in the United Kingdom.

 

79
 

 

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The Transfer Agent and Registrar for shares of our common stock and preferred stock is VStock Transfer, LLC, Woodmere, New York. Our Transfer Agent and Registrar’s telephone number is (212) 828-8436.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the securities offered hereby has been passed upon for us by Loeb & Loeb LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering have been passed upon for the underwriters by Gusrae Kaplan Nusbaum PLLC, New York, New York.

 

EXPERTS

 

Our financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 included in this prospectus and in the registration statement have been audited by of GBH CPAs, PC, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report appearing herein.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and the exhibits of the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and the securities being offered under this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto.

 

You may read and copy the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part at the SEC’s Public Reference Room, which is located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of the registration statement by writing to the SEC and paying a fee for the copying cost. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information about the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet web site, which is located at www.sec.gov, which contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. You may access the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part at the SEC’s Internet web site. We are subject to the information reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.

 

80
 

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  Page
   
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-1
   
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 F-2
   
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 F-3
   
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 F-4
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 F-5
   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-6

 

81
 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the stockholders and the board of directors of
Boxlight Corporation

Lawrenceville, Georgia

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Boxlight Corporation (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Other matters

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and has a net cash used in operations that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

/s/ GBH CPAs, PC

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2014.

 

GBH CPAs, PC
www.gbhcpas.com
Houston, Texas
April 2, 2018

 

F- 1
 

 

Boxlight Corporation

Consolidated Balance Sheets

As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016

 

    December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016*  
ASSETS                
Current asset:                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 2,010,325     $ 456,502  
Accounts receivable – trade, net of allowances     3,089,932       2,943,954  
Inventories, net of reserve     4,626,569       4,164,116  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     388,006       447,036  
Total current assets     10,114,832       8,011,608  
                 
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation     29,752       60,040  
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization     6,126,558       6,833,477  
Goodwill     4,181,991       4,181,991  
Other assets     292       33,262  
Total assets   $ 20,453,425     $ 19,120,378  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
                 
Current liabilities:                
Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 2,994,918     $ 4,453,893  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses – related parties     4,391,713       3,754,050  
Short-term debt     752,449       2,791,582  
Short-term debt – related parties     54,000       876,550  
Convertible notes payable – related party     50,000       50,000  
Deferred revenues – short-term     1,127,423       495,603  
Other short-term liabilities     -       251,537  
Total current liabilities     9,370,503       12,673,215  
                 
Long-term convertible note payable – related parties     -       4,060,785  
Deferred revenues – long-term     175,294       272,123  
                 
Total liabilities     9,545,797       17,006,123  
                 
Commitments and contingencies                
                 
Stockholders’ equity:                
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized; 250,000 and 1,270,000 shares issued and outstanding, respectively     25       127  
Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized; 9,558,997 and 4,621,687 Class A shares issued and outstanding, respectively     956       461  
Additional paid-in capital     23,740,751       7,615,732  
Subscriptions receivable     (325 )     (325 )
Accumulated deficit     (12,785,931 )     (5,488,822 )
Other comprehensive loss     (47,848 )     (12,918 )
Total stockholders’ equity     10,907,628       2,114,255  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 20,453,425     $ 19,120,378  

 

* Financial information has been retrospectively adjusted for the acquisitions of Mimio and Genesis.

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

F- 2
 

 

Boxlight Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

For the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

 

      2017       2016 *
                 
Revenues   $ 25,743,612     $ 20,371,826  
Cost of revenues     19,329,831       12,959,749  
Gross profit       6,413,781       7,412,077  
                 
Operating expense:                
General and administrative expenses     13,086,120       7,689,898  
Research and development     465,940       1,008,433  
Total operating expense     13,552,060       8,698,331  
                 
Loss from operations     (7,138,279 )     (1,286,254 )
                 
Other income (expense):                
Interest expense, net     (635,445 )     (818,234 )
Other income, net     200,589       42,505  
Gain on settlement of liabilities, net     276,026       -  
Total other income (expense)     (158,830 )     (775,729 )
                 
Net loss   $ (7,297,109 )   $ (2,061,983 )
                 
Comprehensive loss:                
Net loss   $ (7,297,109 )   $ (2,061,983 )
Other comprehensive loss:                
Foreign currency translation loss     (34,930 )     (12,918 )
Total comprehensive loss   $ (7,332,039 )   $ (2,074,901 )
                 
Net loss per common share – basic and diluted   $ (1.34 )   $ (0.48 )
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding – basic and diluted     5,455,161       4,299,315  

 

* Financial information has been retrospectively adjusted for the acquisitions of Mimio and Genesis.

See accompanying notes to the financial statements

 

F- 3
 

 

Boxlight Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

 

    Series A     Series B     Series C     Class A     Additional           Other              
    Preferred Stock     Preferred Stock     Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Paid-in     Subscriptions     Comprehensive     Accumulated        
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital*     Receivable*     Loss     Deficit*     Total  
                                                                               
Balance, December 31, 2015     -     $ -       -     $ -       -     $ -       4,183,030     $ 418      $ 3,469,703     $ (1,975)      $ -      $ (3,426,839 )   41,307  
                                                                                                         
Equity transactions in connection with the acquisitions:                                                                                                        
Additional consideration given to Mim Holdings for Mimio acquisition     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (2,000,000 )     -       -       -       (2,000,000 )
Acquisition of Genesis     -       -       1,000,000       100       -       -       -       -       (100 )     -       -       -       -  
Assumption of debt for Mimio acquisition     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (3,425,000 )     -       -       -       (3,425,000 )
Acquisition of Boxlight Group     -       -       -       -       270,000       27       -       -       8,243,270       -       -       -       8,243,297  
Shares issued for:                                                                                                        
Issuance of common stock for cash to K-Laser     -       -       -       -       -       -       178,572       18       999,985       -       -       -       1,000,003  
Issuance of common stock for cash     -       -       -       -       -       -       51,879       5       218,999       (100)       -       -       218,904  
Settlement of accounts payable and debt     -       -       -       -       -       -       208,206       20       236,809       -       -       -       236,829  
Collection of subscriptions receivable     -       -       -       -       -       -       -               -       1,750       -       -       1,750  
Forgiveness of related party debt     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       222,370       -       -       -       222,370  
Distribution to Vert Capital     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (814,625 )     -       -       -       (814,625 )
Stock compensation     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       464,321       -       -       -       464,321  
Foreign currency translation loss     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (12,918 )     -       (12,918 )
Net loss     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (2,061,983 )     (2,061,983 )
      -       -                                                                                          
Balance, December 31, 2016     -       -       1,000,000     $ 100       270,000     $ 27       4,621,687     $ 461       7,615,732       (325)       (12,918 )     (5,488,822 )     2,114,255  
Equity transactions in connection with IPO:                                                                                                        
Issuance of common shares for cash     -       -       -       -       -       -       958,983       96       5,678,513               -       -       5,678,609  
Issuance of common shares for settlement of accounts payable     -       -       -       -       -       -       41,017       4       287,115       -       -       -       287,119  
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock for Genesis     -       -       (1,000,000 )     (100 )                     370,040       37       63       -       -       -       -  
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock for Boxlight Group acquisition     -       -       -       -       (270,000 )     (27 )     2,055,873       206       (179 )     -       -       -       -  
Issuance of Series A preferred stock for Genesis acquisition     250,000       25       -       -       -       -       -       -       (25 )     -       -       -       -  
Issuance of common shares to directors     -       -       -       -       -       -       186,000       19       1,301,981       -       -       -       1,302,000  
Settlement of trademark liability     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       278,887       -       -       -       278,887  
Issuance of common shares for legal services     -       -       -       -       -       -       138,692       14       (14 )     -       -       -       -  
Shares issued for:                                                                                                        
Settlement of accounts payable – related parties for common shares     -       -       -       -       -       -       238,095       24       1,499,976       -       -       -       1,500,000  
Conversion of EDI note for common shares     -       -       -       -       -       -       327,027       33       2,060,241       -       -       -       2,060,274  
Conversion of Marlborough note for common shares                                                     330,135       33       2,079,820       -       -       -       2,079,853  
Exercise of stock options     -       -       -       -       -       -       291,448       29       (29 )     -       -       -       -  
Stock compensation     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       2,938,670       -       -       -       2,938,670  
Foreign currency translation loss     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (34,930 )     -       (34,930 )
Net loss     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (7,297,109 )     (7,297,109 )
                                                                                                         
Balance, December 31, 2017     250,000     $ 25       -     $ -       -     $ -       9,558,997     $ 956     23,740,751      $ (325)      $ (47,848 )    $ (12,785,931 )    $ 10,907,628  

 

* Financial information has been retrospectively adjusted for the acquisitions of Mimio and Genesis.

See accompanying notes to the financial statements

 

F- 4
 

 

Boxlight Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

 

    2017     2016*  
             
Cash flows from operating activities:                
Net loss   $ (7,297,109 )   $ (2,061,983 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:                
Bad debt expense     (88,783 )     425,155  
Change in allowance for sales returns and volume rebate     407,655       53,031  
Change in inventory reserve     134,200       13,610  
Stock compensation expense     4,240,670       464,321  
Depreciation and amortization     747,208       353,386  
Loss on disposal of other assets     7,108       -  
Amortization of debt discount     -       17,607  
Debt extension fees through increased principal for Skyview Note     -       350,000  
Gain on settlement of debt     (276,026 )     -  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
Accounts receivable – trade     (464,657 )     (909,466 )
Inventories     (596,653 )     2,654,058  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     78,679       324,807  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     (985,986 )     (8,621 )
Accounts payable and accrued expenses – related parties     2,137,661       637,681  
Deferred revenues     614,337       4,358  
Other short-term liabilities     (1,686 )     (8,346 )
Accrued interest on long-term debt – related parties     -       60,785  
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities     (1,343,382 )     2,370,383  
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:                
Cash acquired through the acquisition of Boxlight Group and Mimio     -       357,573  
Payment made for purchase of intangible assets     (10,001 )     -  
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment and other assets     -       9,033  
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities     (10,001 )     366,606  
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:                
Proceeds from short-term debt     10,214,673       6,701,590  
Proceeds from short-term debt – related parties     -       239,000  
Principal payments on short-term debt     (12,143,023 )     (10,580,414 )
Principal payments on short-term debt-related party     (822,550 )     -  
Principal payments on convertible debt – related party     -       (60,000 )
Proceeds from subscriptions receivable     -       1,750  
Distributions to the member of Mimio     -       (814,625 )
Proceeds from issuance of common stock at IPO     5,678,609       1,218,907  
Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of options     29       -  
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     2,927,738       (3,293,792 )
                 
Effect of currency exchange rates     (20,532 )     19,202  
                 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     1,553,823       (537,601 )
                 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year     456,502       994,103  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year   $ 2,010,325     $ 456,502  
                 
Supplemental cash flows disclosures:                
Cash paid for interest   $ 518,106     $ 748,261  
Cash paid for income taxes   $ -     $ -  
                 
Non-cash investing and financing activities:                
Decrease in additional paid-in capital due to the acquisitions of Mimio and Genesis under common control   $ -     $ 5,425,100  
Intangibles and goodwill acquired through acquisitions of Mimio and Boxlight Group   $ -     $ 10,887,060  
Issuance of note payable and long-term convertible note payable to acquire Mimio   $ -     $ 5,425,000  
Issuance of Series A Preferred stock for the acquisition of Genesis   $ 25     $ -  
Issuance of Series B Preferred Stock for the acquisition of Genesis   $ -     $ 100  
Issuance of Series C Preferred Stock for the acquisition of Boxlight Group   $ -     $ 8,243,297  
Issuance of note payable to settle accounts payable   $ -     $ 2,547,538  
Forgiveness of short-term debt – related parties   $ -     $ 222,370  
Conversion of Series B and C Preferred Stock to common stock upon IPO   $ 127     $ -  
Conversion of convertible note payable – related parties to common stock   $ 4,140,127     $ -  
Settlement of short-term debt through issuance of common stock   $ -     $ 115,919  
Settlement of accounts payable through issuance of common stock   $ 1,787,119     $ 120,910  
Settlement of trademark liability at IPO date   $ 250,000     $ -  

 

* Financial information has been retrospectively adjusted for the acquisition of Genesis.

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

F- 5
 

 

Boxlight Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

THE COMPANY

 

Boxlight Corporation (the “Company” or “Boxlight Parent”) was incorporated in the State of Nevada on September 18, 2014 with its headquarters in Atlanta, Georgia for the purpose of becoming a technology company that sells interactive educational products.

 

Boxlight Inc., Boxlight Latinoamerica, S.A. DE C.V. (“BLA”) and Boxlight Latinoamerica Servicios, S.A. DE C.V. (“BLS”) (together, “Boxlight Group”) were incorporated on July 11, 2009, October 17, 2002 and October 17, 2002, respectively. The Boxlight Group is involved principally in the distribution of interactive projectors and integrated solutions that enhance learning and enable people to collaborate with each other in innovative and effective ways. On July 18, 2016, the Company acquired Boxlight Group. Boxlight Group was previously wholly owned by Everest Display Inc., a manufacturing company in Taiwan. In May 2016, Everest Display Inc. agreed to sell all of its ownership in Boxlight Group to the Company.

 

Mimio LLC (“Mimio”) was formed in Delaware on July 1, 2013. Mimio designs, develops and sells interactive classroom technology products, of which Mimio owns most of the design and performance patents, and which are manufactured by contract manufacturers in Hong Kong and China. Mimio also purchases and sells other non-proprietary products such as classroom projectors and flat panel displays as an original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) from manufacturers in China and Taiwan. The primary market for Mimio’s products is classrooms K-12. All of the products are integrated in the classroom through Mimio’s award winning operating software “Mimio Studio.” Mimio’s products are distributed globally through a network of value added resellers (“VARs”) in the U.S. and Canada, and through master distributors in the rest of the world. On November 4, 2015, Mimio was acquired by Mim Holdings, Inc. (“Mim Holdings”), a Delaware corporation wholly-owned by Marlborough Trust. Marlborough Trust was established for the benefit of members of the families of Adam Levin and Michael Pope, our President and Director. On April 1, 2016, Boxlight Parent acquired 100% of the membership interests in Mimio from Mim Holdings.

 

Genesis Collaboration, LLC (“Genesis”) was formed as a limited liability company in September 2011 in Atlanta, Georgia, to provide solutions that enhance interactive learning in the business, government, and education markets. Genesis is a technology provider that facilitates effective communication in schools, training facilities and workplaces around the world. Genesis offers a wide range of integrated products that change the way individuals collaborate and learn. In the classroom, Genesis offers a wide range of integrated interactive solutions that transform the way teachers deliver lessons and assess progress. Genesis’ products include interactive whiteboard systems, interactive tables, interactive and standard projectors, audio systems, data loggers, software, assessment and student response systems. On October 31, 2013, Vert Capital’s subsidiary acquired all of the outstanding membership interests of Genesis. On May 12, 2016, the Company acquired Genesis from Vert Capital. Effective August 1, 2016, Genesis was merged into Boxlight Inc.

 

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

 

Acquisitions from Vert Capital and Mim Holdings are considered common control transactions. When businesses acquired from Vert Capital and Mim Holdings were consolidated by us, they were accounted for as if the transfer had occurred at the beginning of the period of transfer, with prior periods retrospectively adjusted to furnish comparative information. The acquisitions of Mimio and Genesis were transfers of businesses between entities under common control. Accordingly, the accompanying financial statements and related notes have been retrospectively adjusted to include the historical results and financial position of the acquired entities prior to the effective dates of such acquisitions. The information prior to the Company’s incorporation on September 18, 2014 represents the historical results of Genesis as Genesis was first controlled by Vert Capital and determined to be our predecessor entity for accounting purposes. The financial information for Mimio has been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements beginning on November 4, 2015 when Mimio was acquired by Mim Holdings Boxlight Group was acquired by the Company on July 18, 2016. The acquisition of Boxlight Group was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. See Note 3— Acquisitions, for additional information.

 

F- 6
 

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Boxlight Corporation, Boxlight Group, Mimio and Genesis. Transactions and balances among Boxlight Corporation, Boxlight Group, Mimio and Genesis have been eliminated. The assets and liabilities of Mimio and Genesis in these financial statements have been reflected on a historical cost basis because the transfers of Mimio and Genesis to the Company are considered common control transactions. When the Company acquired Mimio and Genesis, the Company, Mimio and Genesis were under direct or indirect control of Vert Capital. The accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”)

 

ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual amounts could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates include estimates of allowances for bad debts, inventory obsolescence, initial valuations and recoverability of intangible assets including goodwill, stock compensation, fair values of assets acquired and estimates for contingent liabilities related to debt obligations and litigation matters.

 

FOREIGN CURRENCIES

 

The Company’s functional currency is the U.S. dollar. BLA and BLS’s functional currency is the Mexican Peso. The Company translates their financial statements from their functional currencies into the U.S. dollar.

 

An entity’s functional currency is the currency of the primary economic environment in which it operates and is generally the currency in which the business generates and expends cash. BLA and BLS, whose functional currency is the Mexican Peso, translate their assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect as of the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rates for the year. Translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of equity (deficit). Foreign exchange gains and losses included in net income result from foreign exchange fluctuations on transactions denominated in a currency other than an entity’s functional currency.

 

Acquisition OF BOXLIGHT GROUP

 

The financial statements include the operations of Boxlight Group after the completion of the acquisition on July 18, 2016. We accounted for the acquisition of Boxlight Group using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires, among other things, that most assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date on the balance sheet. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred. Any excess of the consideration transferred over the assigned values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. The estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed were determined based on management’s best estimates. Preliminary estimated fair values are subject to measurement period adjustments which represent updates made to the preliminary purchase price allocation based on revisions to valuation estimates in the interim period subsequent to the acquisition and initial accounting date up until the purchase price allocation is finalized which cannot be any later than one year from the acquisition date.

 

Common control transactions

 

Businesses acquired from Vert Capital are accounted for as common control transactions whereby the net assets (liabilities) acquired (assumed) are combined with the Company’s at their historical carrying value. Any difference between carrying value and recognized consideration is treated as a capital transaction. Cash received from the acquired entities is presented as an investing activity in our consolidated statement of cash flows.

 

F- 7
 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

The Company considers all highly liquid short-term investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. These investments are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. The Company maintains cash balances at financial institutions which, from time to time, may exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured limits of $250,000 for banks located in the U.S. The Company has not experienced any losses with regard to its bank accounts and believes it is not exposed to any rick of loss on its cash bank accounts.

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

 

Accounts receivable are stated at historical carrying amounts, net of write-offs and allowance for doubtful accounts. Allowance for doubtful accounts represents management’s estimate of the amount that ultimately will be realized in cash. The Company reviews the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts on an ongoing basis, using historical payment trends, the age of receivables and knowledge of the individual customers. When the analysis indicates, management increases or decreases the allowance accordingly. However, if the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, additional allowances might be required.

 

INVENTORIES

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value and included spare parts and finished goods. Inventories are primarily determined using specific identification method and the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) cost method. Cost includes direct cost from the CM or OEM, plus material overhead related to the purchase, inbound freight and import duty costs.

 

The Company continuously reviews its inventory levels to identify slow-moving merchandise and markdowns necessary to clear slow-moving merchandise, which reduces the cost of inventories to its estimated net realizable value. Consideration is given to a number of quantitative and qualitative factors, including current pricing levels and the anticipated need for subsequent markdowns, aging of inventories, historical sales trends, and the impact of market trends and economic conditions. Estimates of markdown requirements may differ from actual results due to changes in quantity, quality and mix of products in inventory, as well as changes in consumer preferences, market and economic conditions.

 

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property and equipment is stated at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated life of the asset. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

 

LONG–LIVED ASSETS

 

Long-lived assets to be held and used or disposed of other than by sale are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. When required, impairment losses on assets to be held and used or disposed of other than by sale are recognized based on the fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale are reported at the lower of its carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.

 

Intangible assets

 

Intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated period of benefit. We evaluate the recoverability of intangible assets periodically and take into account events or circumstances that warrant revised estimates of useful lives or that indicate that impairment exists. No material impairments of intangible assets have been identified during any of the periods presented. Intangible assets and goodwill are tested for impairment on an annual basis, and between annual tests if indicators of potential impairment exist, using a fair-value-based approach. Goodwill is not amortized and is not deductible for tax purposes.

 

F- 8
 

 

DEBT DISCOUNT AND DEBT ISSUANCE COSTS

 

Debt discount is amortized over the term of the debt using the effective interest rate method. Debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability are presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts.

 

DEFERRED REVENUE

 

Deferred revenue represents amounts collected for any extended warranty that is separately priced. The Company recognizes revenue from extended warranty contracts using the straight-line method over the estimated life of the product which is three years.

 

REVENUE RECOGNITION

 

Revenue is comprised of product sales and service revenue, net of sales returns, co-operative advertising credits, early payment discounts, and special incentive payments (“SPIFF”) paid to the VARs. The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.

 

Revenue from product sales is derived from the sale of projectors, interactive panels and related accessories. Evidence of an arrangement consists of an order from its distributors, resellers or end users. The Company considers delivery to have occurred once title and risk of loss has been transferred.

 

Service revenue is comprised of product installation services and training services. These service revenues are normally entered into at the time products are sold. Service prices are established depending on product equipment sold and include a cost value for the estimated services to be performed based on historical experience. The Company outsources installation and training services to third parties and recognizes revenue upon completion of the services.

 

The Company evaluates the criteria outlined in FASB ASC Subtopic 605-45, Principal Agent Considerations, in determining whether it is appropriate to record the gross amount of product sales and related costs or the net amount earned as revenue. Generally, when the Company is primarily obligated in a transaction, is subject to inventory risk, has latitude in establishing prices and selecting suppliers, or has several but not all of these indicators, revenue is recorded at the gross amount. If the Company is not primarily obligated and amounts earned are determined using a fixed percentage, a fixed-payment schedule, or a combination of the two, the Company generally records the net amounts as revenue earned.

 

The Company’s standard terms and conditions of sale do not allow for product returns and it generally does not allow product returns other than under warranty. However, the Company, on a case by case basis, will grant exceptions, mostly “buyer’s remorse” where the VAR’s end user customer either did not understand what they were ordering, or determined that the product did not meet their needs. An allowance for sales returns is estimated based on an analysis of historical trends.

 

While the Company uses resellers and distributors to sell its products, the Company’s sale agreements do not contain any special pricing incentives, right of return or other post shipment obligations.

 

Before Mimio was acquired by the Company, it generally provided 24 to 60 months of warranty coverage on all of its products. Mimio product’s standard warranty period is 24 months, which can be extended to 60 months upon the end user “registering” their device on-line. The Company’s warranty provides for repair or replacement of the associated products during the warranty period. The Company does not record warranty cost upon sale, and instead conducts a quarterly review of the warranty liability reserve, and based on historical cost-to-trailing revenue history, will adjust up or down the warranty liability, with the offset to this adjustment posted to cost of revenue.

 

F- 9
 

 

After the acquisitions of Mimio, Genesis and Boxlight Group, the Company determined a new warranty policy to provide 12 to 36 months warranty coverage on projectors, displays, accessories, batteries and computers except when sold through a “Premier Education Partner” or sold to schools where the Company provides a 60 month warranty. The Company establishes a liability for estimated product warranty costs at the time product revenue is recognized, if the liability is expected to be material. The warranty obligation is affected by product failure rates and the related use of materials, labor costs and freight incurred in correcting any product failure. Should actual product failure rates, use of materials, or other costs differ from the Company’s estimates, additional warranty liabilities could be required, which would reduce its gross profit.

 

The Company offers sales incentives where the Company offers discounted products delivered by the Company to its resellers and distributors that are redeemable only if the resellers and distributors complete specified cumulative levels of revenue agreed to and written into their reseller and distributor agreements through an executed addendum. The resellers and distributors have to submit a request for the discounted products and cannot redeem additional discounts within 180 days from the date of the discount given on like products. The value of the award products as compared to the value of the transactions necessary to earn the award is generally insignificant in relation to the value of the transactions necessary to earn the award. The Company estimates and records the cost of the products related to the incentive as marketing expense based on analyses of historical data.

 

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES

 

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and consists primarily of personnel related costs, prototype and sample costs, design costs, and global product certifications mostly for wireless certifications.

 

INCOME TAXES

 

An asset and liability approach is used for financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between income tax and financial reporting and principally relate to recognition of revenue and expenses in different periods for financial and tax accounting purposes and are measured using currently enacted tax rates and laws. In addition, a deferred tax asset can be generated by net operating loss carryforwards. If it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized, a valuation allowance is recognized.

 

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

 

The Company estimates the fair value of each share-based compensation award at the grant date by using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value determined represents the cost for the award and is recognized over the vesting period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award. As share-based compensation expense is recognized based on awards ultimately expected to vest. Excess tax benefits, if any, are recognized as an addition to paid-in capital.

 

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

The Company has evaluated all transactions through the financial statement issuance date for subsequent event disclosure consideration.

 

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” The new guidance provides new criteria for recognizing revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in amounts that reflect the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new guidance requires expanded disclosures to provide greater insight into both revenue that has been recognized and revenue that is expected to be recognized in the future from existing contracts. Quantitative and qualitative information will be provided about the significant judgments and changes in those judgments that management made to determine the revenue that is recorded. This accounting standard update, as amended, will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The new revenue standard may be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect recognized as of the date of adoption. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than fiscal 2017. The Company is currently assessing the provisions of the guidance and has not determined the impact of the adoption of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 10
 

 

In August 2014, th e FASB issued ACU 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. The new standard requires management to assess the company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Disclosures are required if there is substantial doubt as to the company’s continuation as a going concern within one year after the issue date of financial statements. The standard provides guidance for making the assessment, including consideration of management’s plans which may alleviate doubt regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. ASU 2014-15 is effective for years ending after December 15, 2016. The Company adopted this standard for the year ending December 31, 2016. There was no significant impact in the financial results.

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, “Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs.” ASU 2015-03 requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The ASU was effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company adopted this guidance 2016. There was no significant impact in the financial results.

 

In February 2016, a pronouncement was issued that creates new accounting and reporting guidelines for leasing arrangements. The new guidance requires organizations that lease assets to recognize assets and liabilities on the balance sheet related to the rights and obligations created by those leases, regardless of whether they are classified as finance or operating leases. Consistent with current guidance, the recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease primarily will depend on its classification as a finance or operating lease. The guidance also requires new disclosures to help financial statement users better understand the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The new standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period, with early application permitted. The new standard is to be applied using a modified retrospective approach. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new pronouncement on its financial statements.

 

In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, “Compensation – Stock Compensation” (topic 718). The FASB issued this update to improve the accounting for employee share-based payments and affect all organizations that issue share-based payment awards to their employees. Several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment award transactions are simplified, including: (a) income tax consequences; (b) classification of awards as either equity or liabilities; and (c) classification on the statement of cash flows. The updated guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption of the update is permitted. The Company adopted this guidance for the year ending December 31, 2017. There was no significant impact in the financial results.

 

There were various other accounting standards and interpretations issued recently, none of which are expected to a have a material impact on our financial position, operations or cash flows.

 

NOTE 2 – GOING CONCERN

 

These financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which assumes the Company will continue to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business. The continuation of the Company as a going concern is dependent upon the continued financial support from its shareholders, the ability of the Company to repay its debt obligation currently in default or negotiate alternative repayment arrangements, to obtain necessary equity financing to continue operations, and the attainment of profitable operations. As of December 31, 2017, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $12,785,931 and net working capital of $744,329. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company incurred a net loss of $7,297,109 and net cash used in operations was $1,343,382. These factors raise substantial doubt regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. These financial statements do not include any adjustments to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern. The Company is seeking to obtain funds for operations from its initial public offering and support from its majority shareholder.

 

NOTE 3 – ACQUISITIONS

 

Acquisition of Mimio

 

Effective April 1, 2016, pursuant to a membership interest purchase agreement, the Company acquired 100% of the membership interest in Mimio from Mim Holdings. As consideration, the Company issued a $2,000,000 unsecured convertible promissory note (the “Marlborough Note”) to Marlborough Trust. See Note 13.

 

Additionally, the Company assumed from Mim Holdings a $3,425,000 senior secured note (the “Skyview Note”) that is payable to Skyview Capital, LLC, (“Skyview”), the former equity owner of Mimio and interest accrued on the note. The Skyview Note was issued by Mim Holdings to Skyview on November 4, 2015 as payment for the acquisition of 100% of the membership equity of Mimio. See Note 10.

 

F- 11
 

 

The Company’s financial statements include Mimio’s assets and liabilities at the historical cost of Mim Holdings. Mimio was acquired by Mim Holdings on November 4, 2015. Mim Holdings accounts for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires, among other things, that most assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred. Any excess of the consideration transferred over the assigned values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.

 

The following table shows the purchase price, acquisition-date fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed and calculation of goodwill utilizing the information at November 4, 2015, when Mim Holdings acquired Mimio. Subsequently on April 1, 2016, the Company acquired Mimio from Mim Holdings in a transaction between entities under common control. Accordingly, the purchase price allocation reflects the fair value as of the date acquired by Mim Holdings. Upon acquisition by the Company, these amounts were recorded on the historical cost basis of Mim Holdings.

 

Assets acquired:        
Current assets   $ 6,677,842  
Intangible assets     179,722  
Goodwill     44,931  
Total assets     6,902,495  
Total liabilities     (3,477,495 )
         
Net assets acquired   $ 3,425,000  

 

Acquisition of Genesis

 

On May 12, 2016, Vert Capital contributed 100% of the membership interests in Genesis to the Company. In connection with the Company’s acquisition of Genesis, the former members of Genesis received 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock which automatically converted into 370,040 shares that represent 4.0% of the Company’s fully diluted common stock as defined in the agreement at the IPO date. Upon completion of the Company’s initial public offering, an aggregate of 250,000 shares of the Company’s non-voting convertible Series A preferred stock were issued to Vert Capital. Such 250,000 shares of the Company’s non-voting convertible Series A preferred stock will automatically convert into 398,406 shares of our Class A common stock on November 30, 2018, which is one year from the date of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

Common Control Transactions

 

The acquisitions of Mimio and Genesis were considered as transfers of businesses between entities under common control; and therefore, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were transferred at historical cost of Vert Capital. Because the acquisitions were common control transactions in which the Company acquired businesses, the Company’s historical financial statements have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the results of operations, financial position, and cash flows of Mimio and Genesis as if the Company owned Mimio and Genesis for all periods presented from the date Mimio, Genesis and the Company were under common control, which was November 4, 2015 and October 31, 2013, respectively.

 

Acquisition of Boxlight Group

 

On July 18, 2016, the Company acquired 100% of the equity interest of Boxlight Group, under the terms of a Share Purchase Agreement entered into on May 10, 2016 with Everest Display, Inc. (“EDI”). Under the terms of the share purchase agreement, Boxlight Holdings, Inc., a newly formed Delaware subsidiary of Boxlight Corporation acquired the equity of Boxlight Group. The Company issued to EDI 270,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, that has a stated or liquidation value of $20.00 per share. Upon completion of Boxlight Corporation’s IPO and the listing of its Class A common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market, the Series C Preferred Stock was automatically converted into 2,055,873 shares of Class A common stock. Such converted shares of Class A common stock issued to EDI or its subsidiaries represented approximately 22.22% of Boxlight Corporation’s fully-diluted common stock upon the Company’s IPO, excluding shares issued for private placements and debt conversions.

 

F- 12
 

 

Under the terms of the share purchase agreement, as amended on September 28, 2016, Boxlight Corporation agreed to pay EDI approximately $5.75 million of accrued accounts payable owed by Boxlight Group to EDI at September 28, 2016, in the manner set forth below.

 

  (1) $1,000,000 was paid at the closing of the acquisition out of the net proceeds of a note issued to Hitachi Capital America Corp. (See Note 10);
     
  (2) An additional $1,500,000 of the $5.75 million owed to EDI was to be paid by Boxlight Corporation and its subsidiaries in six monthly installments of $250,000 each, commencing 30 days after the initial $1,000,000 payment paid at closing. However, in view of the fact that such installment payments could not then be made by the Company, EDI agreed to convert $1,500,000 accounts payable into 238,095 shares of Boxlight’s Class A common stock in June 2017.
     
  (3) $2,000,000 of the unpaid balance of the account payable was settled with a 4% non-negotiable convertible promissory note of Boxlight Corporation payable to EDI, together with accrued interest, on March 31, 2019 (the “EDI Note”). In August 2017, the EDI Note was converted into 327,027 shares of Boxlight Corporation’s Class A common stock at a conversion price of $6.30 pursuant to an agreement. The Company recorded no gain or loss from the conversion. 

 

On the acquisition date, the Company recognized the assets acquired and liabilities assumed from Boxlight Group at their fair value and the excess in purchase price over these values was allocated to goodwill. The estimated fair values of consideration paid, assets acquired and liabilities assumed were determined based on third-party valuation reports provided by specialists.

 

The following table shows the purchase price, estimated acquisition-date fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed and calculation of goodwill for Boxlight Group utilizing the information at acquisition date.

 

Assets acquired:      
Current assets   $ 5,737,836  
Property and equipment     65,866  
Intangible assets     7,000,000  
Other assets     514,696  
Goodwill     4,137,060  
Total assets acquired     17,455,458  
Total liabilities assumed     (9,212,161 )
         
Net assets acquired   $ 8,243,297  
         
Consideration paid:        
Issuance of 270,000 shares of Series C preferred stock   $ 8,828,353  
Preexisting net payable to Boxlight Group     (585,056 )
         
Total   $ 8,243,297  

 

F- 13
 

 

The Company valued the Series C Preferred shares issued to EDI based on an entity value of the Company of approximately $39,700,000 and 270,000 shares of the Series C Preferred Stock represents approximately 22.22% of ownership of the Company.

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Results Of Operation

 

The following table presents the unaudited condensed pro forma results of operations that reflect the acquisition of Boxlight Group as if the acquisition had occurred as of the first day of the period presented, adjusted for items that are directly attributable to the acquisition. This information has been compiled from historical financial statements and is not necessarily indicative of the results that actually would have been achieved had the transaction already occurred or that may be achieved in the future.

 

(in thousands)   For the year ended
December 31, 2016
 
       
Revenues   $ 25,391  
Cost of revenues     (16,809 )
Operating expenses     (11,240 )
Other incomes (expenses)     (1,036 )
Income tax expense     -  
Net loss   $ (3,694 )
         
Net loss per common share   $ (0.86 )
Weighted average outstanding common shares – basic and diluted     4,299,315  

 

The pro forma combined results of operations were adjusted to include Boxlight Group’s operating results for the period from January 1, 2016 to July 18, 2016 since Boxlight Group was acquired by the Company on July 18, 2016. In addition, the pro forma results of operations were adjusted for the following expenses:

 

(in thousands)   For the year ended
December 31, 2016
 
       
Record amortization expense of intangible assets acquired from Boxlight Group   $ 385  

  

The Company issued 270,000 shares of Series C preferred stock to the previous owners of Boxlight Group. These shares were automatically converted into Class A common stock upon completion of the Company’s IPO and listing on NASDAQ in November 2017.

 

F- 14
 

 

NOTE 4 – CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

Cash and cash equivalents held by the Company at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 are summarized as follows:

 

    December 31,
2017
    December 31,
2016
 
             
U.S. Dollars   $ 2,007,423     $ 450,549  
Mexican Pesos     2,902       5,953  
Total   $ 2,010,325     $ 456,502  

 

NOTE 5 – ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE - TRADE

 

Accounts receivable consisted of the following at December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

    2017     2016  
             
Accounts receivable - trade   $ 3,846,724     $ 3,562,832  
Allowance for doubtful accounts     (200,874 )     (453,059 )
Allowance for sales returns and volume rebates     (555,918 )     (165,819 )
                 
Accounts receivable - trade, net of allowances   $ 3,089,932     $ 2,943,954  

 

The Company wrote off accounts receivable of $163,402 and $55,929 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

NOTE 6 – INVENTORIES

 

Inventories consisted of the following at December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

    2017     2016  
             
Finished goods   $ 4,611,973     $ 4,102,621  
Spare parts     187,158       183,357  
Reserves for inventory obsolescence     (172,562 )     (121,862 )
                 
Inventories, net   $ 4,626,569     $ 4,164,116  

 

The Company wrote off inventories of $83,500 and $326,984 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

NOTE 7 – PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following at December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

    2017     2016  
             
Prepayments to vendors   $ 295,448     $ 351,408  
Employee receivables     6,203       3,571  
Prepaid local taxes     1,015       16,385  
Prepaid and refundable income taxes     33,435       30,879  
Prepaid licenses and other     51,905       44,793  
                 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets   $ 388,006     $ 447,036  

 

F- 15
 

 

NOTE 8 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

    Useful lives   2017     2016  
                 
Leasehold improvements   9-10 years   $ 3,355     $ 3,355  
Office equipment   3-5 years     21,341       21,341  
Other equipment   5 years     42,485       42,485  
                     
Property and equipment, at cost         67,181       67,181  
Accumulated depreciation         (37,429 )     (7,141 )
                     
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation       $ 29,752     $ 60,040  

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded depreciation expense of $30,288 and $7,141, respectively.

 

NOTE 9 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

 

Intangible assets and goodwill consisted of the following at December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

    Useful lives   2017     2016  
                 
Patents   10 years   $ 67,395     $ 67,395  
Customer relationships   10 years     3,567,396       3,567,396  
Trademarks   10 years     3,554,932       3,544,931  
                     
Intangible assets, at cost         7,189,723       7,179,722  
Accumulated amortization         (1,063,165 )     (346,245 )
                     
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization       $ 6,126,558     $ 6,833,477  
                     
Goodwill from acquisition of Mimio   N/A   $ 44,931     $ 44,931  
Goodwill from acquisition of Boxlight   N/A     4,137,060       4,137,060  
        $ 4,181,991     $ 4,181,991  

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded amortization expense of $716,920 and $346,245, respectively.

 

F- 16
 

 

NOTE 10 – DEBT

 

The following is debt at December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

   

December 31, 2017

    December 31, 2016  
Short-term debt – third parties                
Note payable – Skyview   $ -     $ 1,460,508  
Note payable – AHA     250,000       610,783  
Line of credit – Crestmark Bank     -       720,291  
Accounts receivable financing – Sallyport Commercial     502,449       -  
Total short-term debt –third parties     752,449       2,791,582  
                 
Short-term debt – related parties                
Line of credit – Vert Capital     -       822,550  
Note payable – Logical Choice Corporation - Delaware     54,000       54,000  
Total short-term debt –related parties     54,000       876,550  
                 
Convertible debt – related party                
Convertible note payable – Mark Elliott     50,000       50,000  
                 
Long-term debt – related parties                
Note payable – Marlborough Trust     -       2,040,183  
Note payable - EDI     -       2,020,602  
Total notes payable – related parties     -       4,060,785  
Less: current portion     -       -  
Total long-term notes payable     -       4,060,785  
                 
Total debt   $ 856,449     $ 7,778,917  

 

Short-Term Debt - Third Parties:

 

Line of Credit – Sy Silverstein

 

On April 3, 2015, the Company entered into a line of credit agreement with Sy Silverstein, an individual. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company obtained the line of credit for up to a maximum of $300,000 to complete its initial public offering (“IPO”) process. The Company borrowed $100,000 under the agreement. The advances from this agreement accrue interest at 12% per annum, along with a $10,000 documentation fee, and was due on the effective date of the Company’s IPO. The $10,000 documentation fee was recorded as debt discount.

 

On October 4, 2016, Mr. Silverstein agreed to settle the outstanding principal of $100,000 and accrued interest of $15,919 with 109,915 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock. These shares were valued at $115,919 based on the Company’s most recent trading price of the Class A common stock on the settlement date.

 

Skyview Note

 

On April 1, 2016, the Company assumed from Mim Holdings a $3,425,000 senior secured note that was payable to Skyview Capital, the former equity owner of Mimio for the acquisition of Mimio. The Skyview Note accrued interest at 6% per annum and was due on July 3, 2016. The Skyview Note is secured by a lien and security interest on all of the assets of Mimio, subordinating to the Crestmark line of credit, and guaranteed by Vert Capital and VC2 Partners.

 

On July 5, 2016 and August 3, 2016, the Skyview Note was amended. On July 5, 2016, principal was increased to $3,660,508 to settle $235,508 of accounts payable owed by Mimio to Skyview’s affiliate. On August 3, 2016, the principal of the note was increased to $4,010,508 to include an additional fee of $350,000 to extend the maturity date to December 15, 2016. The Company recorded the $350,000 extension fee to interest expense. Additionally, the Company agreed to pay $2,500,000 of the note on the earlier of (1) September 30, 2016 or (2) the date the Company obtained a new debt facility. The Company made the $2,500,000 payment on September 29, 2016 with the proceeds from a line of credit with Crestmark Bank. The remaining outstanding balance together with any unpaid accrued interest was due and unpaid on December 15, 2016. On December 28, 2016, the Company received a Notice of Default from Skyview because the Company failed to make a $1,460,508 payment on December 15, 2016. On June 1, 2017, we were served with a lawsuit from Skyview seeking judgment on the $1,460,508 outstanding balance due under the defaulted Skyview Note, plus accrued interest thereon, and also seeking to foreclose on the assets of Mimio that is now owned and operated by our Boxlight Inc.

 

F- 17
 

 

On September 11, 2017, the outstanding principal and accrued interest were settled in full with funds from the Sallyport Commercial Finance, LLC line of credit. As of December 31, 2016, outstanding principal and accrued interest for the Skyview Note were $1,460,508 and $1,905, respectively.

 

AHA Note

 

On June 3, 2016, prior to the Company’s acquisition, Boxlight Group issued a promissory note to AHA Inc. Co Ltd. (“AHA”), a Korean corporation, in the amount of $1,895,413 to settle unpaid accounts payable of $1,866,418 for purchases of inventory. Interest shall be payable in the amount of 6.5% per annum. The principal was due and payable in eight equal monthly principal payments in the amount of $236,926 beginning on June 30, 2016. Interest was to be paid in consecutive monthly installments for eight months.

 

On November 29, 2017, the outstanding principal and interest were reduced to $500,000 related to a settlement agreement reached with AHA, resulting in a gain on settlement of $304,913. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, the Company was required to pay $250,000 in or before December 2017 and the remaining principal is due in six equal monthly payments of $41,667 commencing January 2018. The balance on the note payable to AHA was $250,000 and $610,783 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Company have made monthly payments in 2018 pursuant to the schedule.

 

Loan and Security Agreement – Hitachi Capital America Corp.

 

Effective July 6, 2016, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with Hitachi Capital America Corp. (“Hitachi”). The agreement allowed the Company to borrow up to $2,500,000 based on the balance of eligible accounts receivable and inventory at an interest rate equal to 1.75% in excess of the prime rate. The loan was due and payable on demand. Under the terms of the Hitachi loan agreement, the Company applied $1,000,000 of the initial funding to pay EDI $1,000,000 in reduction of Boxlight Group’s outstanding accounts payable. The Hitachi loan was secured by all assets of Boxlight Inc. and guaranteed by Boxlight Parent. The outstanding amount payable to Hitachi was paid in full on September 29, 2016, out of the proceeds of the line of credit financing received from Crestmark Bank. In connection with the agreement with Hitachi, the Company paid $18,000 of loan fees which was included in interest expense.

 

Line of Credit – Crestmark Bank

 

On September 21, 2016, the Company entered into a $5,000,000 line of credit agreement with Crestmark Bank. Advances against this agreement accrued interest at 2.25% in excess of prime rate, with a minimum rate of 5.75% per annum. The outstanding balance under this agreement was secured by all assets of the Company and its subsidiaries and was due and payable upon demand.

 

As of December 31, 2016, outstanding principal and accrued interest were $720,291 and $0, respectively. $61,000 of loan fees related to the agreement with Crestmark Bank was included in interest expense.

 

On January 12, 2017, the Company received a default notice from Crestmark Bank due to the Notice of Default received from Skyview Capital and not meeting the tangible net worth covenant requirement. On February 2, 2017, the Company satisfied in full all obligations due to Crestmark and received a general release from all indebtedness.

 

F- 18
 

 

Accounts Receivable Financing – Sallyport Commercial Finance

 

On August 15, 2017, Boxlight Inc, and Genesis entered into a 12-month term account sale and purchase agreement with Sallyport Commercial Finance, LLC (“Sallyport”). Pursuant to the agreement, Sallyport agreed to purchase 85% of the eligible accounts receivable of the Company with right of recourse back to the Company if the receivables are not collectible. This agreement requires a minimum monthly draw of $1,250,000 with a maximum facility limit of $6,000,000. Advances against this agreement accrue interest at 4% in excess of highest prime rate publicly announced from time to time with a floor of 4.25%. In addition, the Company is required to pay a $950 audit fee per day. The Company granted Sallyport a security interest to all of Boxlight Inc. and Genesis’s assets.

 

As of December 31, 2017, outstanding principal and accrued interest were $502,449 and $0, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company incurred interest expense and loan fees of $220,607.

 

Short-Term Debt - Related Parties:

 

Line of Credit - Vert Capital

 

On September 30, 2014, the Company entered into a line of credit agreement with Vert Capital. Pursuant to the agreement as amended, the Company obtained a line of credit from Vert Capital up to a maximum of $900,000 to complete its IPO process. The funds originally accrued interest at 10% per annum. Pursuant to an amendment to the purchase agreement with EDI entered in September 2016, the funds began to accrue interest at 5.75% per annum. The advance was due on the effective date of the Company’s IPO. In connection with this agreement, the Company granted Vert Capital a security interest to all of its assets and properties, subordinated to Sallyport’s accounts receivable financing. The outstanding principle and accrued interest payable to Vert Capital of $775,259 was paid in full on December 1, 2017 out of the proceeds of the initial public offering. As of December 31, 2016, outstanding principal and accrued interest under this agreement were $822,550 and $115,319 respectively.

 

Line of Credit - Logical Choice Corporation-Delaware

 

On May 21, 2014, the Company entered into a line of credit agreement with Logical Choice Corporation-Delaware (“LCC-Delaware”), former sole member of Genesis. The line of credit allowed the Company to borrow up to $500,000 for working capital and business expansion. The funds when borrowed accrued interest at 10% per annum. Interest accrued on any advanced funds was due monthly and the outstanding principal and any accrued interest were due in full on May 21, 2015. In May 2016, the maturity date was extended to May 21, 2018. The assets of Genesis have been pledged as a security interest against any advances on the line of credit. As of December 31, 2017, outstanding principal and accrued interest under this agreement was $54,000 and $15,916, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, outstanding principal and accrued interest under this agreement was $54,000 and $10,516, respectively.

 

On September 30, 2014, the Company entered into a line of credit agreement with LCC-Delaware. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company obtained an additional line of credit from LCC-Delaware up to a maximum of $500,000 for a term of 3 years. The advances from this agreement accrue interest at 10% per annum and was due on demand. In connection with this agreement, the Company granted LCC-Delaware a second lien and security interest to all of its assets and properties, subordinated to the line of credit from Vert Capital. Pursuant to an amendment to the purchase agreement with EDI entered in September 2016, LCC - Delaware forgave the entire payable balance of $185,129 and interest of $37,241 owed by the Company. The forgiveness of the debt total of $222,370 was recorded as additional paid in capital.

 

Convertible Notes Payable - Third Parties:

 

Convertible Note Payable – Mark Elliott

 

On January 16, 2015, the Company issued a note to Mark Elliott, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, in the amount of $50,000. The note is due on December 31, 2018 as amended and bears interest at an annual rate of 10%, compounded monthly and a default rate of 15%. The note is convertible to the Company’s common stock at the lesser of (i) $6.28 per share, (ii) a discount of 20% to the stock price if the Company’s common stock is publicly traded, or (iii) if applicable, such other amount negotiated by the Company. The note holder may convert all, but not less than all, of the outstanding principal and interest due under this note upon the conversion date. As of December 31, 2017, outstanding principal and accrued interest under this agreement were $50,000 and $14,808, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, outstanding principal and accrued interest under this agreement were $50,000 and $9,809, respectively.

 

Convertible Note Payable – James Lofgren

 

On August 19, 2015, the Company issued a convertible promissory note to James Lofgren, spouse of Sheri Lofgren, the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, in the amount of $45,000. The note was due on April 30, 2016 and bears interest at an annual rate of 13%, compounded monthly. Mr. Lofgren may convert all, but not less than all, of the outstanding principal and interest due under this note into the Company’s Class A common stock, at the lesser of (i) $6.28 per share or (ii) a discount of 20% to the trading price if the Company’s common stock is then publicly traded. The outstanding balance under this note was fully repaid on March 31, 2016.

 

F- 19
 

 

Long-Term Debt - Related Parties:  

 

Marlborough Note Payable

 

On April 1, 2016, the Company issued a $2,000,000 unsecured convertible promissory note to Marlborough Trust for the acquisition of Mimio. The Marlborough Note is convertible by the holder into the Company’s Class A common stock at a per share conversion price equal to 55% of the initial offering price. The Marlborough note bears a one-time simple interest charge of 8% and was due on March 31, 2019.

 

On June 27, 2017, the Marlborough Trust entered into a note conversion agreement with Boxlight Parent under which the Marlborough Trust agreed, upon the effective date of the Company’s post-effective amendment to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1, to convert 100% of the $2,000,000 Marlborough Note and $79,853 of accrued interest into shares of our Class A common stock at a conversion price of $6.30 per share, a total of 330,135 shares upon conversion. The effective date was August 29, 2017 at which time the outstanding note and accrued interest were converted into 330,135 shares.

 

As of December 31, 2016, outstanding principal and long-term accrued interest for the Marlborough Note were $2,000,000 and $40,183, respectively.

 

EDI Note Payable

 

On September 28, 2016, the Company entered into an amendment with EDI for the acquisition of Boxlight Group. The Company agreed to issue a $2,000,000 non-negotiable convertible promissory note (the “EDI Note”) to settle the unpaid balance of the accounts payable owed by Boxlight Group to EDI. The note bears a one-time simple interest charge of 4% and all principal and accrued interest was due on March 31, 2019.

 

On May 11, 2017, the Company issued a $2,000,000 unsecured convertible promissory note to EDI replacing the 4% non-negotiable convertible promissory note of $2,000,000 issued at September 28, 2016. The new EDI Note was convertible into the Company’s Class A common stock at a per share conversion price equal to 55% of the initial offering price. The new note bears a one-time simple interest charge of 4% and was due on March 31, 2019.

 

On June 27, 2017, EDI entered into a note conversion agreement with the Company under which EDI agreed, upon the effective date of the Company’s post-effective amendment to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1, to convert 100% of the $2,000,000 convertible promissory note and $60,274 of accrued interest into shares of our Class A common stock at a conversion price of $6.30 per share, a total of 327,027 shares upon conversion. The effective date was August 29, 2017, at which time the outstanding note and accrued interest were converted into 327,027 shares.

 

F- 20
 

 

As of December 31, 2016, outstanding principal and long-term accrued interest for EDI Note were $2,000,000 and $20,602, respectively.

 

NOTE 11 – DEFERRED REVENUE

 

On July 18, 2016, upon the acquisition of Boxlight Group, the Company assumed a $761,622 future performance obligation for separately priced extended warranties sold by Boxlight Group based on preliminary measurement of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

 

Deferred revenue consisted of the following as of December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

    December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
             
Balance, beginning of year   $ 767,726     $ -  
Assumed from Boxlight Group     -       761,622  
Additions     1,070,528       259,744  
Amortization     (535,537 )     (253,640 )
Balance, ending of year     1,302,717       767,726  
                 
Deferred revenue – short-term     1,127,423       495,603  
Deferred revenue – long-term   $ 175,294     $ 272,123  

 

NOTE 12 – INCOME TAXES

 

The Company operates in the United States and Mexico. Income taxes have been provided based upon the tax laws and rates of the countries in which operations are conducted and income is earned. The Company idled its office in Mexico in 2016. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company has incurred net losses and, therefore, has no tax liability. The cumulative net operating loss carry-forward on tax basis was approximately $7.6 and $4.7 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The value of these carryforwards depends on the Company’s ability to generate taxable income. A change in ownership, as defined by federal income tax regulations, could significantly limit the Company’s ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards. Additionally, because federal tax laws limit the time during which the net operating loss carryforwards may be applied against future taxes, if the Company fails to generate taxable income prior to the expiration dates the Company may not be able to fully utilize the net operating loss carryforwards to reduce future income taxes. The Company has cumulative losses and there is no assurance of future taxable income, therefore, valuation allowances have been recorded to fully offset the deferred tax asset at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

The Company is subject to United States federal income taxes. The reconciliation of the provision for income taxes at the United States federal statutory rate compared to the Company’s income tax expense as reported is as follows (rounded to nearest $000):

 

    2017     2016  
Income tax benefit computed at the statutory rate   $ 2,554,000     $ 722,000  
Stock compensation     (1,484,000 )     (163,000 )
Non-deductible expenses     (21,000 )     (25,000 )
Depreciation and amortization expenses     (9,000 )     (4,000 )
Bad debt expense     (31,000 )     (146,000 )
Others     12,000       144,000  
Effect of U.S. tax law change     (1,108,000 )     -  
Change in valuation allowance     87,000       (528,000 )
                 
Provision for income taxes   $ -     $ -  

 

On December 22, 2017, new federal tax reform legislation was enacted in the United States (the “2017 Tax Act”), resulting in significant changes from previous tax law. The 2017 Tax Act reduces the federal corporate income tax rate to 21% from 35% effective January 1, 2018. The rate change, along with certain immaterial changes in tax basis resulting from the 2017 Tax Act, resulted in a reduction of the Company’s deferred tax assets of approximately $1.1 million and a corresponding reduction in the valuation allowance.

 

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets after applying enacted corporate income tax rates are as follows (rounded to nearest $000):

 

    December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
Depreciation and amortization expenses   $ 8,000     $ 4,000  
Bad debt expense     106,000       146,000  
Others     -       12,000  
Net loss carrying forward     1,589,000       1,628,000  
Valuation allowance     (1,703,000 )     (1,790,000 )
                 
Net deferred income tax assets   $ -     $ -  

 

The tax years from 2014 to 2017 remain open to examination by the major taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is subject.

 

NOTE 13 – EQUITY

 

Preferred Shares

 

The Company’s articles of incorporation provide that the Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 preferred shares consisting of: 1) 250,000 shares of voting Series A preferred stock, with a par value of $0.0001 per share; 2) 1,200,000 shares of voting Series B preferred stock, with a par value of $0.0001 per share; 3) 270,000 shares of voting Series C preferred stock, with a par value of $0.0001 per share; and 4) 48,280,000 shares to be designated by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had issued 1,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock for the acquisition of Genesis and 270,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock for the acquisition of Boxlight Group. Upon the completion of IPO in November 2017, all of the shares of Series B and C Preferred stock related to the acquisitions of Genesis and Boxlight Group were converted to Class A common stock.

 

Upon completion of the Company’s initial public offering, an aggregate of 250,000 shares of the Company’s non-voting convertible Series A preferred stock were issued to Vert Capital for the acquisition of Genesis. All of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be automatically converted into Class A common stock not later than November 30, 2018.

 

Common Shares

 

In January 2015, the Company amended its articles of incorporation to state that the Company’s common shares consist of: 1) 150,000,000 shares of Class A voting common stock and 2) 50,000,000 shares of Class B non-voting common stock. Class A and Class B common stock have the same rights except that Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share while Class B common stock has no voting rights. Upon any public or private sale or disposition by any holder of Class B common stock, such shares of Class B common stock shall automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had 9,558,997 and 4,621,687 shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding, respectively. No class B shares were outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

F- 21
 

 

Issuances in 2017:

 

Issuance of common stock in connection with IPO

 

In November 2017, the Company completed its initial public offering and issued 958,983 and 41,017 shares of Class A common stock at $7.00 per share for net proceeds of $5,678,609 and conversion of accounts payable to a third party of $287,119, respectively.

 

In November 2017, the Company issued 370,040 shares of Class A common stock for the conversion of 1,000,000 shares of Series B preferred stock in relation to the Genesis acquisition.

 

In November 2017, the Company issued 2,055,873 shares of Class A common stock for the conversion of 270,000 shares of Series C preferred stock in relation to the Boxlight Group acquisition.

 

Issuance of common stock for directors compensation

 

In March 2015, and as amended on February 26, 2016, the Company entered into agreements with two new Board members. In consideration of their agreement to serve on the Company’s Board, the Company agreed to sell a number of common shares equal to 0.5% and 1.25%, respectively, of the Company’s fully-diluted common shares to these members on IPO. Upon completion of the IPO, the two members were issued 186,000 shares in total at a purchase price of $0.0001 per share. The Company recognized stock compensation expense of $1,302,000 on the grant date. Additionally, one of the directors receives a fee payable in cash of $50,000 per annum, which commenced on February 26, 2016.

 

Settlement of trademark liability

 

On April 16, 2009, Boxlight Inc. entered into a trademark license agreement with Herbert H. Myers whereby Boxlight Inc. agreed to pay Mr. Myers 15% of the quarterly net income of Boxlight Inc. This payment shall continue until $1,250,000 is paid, upon which, the license fee shall drop to 10%. Upon reaching the aggregate sum of $2,500,000 or 10 years of licensing, whichever comes first, the trademark will be sold to Boxlight Inc. for $1. Through the period ended December 31, 2014, Boxlight Inc. paid $32,580 related to this agreement.

 

In October 2014, Boxlight Inc. entered into an amendment to the trademark license agreement with Mr. Myers, whereby Mr. Myers agreed to sell the trademark for $250,000. Payment would be made through the issuance of shares of Boxlight Corporation by dividing $250,000 by the initial price per share of shares of Boxlight Corporation’s common stock sold in the initial public offering of Boxlight Corporation. In 2014, the Company issued 39,841 shares to Mr. Myers as security deposit. The Company completed its IPO in November 2017 at $7.00 per share. Total shares issued to Mr. Myers had a value of $278,887 on the IPO date. Mr. Myers confirmed the trademark liability was settled but would not return the additional 4,127 shares issued to him. The Company therefore recorded a loss from settlement of $28,887.

 

Issuance of common stock in connection with Loeb & Loeb agreement

 

On December 16, 2015, and as amended in April and November 2017, the Company agreed to pay Loeb & Loeb (“Loeb”) for legal services rendered in connection with the Company’s IPO for $900,000. Pursuant to the amendment agreement, upon closing the IPO, the Company made a cash payment to Loeb of $400,000 and issued 138,692 restricted shares of Class A common stock. Commencing with the first month after the closing of the IPO, the Company shall make six monthly cash payments to Loeb each in the amount of $47,500 no later than the fifth day of each month for a total amount of $285,000. Upon receipt of the total payment of $285,000, Loeb will return 82,059 shares to the Company. No later than 12 months after the closing of IPO, the Company shall pay the remaining balance of $215,000. Upon receipt of the final payment of $215,000, Loeb will return 33,517 shares to the Company. Loeb will continue to beneficially own 23,116 shares of our Class A common stock. At December 31, 2017, the Company had paid $400,000 and had a remaining payable of $500,000.

 

Issuances of common stock for settlement of accounts payable and debt

 

In June 2017, EDI agreed to convert $1,500,000 of accounts payable into 238,095 shares of Class A common stock at a conversion price of $6.30 per share. No gain or loss was recorded on the conversion.

 

In August 2017, EDI and Marlborough converted long-term convertible notes payable and accrued interest of $4,140,127 in total into 657,162 shares of Class A common stock at a conversion price of $6.30 per share. See Note 10. No gain or loss was recorded on the conversion.

 

Exercise of stock options

 

In 2017, the Company issued 291,402 shares of Class A common stock upon exercise of employee’s options for net cash proceeds of $29.

 

Issuances in 2016:

 

Issuances of common stock to K-Laser for cash

 

On September 28, 2016, pursuant to an amended agreement with EDI, K Laser, the principal stockholder of EDI, purchased 178,572 shares of Class A common stock at $5.60 per share for cash of $1,000,003. The Company agreed to use $650,000 of the proceeds to retire a separate obligation owed by Boxlight Inc. to EDI.

 

Issuances of common stock for cash  

 

In September 2016, the Company issued 18,014 shares of Class A common stock at $1.055 per share for cash of $19,000. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had received cash of $18,900 and had subscriptions receivable of $100. 

 

In November 2016, the Company issued 33,865 shares of Class A common stock at $5.906 per share for cash of $200,004.

 

Issuances of common stock for settlement of accounts payable and debt

 

In October and September 2016, the Company issued an aggregate of 94,735 shares at $1.055 per share to settle accounts payable of $99,910 (including $77,268 of accrued commission payable to Mark Elliott, the Company’s CEO).

 

In October 2016, the Company issued 3,556 shares of Class A common stock to a third party at $5.906 per share to settle accounts payable of $21,000.

 

In October 2016, the Company issued 109,915 shares of Class A common stock at $1.055 per share to settle $100,000 of the outstanding principal short-term debt and $15,919 of accrued interest.

 

F- 22
 

 

Distribution to Vert Capital

 

During the first quarter of 2016, Mimio was under the control of Vert Capital. It distributed cash of $814,625 to Vert Capital for payments of the Skyview Note prior to the acquisition by the Company.

 

Stock Splits

 

In December 2016, the Company completed a stock split of 0.948207171 for 1 of its Class A common stock increasing its outstanding Class A common stock to 4,621,687 shares. All share numbers or per share information presented give effect to the stock splits.

 

NOTE 14 – SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

 

On September 19, 2014, the Board approved the Company’s 2014 Stock Option Plan. The total number of underlying shares of the Company’s Class A common stock available for grant to directors, officers, key employees, and consultants of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company under the plan is 2,390,438 shares. Grants made under this plan must be approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. As of December 31, 2017, the Company had 1,577,864 shares reserved for issuance under the plan. In 2018, the Board of Director approved to increase shares available for grant by 300,000 shares to 2,690,438 shares. The increase is not finalized and subject to shareholders’ approvals.

 

Stock Options

 

Under our stock option program, an employee receives an award that provides the opportunity in the future to purchase the Company’s shares at the market price of our stock on the date the award is granted (strike price). The options become exercisable over a range of immediate to 4-year vesting period and expire 5 years from the grant date, unless stated differently in the option agreements, if they are not exercised. Stock options have no financial statement effect on the date they are granted but rather are reflected over time through recording compensation expense and increasing shareholder’s equity. We record compensation expense based on the estimated fair value of the awards that vest and that amount is amortized as compensation expense on a straight- line basis over the vesting period. Accordingly, total expense related to the award is reduced by the fair value of options that are forfeited by employees that leave the Company prior to vesting.

 

Following is a summary of the option activities during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

    Number of Units     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
    Weighted Average
Remaining Contractual
Term (in years)
 
Outstanding, December 31, 2015     729,434     $ 0.12          
Granted     120,971     $ 0.13          
Outstanding, December 31, 2016     850,405     $ 0.08 *     7.58  
Granted     374,542     $ 6.39          
Exercised     (291,402 )   $ 0.0001          
Cancelled     (120,971 )   $ 0.12          
Outstanding, December 31, 2017     812,574     $ 3.01       5.64  
Exercisable, December 31, 2017     396,596     $ 0.57       6.42  

 

* Adjusted due to the change of exercise price of options issued to its Chief Financial Officer effective November 1, 2016.

 

The Company estimates the fair value of each stock option award on the date of grant using a Black- Scholes option pricing model. Outstanding stock option awards may be dilutive to earnings per share when they are in the money (i.e the market price of the Company’s stock is greater than the strike price of the option). When an option is dilutive, it increases the number of shares used in the diluted earnings per share calculation which will decrease earnings per share. However, the effect stock options have on the number of shares added to the diluted earnings in not one-for-one. The average amount of unrecognized compensation expense (the portion of the fair value of these option awards not yet amortized) and the market price of the Company’s stock during the reporting period affect how many of these potential shares are included in the calculation. The calculation assumes that proceeds received from the exercise and the unrecognized compensation expense are used to buy back shares, which reduces the dilutive impact. As of December 31, 2017, the options had an intrinsic value of $2,097,415.

 

F- 23
 

 

Issuances in 2017:

 

On April 4, 2017, the Company granted options to purchase 18,000 shares of Series A common stock at $5.60 per share to its then controller, currently Chief Financial Officer, for services. These options vest in 4 years and commenced in the quarter ended June 30, 2017 and expire 5 years from the date of grant. The options had a fair value of approximately $7,000 on the grant date that was calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

 

In November 2017, the Company granted options to purchase 29,200 options at $0.0001 per share to its former Chief Financial Officer for services. These options vested immediately and expire 5 years from the date of grant. The options had a fair value of approximately $204,000 on the grant date that was calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

 

In November 2017, the Company granted options to purchase 37,829 options at $7.00 per share to its former Chief Operating Officer for services. These options vest in 3 years and expire 5 years from the date of grant. The options had a fair value of approximately $126,000 on the grant date that was calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

 

In November 2017 and pursuant to Boxlight Group’s acquisition agreement with EDI, the Company granted options to purchase 185,018 options at $7.00 per share to its Boxlight Group’s employees. These options vest in 4 years and expire 5 years from the date of grant. The options had fair value of approximately $634,000 on grant date that was calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

 

In November 2017, the Company granted options to purchase 4,495 options at $7.00 per share to one of its employees for services. These options vest in 4 years and expire 5 years from the date of grant. The options had a fair value of approximately $15,000 on the grant date that was calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

 

In November 2017, the Company granted options to purchase 100,000 options at $7.00 per share to two directors for services. These options vest in 1 year and expire 5 years from the date of grant. The options had a fair value of approximately $319,000 on the grant date that was calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

 

Variables used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for options granted during the year ended December 31, 2017 include: (1) discount rate of 1.47% – 1.90% (2) expected life of 2.5 – 3.75 years, (3) expected volatility of 65% – 69%, and (4) zero expected dividends.

 

Issuances in 2016:

 

On May 13, 2016, the Company granted options to purchase 120,971 shares of Class A common stock at $0.12 per share to an employee for services. These options vest in four years and commenced in the quarter ended June 30, 2016 and expire 5 years from the date of grant. The options have a fair value of $109,000 that was calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. These options were canceled in 2017 pursuant to the termination of employment agreement.

 

On November 1, 2016, the Company entered into an amended employment agreement with its prior Chief Financial Officer, which amended the exercise price of the 291,402 options granted from $0.13 to $0.0001 per share. The options vesting term was changed to (i) 50% of the remaining unvested options shall vest immediately following the agreement, (ii) all remaining unvested options shall vest on March 31, 2017. Pursuant to the amendment of employment agreement, the fair value of options granted was changed to approximately $484,000 using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. In 2017, the officer exercised the options and the Company issued 291,402 shares to the officer and received $29 cash.

 

Variables used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for options granted during the year ended December 31, 2016 include: (1) discount rate of 0.97 - 0.99% (2) expected life of 3.75 to 3.96 years, (3) expected volatility range of 66 to 69%, and (4) zero expected dividends.

 

Warrants

 

Following is a summary of the warrants activities during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

    Number of Units     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
    Weighted Average
Remaining Contractual
Term (in years)
 
Outstanding, December 31, 2015     820,717     $ 7.7       4.00  
Granted     -     $ -          
Outstanding, December 31, 2016     820,717     $ 7.7       3.00  
Granted     50,000     $ 7.7          
Outstanding, December 31, 2017     870,717     $ 7.7       2.15  
Exercisable, December 31, 2017     820,717     $ 7.7       2.00  

 

On November 7, 2014, the Company issued to Vert Capital and a consultant five-year warrants to purchase 796,813 and 23,904, shares of our Class A common stock respectively, at an exercise price, equal to 110% of the initial per share offering price ($7.70). Effective as of October 12, 2016, and as a result of Adam Levin and Michael Pope no longer being employed at Vert Capital, Boxlight Parent cancelled the Vert Capital warrants and reissued 597,610 and 199,203 warrants under the same terms to entities associated with Adam Levin and to Michael Pope, respectively. These warrants expire on December 31, 2019. Among other provisions, such warrants contain “cashless” exercise rights and prohibit the holder from selling any of the shares issuable upon exercise of such warrants for a period of not less than nine months from the date of issuance. These warrants had a fair value of $2,087,840 on measurement date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing Model and were immediately exercisable upon the closing of the IPO.

 

On November 7, 2014, the Company granted a warrant to a consultant for services to purchase an aggregate of 23,904   shares of common stock with an exercise price equal to 110% of the price per share of the Company’s IPO ($7.70). The warrant expires on December 31, 2019. The warrant had a fair value of $62,634 on measurement date using Black-Scholes option-pricing Model and was immediately exercisable upon the closing of the IPO.

 

In November 2017, the Company granted warrants to its placement agents for the IPO to purchase an aggregate of 50,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price at $7.70 price per share of the Company’s IPO. These warrants expire on August 29, 2022. These warrants had a fair value of $192,591 on grant date using Black-Scholes option-pricing Model and will be exercisable on August 29, 2018.

 

Variables used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for warrants granted during the year ended December 31, 2017 include: (1) discount rate of 1.78% – 2.14% (2) expected life of 2.08 – 4.75 years, (3) expected volatility of 69% – 71%, and (4) zero expected dividends. As of December 31, 2017, the warrants had an intrinsic value of $0.

 

Stock compensation expense

 

For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded the following stock compensation expense:

 

    2017     2016  
Stock options   $ 788,196     $ 464,321  
Warrants     2,150,474       -  
Class A common stock grants     1,302,000       -  
                 
                 
Total stock compensation expense   $ 4,240,670     $ 464,321  

 

As of December 31, 2017, there was $1,025,157 of unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested options, which will be amortized over the remaining vesting period. Of that total, approximately $499,000 is estimated to be recorded as compensation expense in 2018.

 

NOTE 15 – OTHER RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Management Agreements

 

On July 15, 2015, the Company entered into a management agreement with VC2 Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, in which Michael Pope, our President and Director, was a manager. VC2 Advisors is owned by Sugar House Trust and AEL Irrevocable Trust, trusts established for the benefit of the families of Michael Pope and Adam Levin. Pursuant to the agreement, VC2 shall perform consulting services for the Company relating to, among other things, sourcing and analyzing strategic acquisitions and introductions to various financing sources. VC2 shall receive an annual management fee payable in cash equal to 1.5% of total consolidated revenues at the end of each fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, 2017 and 2018, payable in monthly installments, commencing as of the date of the Company’s IPO. The annual fee is subject to a cap of $1,000,000 in each of 2016, 2017 and 2018. At its option, VC2 may also defer payment until the end of each year, payable as an option to purchase shares of Class A common stock of the Company, at a price per share equal to 100% of the closing price of the Company’s Class A common stock as traded on Nasdaq or any other national securities exchange as of December 31 of such year in question. Effective October 12, 2016, as a result of Adam Levin and Michael Pope no longer being employed at VC2, the consulting agreement with VC2 was terminated. Subsequently, the Company entered into new consulting agreements on identical terms with other entities which now employ Michael Pope and Adam Levin. As of December 31, 2017, the Company had a payable of $35,632 pursuant to these agreements.

 

In 2018, as a result of Adam Levin and Michael Pope no longer working at VC2 Advisors, the Company canceled the VC2 Advisors agreement and entered into a new management agreement, with substantially the same terms, with Canaan Parish, LLC, an entity affiliated with Michael Pope.

  

F- 24
 

 

Sales and Purchases - EDI

 

EDI, an affiliate of the Company’s major shareholder K-Laser, is a major supplier of products to the Company. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had purchases of approximately $5.3 and $2.8 million, respectively, from Everest Display Inc. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had sales of approximately $66,000 and $160,000, respectively, to Everest Display Inc. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had accounts payable of approximately of $4,325,000 and $3,618,000, respectively, to Everest Display Inc.

 

NOTE 16 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Litigation

 

In July 2015, a supplier filed a lawsuit against the Company for outstanding payables owed by the Company of approximately $72,000. In February 2016, the supplier and the Company agreed to settle the indebted balance for $43,000 provided that the Company pays on or before March 16, 2016. The Company failed to make the payment and the judgement amount was therefore increased to approximately $70,000 and with interest and court costs of approximately $2,300. The Company is currently negotiating new terms with the supplier. On January 29, 2018, the Company entered into a Compromise Settlement and Release agreement with the supplier, where the Company agreed to settle the indebted balance for $39,000. On January 30, 2018 the Company paid the settlement in full and is currently waiting for a release from the Court.

 

On April 2017, a Garnishment Action was filed by Asahi Net, Inc. (“Asahi”) against Vert. Asahi is seeking to garnish funds in the amount of $2,180,881. The Company is listed as a garnishee in the Action because Vert had loaned money to the Company. The Company has already paid Vert in full satisfaction of the loan. The Garnishment Action is currently in the discovery phase where the Company disputes Asahi’s allegations. The outcome is unknown but likely to be favorable to the Company. On March 1, 2018, the Company was served a claim under the Georgia Uniform Voidable Transactions Act by Asahi, which is seeking to void transactions between the Company and Vert. The Company disputes these allegations. The outcome is unknown, but likely to be favorable to the Company.

 

On June 1, 2017, the Company was served with a lawsuit from Skyview seeking judgment on the $1,460,508 outstanding balance due under the currently defaulted Skyview Note, plus accrued interest thereon, and also seeking to foreclose on the assets of Mimio that is now owned and operated by our Boxlight Inc. The Company paid off the $1,460,508 outstanding balance in November 2017. Skyview filed a request for additional attorney fees in the amount of $67,826. On March 14, 2018, the Company satisfied the claim and is currently waiting for the release in full from the Court.

 

Operating Lease Commitments

 

The Company leases two office spaces under non-cancelable lease agreements. The leases provide that the Company pays only a monthly rental and is not responsible for taxes, insurance or maintenance expenses related to the property. Future minimum lease payments of the Company’s operating leases with a term over one year subsequent to December 31, 2017 are as follows:

 

Year ending December 31,   Amount  
2018   $ 265,050  
2019     60,600  
2020     -  
Net Minimum Lease Payments   $ 325,650  

 

The Company also has another office lease on a month-to-month basis. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, aggregate rent expense was approximately $274,950 and $286,999, respectively.

 

F- 25
 

 

NOTE 17 – CUSTOMER AND SUPPLIER CONCENTRATION

 

Significant customers and suppliers are those that account for greater than 10% of the Company’s revenues and purchases.

 

The Company’s revenues were concentrated among few customers for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

Customer   Total revenues from the customer to total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017     Accounts receivable from the customer as of December 31, 2017 (rounded to 000)     Total revenues from the customer to total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016     Accounts receivable from the customer as of December 31, 2016 (rounded to 000)  
1     12 %   $ 372,000       13 %   $ 11,917  
2     11 %   $ 634,000       1 %   $ 162,300  

 

The loss of the significant customer or the failure to attract new customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

The Company’s purchases were concentrated among few vendors for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

Vendor   Total purchases from the vendor to total purchases for the year ended December 31, 2017     Accounts payable (prepayment) to the vendor as of December 31, 2017 (rounded to 000)     Total purchases from the vendor to total purchases for the year ended December 31, 2016     Accounts payable (prepayment) to the vendor as of December 31, 2016 (rounded to 000)  
1     37 %   $ (61,000 )     2 %   $ (229,000 )
2*     34 %   $ 4,325,000       32 %   $ 3,618,000  

 

* EDI, a related party. See note 15.

 

The Company believes there are numerous other suppliers that could be substituted should the supplier become unavailable or non-competitive. 

 

NOTE 18 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

On January 2, 2018, the Company granted 100,000 stock options each to its President, Chief Executive Officer and former Chief Financial Officer with an exercise price of $5.01 per share vesting monthly over one year. The expiration date is five years from the grant date.

 

On January 2, 2018, the Company granted 200,000 stock options each to Hank Nance, Chief Operating Officer, with an exercise price of $5.01 per share vesting monthly over one year. The expiration date is five years from the grant date.

 

On January 8, 2018, K Laser purchased 60,000 shares of common stock at $7.00 per share.

 

On February 14, 2018, the Company granted 367,500 employee stock options with an exercise price of $5.40 per share vesting quarterly over four years. The expiration date is five years from the grant date.

 

On March 19, 2018, the Company granted 35,000 stock options to Takesha Brown, Chief Financial Officer, with an exercise price of $4.00 per share vesting monthly over one year in accordance with the terms of her employment agreement. The expiration date is five years from the grant date.

 

On March 20, 2018, Sheri Lofgren, the former Chief Financial Officer, exercised 29,200 stock options at par value and issued payment of $3.

 

F- 26
 

 

BOXLIGHT CORPORATION

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page No.
     
  PART I. Financial Information  
     
Item 1. Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements F-28
     
  Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 F-28
     
  Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 F-29
     
  Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 F-30
     
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) F-31

 

F- 27
 

 

PART I. Financial Information

 

Item 1. Financial Statements

 

Boxlight Corporation

Consolidated Balance Sheets

As of March 31, 2018, and December 31, 2017

(Unaudited)

 

    March 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
ASSETS                
Current asset:                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 448,345     $ 2,010,325  
Accounts receivable – trade, net of allowances     3,083,668       3,089,932  
Inventories, net of reserve     3,738,723       4,626,569  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     1,227,995       388,006  
Total current assets     8,498,731       10,114,832  
                 
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation     25,095       29,752  
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization     5,943,368       6,126,558  
Goodwill     4,181,991       4,181,991  
Other assets     316       292  
Total assets   $ 18,649,501     $ 20,453,425  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
                 
Current liabilities:                
Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 2,415,090     $ 2,994,918  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses – related parties     4,739,569       4,391,713  
Short-term debt     819,960       752,449  
Short-term debt – related party     54,000       54,000  
Convertible notes payable – related party     50,000       50,000  
Deferred revenues – short-term     483,243       1,127,423  
Total current liabilities     8,561,862       9,370,503  
                 
Deferred revenues – long-term     175,915       175,294  
                 
Total liabilities     8,737,777       9,545,797  
                 
Commitments and contingencies                
                 
Stockholders’ equity:                
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized; 250,000 shares issued and outstanding     25       25  
Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized; 9,648,197 and 9,558,997 Class A shares issued and outstanding, respectively     965       956  
Additional paid-in capital     24,655,946       23,740,751  
Subscriptions receivable     (325 )     (325 )
Accumulated deficit     (14,701,902 )     (12,785,931 )
Other comprehensive loss     (42,985 )     (47,848 )
Total stockholders’ equity     9,911,724       10,907,628  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 18,649,501     $ 20,453,425  

 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

F- 28
 

 

Boxlight Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 and 2017

(Unaudited)

 

    2018     2017  
             
Revenues   $ 5,996,685     $ 4,194,429  
Cost of revenues     4,515,713       2,994,683  
Gross profit     1,480,972       1,199,746  
                 
Operating expense:                
General and administrative expenses     3,169,787       2,451,206  
Research and development     92,505       190,445  
Total operating expense     3,262,292       2,641,651  
                 
Loss from operations     (1,781,320 )     (1,441,905 )
                 
Other income (expense):                
Interest expense, net     (146,928 )     (169,091 )
Other income (expense), net     (13,461 )     49,646  
Gain on settlement of liabilities     25,738       -  
Total other expense     (134,651 )     (119,445 )
                 
Net loss   $ (1,915,971 )   $ (1,561,350 )
                 
Comprehensive loss:                
Net loss   $ (1,915,971 )   $ (1,561,350 )
Other comprehensive loss:                

Foreign currency translation gain (loss)

    4,863       (23,713 )
Total comprehensive loss   $ (1,911,108 )   $ (1,585,063 )
                 
Net loss per common share – basic and diluted   $ (0.20 )   $ (0.34 )
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding – basic and diluted    

9,617,234

      4,621,687  

 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements

 

F- 29
 

 

Boxlight Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 and 2017

(Unaudited)

 

    2018     2017  
             
Cash flows from operating activities:                
Net loss   $ (1,915,971 )   $ (1,561,350 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:                
Bad debt expense     49,432       78,708  
Change in allowance for sales returns and volume rebate     (34,828 )     56,233  
Change in inventory reserve     (54,267 )     (11,476 )
Stock compensation expense     496,688       47,165  
Depreciation and amortization     187,847       192,225  
Gain on settlement of accounts payable     (25,738 )      
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
Accounts receivable – trade     (8,240 )     (87,053 )
Inventories     942,113       584,062  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     (838,031 )     (771,039 )
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     (553,436 )     265,145  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses – related parties     347,858       1,119,606  
Deferred revenues     (643,559 )     (65,557 )
Other short-term liabilities     -       (263 )
Accrued interest on long-term debt – related parties     -       40,220  
Net cash used in operating activities     (2,050,132 )     (113,374 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:                
Proceeds from short-term debt     4,714,094       -  
Proceeds from convertible note payable     -       1,000,000  
Principal payments on short-term debt     (4,646,582 )     (720,291 )
Principal payments on short-term debt-related party     -       (195,000 )
Proceeds from issuance of common stock     420,000       -  
Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of options     3       -  
Net cash provided by financing activities     487,515       84,709  
                 
Effect of foreign currency exchange rates     637       (26,263 )
                 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents     (1,561,980 )     (54,928 )
                 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the period     2,010,325       456,502  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of the period   $ 448,345     $ 401,574  
                 
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:                
Cash paid for interest   $ 144,364     $ 112,915  
Cash paid for income taxes   $ -     $ -  

 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

F- 30
 

 

Boxlight Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

THE COMPANY

 

Boxlight Corporation (the “Company” or “Boxlight Parent”) was incorporated in the State of Nevada on September 18, 2014 with its headquarters in Atlanta, Georgia for the purpose of becoming a technology company that sells interactive educational products. In 2016, the Company acquired Boxlight, Inc., Boxlight Latinoamerica, S.A. DE C.V. (“BLA”) and Boxlight Latinoamerica Servicios, S.A. DE C.V. (“BLS”) (together, “Boxlight Group”), Mimio LLC (“Mimio”) and Genesis Collaboration, LLC (“Genesis”). The Company currently designs, produces and distributes interactive technology solutions to the education market.

 

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Boxlight Corporation, Boxlight Group, Mimio and Genesis. Transactions and balances among Boxlight Corporation, Boxlight Group, Mimio and Genesis have been eliminated.

 

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for interim unaudited consolidated financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete consolidated financial statements. The unaudited consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the interim periods presented. Interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full year. These unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2017 and notes thereto contained in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual amounts could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates include estimates of allowances for bad debts, inventory obsolescence, initial valuations and recoverability of intangible assets including goodwill, stock compensation, and estimates for contingent liabilities related to debt obligations and litigation matters.

 

FOREIGN CURRENCIES

 

The Company’s functional currency is the U.S. dollar. BLA and BLS’s functional currency is the Mexican Peso. The Company translates their financial statements from their functional currencies into the U.S. dollar.

 

An entity’s functional currency is the currency of the primary economic environment in which it operates and is generally the currency in which the business generates and expends cash. BLA and BLS, whose functional currency is the Mexican Peso, translate their assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect as of the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rates for the period. Translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, a separate component of equity (deficit). Foreign exchange gains and losses included in net income result from foreign exchange fluctuations on transactions denominated in a currency other than an entity’s functional currency.

 

F- 31
 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

The Company considers all highly liquid short-term investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. These investments are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. The Company maintains cash balances at financial institutions which, from time to time, may exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured limits of $250,000 for banks located in the U.S. The Company has not experienced any losses with regard to its bank accounts and believes it is not exposed to any rick of loss on its cash bank accounts.

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

 

Accounts receivable are stated at historical carrying amounts, net of write-offs and allowance for doubtful accounts. Allowance for doubtful accounts represents management’s estimate of the amount that ultimately will be realized in cash. The Company reviews the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts on an ongoing basis, using historical payment trends, the age of receivables and knowledge of the individual customers. When the analysis indicates, management increases or decreases the allowance accordingly. However, if the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, additional allowances might be required.

 

INVENTORIES

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value and included spare parts and finished goods. Inventories are primarily determined using the specific identification method and the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) cost method. Cost includes direct cost from the contract manufacturer (“CM”) or original equipment from manufacturer (“OEM”), plus material overhead related to the purchase, inbound freight and import duty costs.

 

The Company continuously reviews its inventory levels to identify slow-moving merchandise and markdowns necessary to clear slow-moving merchandise, which reduces the cost of inventories to its estimated net realizable value. Consideration is given to a number of quantitative and qualitative factors, including current pricing levels and the anticipated need for subsequent markdowns, aging of inventories, historical sales trends, and the impact of market trends and economic conditions. Estimates of markdown requirements may differ from actual results due to changes in quantity, quality and mix of products in inventory, as well as changes in consumer preferences, market and economic conditions.

 

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property and equipment is stated at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated life of the asset. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

 

LONG–LIVED ASSETS

 

Long-lived assets to be held and used or disposed of other than by sale are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. When required, impairment losses on assets to be held and used or disposed of other than by sale are recognized based on the fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale are reported at the lower of its carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.

 

Intangible assets

 

Intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated period of benefit. We evaluate the recoverability of intangible assets periodically and take into account events or circumstances that warrant revised estimates of useful lives or that indicate that impairment exists. No material impairments of intangible assets have been identified during any of the periods presented. Intangible assets and goodwill are tested for impairment on an annual basis, and between annual tests if indicators of potential impairment exist, using a fair-value-based approach. Goodwill is not amortized and is not deductible for tax purposes.

 

F- 32
 

 

DEFERRED REVENUE

 

Deferred revenue represents amounts collected for any extended warranty that is separately priced. The Company recognizes revenue from extended warranty contracts using the straight-line method over the estimated life of the product which is three years.

 

REVENUE RECOGNITION

 

Revenue is comprised of product sales and service revenue, net of sales returns, co-operative advertising credits, early payment discounts, and special incentive payments (“SPIFF”) paid to the value-added resellers (“VARs”). The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.

 

Revenue from product sales is derived from the sale of projectors, interactive panels and related accessories. Evidence of an arrangement consists of an order from its distributors, resellers or end users. The Company considers delivery to have occurred once title and risk of loss has been transferred.

 

Service revenue is comprised of product installation services and training services. These service revenues are normally entered into at the time products are sold. Service prices are established depending on product equipment sold and include a cost value for the estimated services to be performed based on historical experience. The Company outsources installation and training services to third parties and recognizes revenue upon completion of the services.

 

The Company evaluates the criteria outlined in FASB ASC Subtopic 605-45, Principal Agent Considerations, in determining whether it is appropriate to record the gross amount of product sales and related costs or the net amount earned as revenue. Generally, when the Company is primarily obligated in a transaction, is subject to inventory risk, has latitude in establishing prices and selecting suppliers, or has several but not all of these indicators, revenue is recorded at the gross amount. If the Company is not primarily obligated and amounts earned are determined using a fixed percentage, a fixed-payment schedule, or a combination of the two, the Company generally records the net amounts as revenue earned.

 

The Company’s standard terms and conditions of sale do not allow for product returns and it generally does not allow product returns other than under warranty. However, the Company, on a case by case basis, will grant exceptions, mostly “buyer’s remorse” where the VAR’s end user customer either did not understand what they were ordering, or determined that the product did not meet their needs. An allowance for sales returns is estimated based on an analysis of historical trends.

 

While the Company uses resellers and distributors to sell its products, the Company’s sale agreements do not contain any special pricing incentives, right of return or other post shipment obligations.

 

The Company has warranty policy to provide 12 to 36 months warranty coverage on projectors, displays, accessories, batteries and computers except when sold through a “Premier Education Partner” or sold to schools where the Company provides a 60-month warranty. The Company establishes a liability for estimated product warranty costs at the time product revenue is recognized, if the liability is expected to be material. The warranty obligation is affected by product failure rates and the related use of materials, labor costs and freight incurred in correcting any product failure. Should actual product failure rates, use of materials, or other costs differ from the Company’s estimates, additional warranty liabilities could be required, which would reduce its gross profit.

 

The Company offers sales incentives where the Company offers discounted products delivered by the Company to its resellers and distributors that are redeemable only if the resellers and distributors complete specified cumulative levels of revenue agreed to and written into their reseller and distributor agreements through an executed addendum. The resellers and distributors have to submit a request for the discounted products and cannot redeem additional discounts within 180 days from the date of the discount given on like products. The value of the award products as compared to the value of the transactions necessary to earn the award is generally insignificant in relation to the value of the transactions necessary to earn the award. The Company estimates and records the cost of the products related to the incentive as marketing expense based on analyses of historical data.

 

F- 33
 

 

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES

 

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and consists primarily of personnel related costs, prototype and sample costs, design costs, and global product certifications mostly for wireless certifications.

 

INCOME TAXES

 

An asset and liability approach is used for financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between income tax and financial reporting and principally relate to recognition of revenue and expenses in different periods for financial and tax accounting purposes and are measured using currently enacted tax rates and laws. In addition, a deferred tax asset can be generated by net operating loss carryforwards. If it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized, a valuation allowance is recognized.

 

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

 

The Company estimates the fair value of each share-based compensation award at the grant date by using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value determined represents the cost for the award and is recognized over the vesting period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award. As share-based compensation expense is recognized based on awards ultimately expected to vest. Excess tax benefits, if any, are recognized as an addition to paid-in capital.

 

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

The Company has evaluated all transactions through the financial statement issuance date for subsequent event disclosure consideration.

 

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” The new guidance provides new criteria for recognizing revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in amounts that reflect the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new guidance requires expanded disclosures to provide greater insight into both revenue that has been recognized and revenue that is expected to be recognized in the future from existing contracts. Quantitative and qualitative information will be provided about the significant judgments and changes in those judgments that management made to determine the revenue that is recorded. This accounting standard update, as amended, will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The new revenue standard may be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect recognized as of the date of adoption. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than fiscal 2017. Since the company is an Emerging Growth Company, adoption is not required until 2019. The Company is currently assessing the provisions of the guidance and has not determined the impact of the adoption of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In February 2016, a pronouncement was issued by FASB that creates new accounting and reporting guidelines for leasing arrangements. The new guidance requires organizations that lease assets to recognize assets and liabilities on the balance sheet related to the rights and obligations created by those leases, regardless of whether they are classified as finance or operating leases. Consistent with current guidance, the recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease primarily will depend on its classification as a finance or operating lease. The guidance also requires new disclosures to help financial statement users better understand the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The new standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period, with early application permitted. The new standard is to be applied using a modified retrospective approach. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new pronouncement on its financial statements.

 

F- 34
 

 

There were various other accounting standards and interpretations issued recently, none of which are expected to a have a material impact on our financial position, operations or cash flows.

 

NOTE 2 – GOING CONCERN

 

These financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which assumes the Company will continue to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business. The continuation of the Company as a going concern is dependent upon the continued financial support from its shareholders, the ability of the Company to obtain necessary debt or equity financing to continue operations, and the attainment of profitable operations. As of March 31, 2018, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $14,701,902 and a working capital deficit of $63,131. During the three months ended March 31, 2018, the Company incurred a net loss of $1,915,971 and net cash used in operations was $2,050,132. These factors raise substantial doubt regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. These financial statements do not include any adjustments to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern. The Company is seeking to obtain funds for operations from its public or private sales of equity or debt securities or from bank or other loans.

 

NOTE 3 – ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE - TRADE

 

Accounts receivable consisted of the following at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017:

 

    2018     2017  
             
Accounts receivable - trade   $ 3,855,064     $ 3,846,724  
Allowance for doubtful accounts     (250,306 )     (200,874 )
Allowance for sales returns and volume rebates     (521,090 )     (555,918 )
                 
Accounts receivable - trade, net of allowances   $ 3,083,668     $ 3,089,932  

 

NOTE 4 – INVENTORIES

 

Inventories consisted of the following at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017:

 

    2018     2017  
             
Finished goods   $ 3,691,197     $ 4,611,973  
Spare parts     165,821       187,158  
Reserves for inventory obsolescence     (118,295 )     (172,562 )
                 
Inventories, net   $ 3,738,723     $ 4,626,569  

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company wrote off obsolete inventories of $0 and $24,531, respectively.

 

NOTE 5 – PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017:

 

    2018     2017  
             
Prepayments to vendors   $ 881,024     $ 295,448  
Employee receivables     -       6,203  
Prepaid local taxes     -       1,015  
Prepaid and refundable income taxes     1,262       33,435  
Prepaid insurance     122,832       -  
Prepaid licenses and other     222,877       51,905  
                 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets   $ 1,227,995     $ 388,006  

 

F- 35
 

 

NOTE 6 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property and equipment consisted of the following at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017:

 

    Useful lives   2018     2017  
                 
Leasehold improvements   9-10 years   $ 3,355     $ 3,355  
Office equipment   3-5 years     21,341       21,341  
Other equipment   5 years     42,485       42,485  
                     
Property and equipment, at cost         67,181       67,181  
Accumulated depreciation         (42,086 )     (37,429 )
                     
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation       $ 25,095     $ 29,752  

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded depreciation expense of $4,657 and $15,189 respectively.

 

NOTE 7 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

 

Intangible assets and goodwill consisted of the following at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017:

 

    Useful lives   2018     2017  
                 
Patents   10 years   $ 67,395     $ 67,395  
Customer relationships   10 years     3,567,396       3,567,396  
Trademarks   10 years     3,554,932       3,554,932  
                     
Intangible assets, at cost         7,189,723       7,189,723  
Accumulated amortization         (1,246,355 )     (1,063,165 )
                     
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization       $ 5,943,368     $ 6,126,558  
                     
Goodwill from acquisition of Mimio   N/A   $ 44,931     $ 44,931  
Goodwill from acquisition of Boxlight   N/A     4,137,060       4,137,060  
    $ 4,181,991     $ 4,181,991  

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded amortization expense of $183,190 and $177,036, respectively.

 

F- 36
 

 

NOTE 8 – DEBT

 

The following is a summary of our debt at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017

 

    March 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
Short-term debt – third parties                
Note payable – AHA     125,000       250,000  
Accounts receivable financing – Sallyport Commercial     694,960       502,449  
Total short-term debt –third parties     819,960       752,449  
                 
Short-term debt – related parties                
Note payable – Logical Choice Corporation - Delaware     54,000       54,000  
                 
Convertible debt – related party                
Convertible note payable – Mark Elliott     50,000       50,000  
                 
Total debt   $ 923,960     $ 856,449  

 

Short-Term Debt - Third Parties:

 

AHA Note

 

On June 3, 2016, prior to the Company’s acquisition of Boxlight Group, Boxlight Group issued a promissory note to AHA Inc. Co Ltd. (“AHA”), a Korean corporation, in the amount of $1,895,413 to settle unpaid accounts payable of $1,866,418 for purchases of inventory. Interest shall be payable in the amount of 6.5% per annum. The principal was due and payable in eight equal monthly principal payments in the amount of $236,926 beginning on June 30, 2016. Interest was to be paid in consecutive monthly installments for eight months.

 

On November 29, 2017, the outstanding principal and interest were reduced to $500,000 related to a settlement agreement reached with AHA, resulting in a gain on settlement of $304,913. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, the Company was required to pay $250,000 on or before December 2017 and the remaining principal is due in six equal monthly payments of $41,667 commencing January 2018. The outstanding balance on the note payable to AHA was $125,000 and $250,000 at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. The Company has made monthly payments in 2018 pursuant to the repayment schedule.

 

Accounts Receivable Financing – Sallyport Commercial Finance

 

On September 5, 2017, Boxlight Inc., and Genesis entered into a 12-month term account sale and purchase agreement with Sallyport Commercial Finance, LLC (“Sallyport”). Pursuant to the agreement, Sallyport agreed to purchase 85% of the eligible accounts receivable of the Company with a right of recourse back to the Company if the receivables are not collectible. This agreement requires a minimum monthly sales volume of $1,250,000 with a maximum facility limit of $6,000,000. Advances against this agreement accrue interest at 4% in excess of the highest prime rate publicly announced from time to time with a floor of 4.25%. In addition, the Company is required to pay a $950 audit fee per day. The Company granted Sallyport a security interest in all of Boxlight Inc. and Genesis’ assets.

 

As of March 31, 2018, outstanding principal and accrued interest were $694,960 and $0, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2018, the Company incurred interest expense of $144,364.

 

F- 37
 

 

Short-Term Debt - Related Parties:

 

Line of Credit - Logical Choice Corporation-Delaware

 

On May 21, 2014, the Company entered into a line of credit agreement with Logical Choice Corporation-Delaware (“LCC-Delaware”), former sole member of Genesis. The line of credit allowed the Company to borrow up to $500,000 for working capital and business expansion. The funds when borrowed accrued interest at 10% per annum. Interest accrued on any advanced funds was due monthly and the outstanding principal and any accrued interest were due in full on May 21, 2015. In May 2016, the maturity date was extended to May 21, 2018. The assets of Genesis have been pledged as a security interest against any advances on the line of credit. As of March 31, 2018, outstanding principal and accrued interest under this agreement was $54,000 and $16,789, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, outstanding principal and accrued interest under this agreement was $54,000 and $15,916, respectively.

 

Convertible Notes Payable - Third Parties:

 

Convertible Note Payable – Mark Elliott

 

On January 16, 2015, the Company issued a note to Mark Elliott, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, in the amount of $50,000. The note as amended is due on December 31, 2019 and bears interest at an annual rate of 10%, compounded monthly and a default rate of 15%. The note is convertible into the Company’s common stock at the lesser of (i) $6.28 per share, (ii) a discount of 20% to the stock price if the Company’s common stock is publicly traded, or (iii) if applicable, such other amount negotiated by the Company. The note holder may convert all, but not less than all, of the outstanding principal and interest due under this note. As of March 31, 2018, outstanding principal and accrued interest under this note were $50,000 and $16,041, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, outstanding principal and accrued interest under this note were $50,000 and $14,808, respectively.

 

NOTE 9 – DEFERRED REVENUE

 

The Company has future performance obligations for separately priced extended warranties sold related to its Lamps for Life program and advances from customers. Deferred revenue consisted of the following as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017:

 

    March 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
             
Balance, beginning of the period   $ 1,302,717     $ 767,726  
Additions     71,903       1,070,528  
Amortization or earned     (715,462 )     (535,537 )
Balance, ending of the period     659,158       1,302,717  
                 
Deferred revenue – short-term     483,243       1,127,423  
Deferred revenue – long-term   $ 175,915     $ 175,294  

 

NOTE 10 – INCOME TAXES

 

The Company operates in the United States and Mexico. Income taxes have been provided based upon the tax laws and rates of the countries in which operations are conducted and income is earned. The Company idled its office in Mexico in 2016. For the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company has incurred net losses and, therefore, has no tax liability. The cumulative net operating loss carry-forward on tax basis was approximately $9.0 and $7.6 million at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. The value of these carryforwards depends on the Company’s ability to generate taxable income. A change in ownership, as defined by federal income tax regulations, could significantly limit the Company’s ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards. Additionally, because federal tax laws limit the time during which the net operating loss carryforwards may be applied against future taxes, if the Company fails to generate taxable income prior to the expiration dates the Company may not be able to fully utilize the net operating loss carryforwards to reduce future income taxes. The Company has cumulative losses and there is no assurance of future taxable income, therefore, valuation allowances have been recorded to fully offset the deferred tax asset at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

 

F- 38
 

 

NOTE 11 – EQUITY

 

Preferred Shares

 

The Company’s articles of incorporation provide that the Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 preferred shares consisting of: 1) 250,000 shares of voting Series A preferred stock, with a par value of $0.0001 per share; 2) 1,200,000 shares of voting Series B preferred stock, with a par value of $0.0001 per share; 3) 270,000 shares of voting Series C preferred stock, with a par value of $0.0001 per share; and 4) 48,280,000 shares to be designated by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

The Company issued 1,000,000 shares of Series B preferred stock for the acquisition of Genesis and 270,000 shares of Series C preferred stock for the acquisition of Boxlight Group. Upon the completion of the IPO in November 2017, all shares of Series B and C preferred stock related to the acquisitions of Genesis and Boxlight Group were converted to Class A common stock.

 

Upon completion of the Company’s IPO, an aggregate of 250,000 shares of the Company’s non-voting convertible Series A preferred stock were issued to Vert Capital for the acquisition of Genesis. All of the Series A preferred stock shall be automatically converted into Class A common stock no later than November 30, 2018.

 

Common Stock

 

In January 2015, the Company amended its articles of incorporation to state that the Company’s common stock consists of: 1) 150,000,000 shares of Class A voting common stock and 2) 50,000,000 shares of Class B non-voting common stock. Class A and Class B common stock have the same rights except that Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share while Class B common stock has no voting rights. Upon any public or private sale or disposition by any holder of Class B common stock, such shares of Class B common stock shall automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock. As of March 31, 2018, and December 31, 2017, the Company had 9,648,197 and 9,558,997 shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding, respectively. No Class B shares were outstanding at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

 

Issuance of common stock

 

On January 8, 2018, the Company issued 60,000 shares of common stock to K Laser at $7.00 per share for cash of $420,000.

 

Exercise of stock options

 

On March 20, 2018, the former Chief Financial Officer exercised 29,200 stock options and paid a total of $3 for the exercise price.

 

NOTE 12 – SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

 

On September 19, 2014, the Board approved the Company’s 2014 Stock Option Plan. The total number of underlying shares of the Company’s Class A common stock available for grant to directors, officers, key employees, and consultants of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company under the plan is 2,390,438 shares. Grants made under this plan must be approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. As of March 31, 2018, the Company had 684,060 shares reserved for issuance under the plan. In 2018, the Board of Directors approved an increase in the number of shares available for grant by 300,000 shares to 2,690,438 shares. The increase is not finalized and subject to shareholder approval.

 

F- 39
 

 

Stock Options

 

Under our stock option program, an employee receives an award that provides the opportunity in the future to purchase the Company’s shares at the market price of our stock on the date the award is granted (strike price). The options become exercisable over a range of immediate to 4-year vesting period and expire 5 years from the grant date, unless stated differently in the option agreements, if they are not exercised. Stock options have no financial statement effect on the date they are granted but rather are reflected over time through recording compensation expense and increasing shareholder’s equity. We record compensation expense based on the estimated fair value of the awards that vest and that amount is amortized as compensation expense on a straight- line basis over the vesting period. Accordingly, total expense related to the award is reduced by the fair value of options that are forfeited by employees that leave the Company prior to vesting.

 

Following is a summary of the option activities during the three months ended March 31, 2018:

 

    Number of Units     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
    Weighted Average
Remaining Contractual
Term (in years)
 
Outstanding, December 31, 2017     812,574     $ 3.01       5.64  
Granted     927,500     $ 5.10          
Exercised     (29,200 )   $ 0.0001          
Cancelled     (4,495 )   $ 7.00          
Outstanding, March 31, 2018     1,706,379     $ 4.19       5.10  
Exercisable, March 31, 2018     573,955     $ 2.26       5.73  

 

The Company estimates the fair value of each stock option award on the date of grant using a Black- Scholes option pricing model. Outstanding stock option awards may be dilutive to earnings per share when they are in the money (i.e. the market price of the Company’s stock is greater than the strike price of the option). When an option is dilutive, it increases the number of shares used in the diluted earnings per share calculation which will decrease earnings per share. However, the effect stock options have on the number of shares added to the diluted earnings in not one-for-one. The average amount of unrecognized compensation expense (the portion of the fair value of these option awards not yet amortized) and the market price of the Company’s stock during the reporting period affect how many of these potential shares are included in the calculation. The calculation assumes that proceeds received from the exercise and the unrecognized compensation expense are used to buy back shares, which reduces the dilutive impact. As of March 31, 2018, the options had an intrinsic value of approximately $1.7 million.

 

On January 2, 2018, the Company granted 100,000 stock options each, 300,000 options in total, to its President, Chief Executive Officer and former Chief Financial Officer with an exercise price of $5.01 per share vesting monthly over one year. The expiration date of these options is five years from the grant date. These options had an aggregated fair value of approximately $689,000 on the grant date that was calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

 

On January 2, 2018, the Company granted 200,000 stock options to its Chief Operating Officer with an exercise price of $5.01 per share vesting monthly over one year. The expiration date of these options is five years from the grant date. These options had a fair value of approximately $459,000 on the grant date that was calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

 

On February 14, 2018, the Company granted an aggregate of 367,500 stock options in total to its employees with an exercise price of $5.40 per share vesting quarterly over four years. The expiration date of these options is five years from the grant date. These options had an aggregated fair value of approximately $998,000 on the grant date that was calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

 

On March 19, 2018, the Company granted 35,000 stock options to its Chief Financial Officer with an exercise price of $4.00 per share vesting monthly over one year. The expiration date of these options is five years from the grant date. These options had an aggregated fair value of approximately $65,000 on the grant date that was calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

 

F- 40
 

 

On March 29, 2018, the Company granted 25,000 stock options to one of its Board of Directors with an exercise price of $4.06 per share vesting quarterly over one year. The expiration date of these options is five years from the grant date. These options had an aggregated fair value of approximately $47,000 on the grant date that was calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

 

Variables used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2018 include: (1) discount rate of 2.01% – 2.45% (2) expected life of 3 – 3.75 years, (3) expected volatility of 66% – 68%, and (4) zero expected dividends.

 

Warrants

 

Following is a summary of the warrants activities during the three months ended March 31, 2018:

 

    Number of Units     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
    Weighted Average
Remaining Contractual
Term (in years)
 
Outstanding, December 31, 2017     870,717     $ 7.7       2.15  
Granted     -                  
Outstanding, March 31, 2018     870,717     $ 7.7       1.90  
Exercisable, March 31, 2018     820,717     $ 7.7       1.75  

 

On November 7, 2014, the Company issued to Vert Capital and a consultant five-year warrants to purchase 796,813 and 23,904, shares of our Class A common stock respectively, at an exercise price, equal to 110% of the initial per share offering price ($7.70). Effective as of October 12, 2016, and as a result of Adam Levin and Michael Pope no longer being employed at Vert Capital, Boxlight Parent cancelled the Vert Capital warrants and reissued 597,610 and 199,203 warrants under the same terms to Dynamic Capital, LLC an entity associated with Adam Levin and to Canaan Parish, LLC, an entity associated with Michael Pope. These warrants expire on December 31, 2019. Among other provisions, such warrants contain “cashless” exercise rights, certain warrant coverage provision and net cash settlement rights in the case of Dynamic’s warrants. The holders of the warrants are entitled to receive additional warrants to purchase up to 20% of the number of shares of Class A common stock in connection with a qualified equity or acquisition event as defined in the agreement. These warrants had a fair value of $2,087,840 on measurement date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing Model and were immediately exercisable upon the closing of IPO.

 

On November 7, 2014, the Company granted a warrant to a consultant for services to purchase an aggregate of 23,904 shares of common stock with an exercise price equal to 110% of the price per share of the Company’s IPO ($7.70). The warrant expires on December 31, 2019. The warrant had a fair value of $62,634 on measurement date using Black-Scholes option-pricing Model and was immediately exercisable upon the closing of IPO.

 

In November 2017, the Company granted warrants to its placement agents for the IPO to purchase an aggregate of 50,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price at $7.70 price per share of the Company’s IPO. These warrants expire on August 29, 2022. These warrants had a fair value of $192,591 on grant date using Black-Scholes option-pricing Model and will be exercisable on August 29, 2018.

 

Variables used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for warrants granted during the year ended December 31, 2017 include: (1) discount rate of 1.78% – 2.14% (2) expected life of 2.08 – 4.75 years, (3) expected volatility of 69% – 71%, and (4) zero expected dividends. As of December 31, 2017, the warrants had an intrinsic value of $0.

 

Stock compensation expense

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded the following stock compensation expense:

 

    2018     2017  
Stock options   $ 496,688     $ 47,165  
                 
Total stock compensation expense   $ 496,688     $ 47,165  

 

As of March 31, 2018, there was approximately $2.8 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested options, which will be amortized over the remaining vesting period. Of that total, approximately $1.5 million is estimated to be recorded as compensation expense in the remaining nine-months of 2018.

 

NOTE 13 – OTHER RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Management Agreement

 

Effective November 30, 2017, the Company entered into a management agreement with Dynamic Capital, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company owned by the AEL Irrevocable Trust and managed by Adam Levin (“Dynamic Capital”). Pursuant to the agreement, Dynamic Capital shall perform consulting services for the Company relating to, among other things, sourcing and analyzing strategic acquisitions and introductions to various financing sources. Dynamic Capital shall receive a management fee payable in cash equal to 1.125% of total consolidated net revenues for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, payable in monthly installments. The annual fee is subject to a cap of $750,000 in each of 2017 and 2018. At its option, Dynamic Capital may defer payment until the end of each year and receive payment in the form of shares of Class A common stock of the Company. Dynamic Capital agreed it would not, nor would it permit any of its affiliates, members, officers or associates, including the AEL Irrevocable Trust, to purchase, sell or otherwise trade in any share of Boxlight common stock during the term of the Agreement. On May 17, 2018, Boxlight and Dynamic Capital entered into an amended management agreement whereby the restriction on purchase, sale or trading in Boxlight common stock was lifted, and the parties acknowledged that Dynamic Capital, LLC was, in fact, owned by Adam Levin. As of March 31, 2018, and December 31, 2017, the Company had a payable of $94,998 and $35,632, respectively, pursuant to the agreement.

 

On January 31, 2018, the Company entered into a management agreement with an entity owned and controlled by our President and Director, Michael Pope. Effective as of the first day of the same month that Mr. Pope’s employment with the Company shall terminate, and for a term of 13 months, Mr. Pope shall provide consulting services to the Company including sourcing and analyzing strategic acquisitions, assisting with financing activities, and other services. As consideration for the services provided, the Company shall pay a management fee equal to 0.375% of the consolidated net revenues of the Company, payable in monthly installments, not to exceed $250,000 in any calendar year. At his option, Mr. Pope may defer payment until the end of each year and receive payment in the form of shares of Class A common stock of the Company.

 

F- 41
 

 

Sales and Purchases - EDI

 

Everest Display Inc. (“EDI”), an affiliate of the Company’s major shareholder K-Laser, is a major supplier of products to the Company. For the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had purchases of $1,926,324 and $1,307,918, respectively, from EDI. For the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had sales of $5,100 and $0, respectively, to EDI. As of March 31, 2018, and December 31, 2017, the Company had accounts payable of approximately of $4,611,000 and $4,325,000, respectively, to EDI.

 

NOTE 14 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Litigation

 

In July 2015, a supplier filed a lawsuit against the Company for outstanding payables owed by the Company of approximately $72,000. In February 2016, the supplier and the Company agreed to settle the indebted balance for $43,000 provided that the Company pays on or before March 16, 2016. The Company failed to make the payment and the judgement amount was therefore increased to approximately $70,000 plus interest and court costs of approximately $2,300. The Company is currently negotiating new terms with the supplier. On January 29, 2018, the Company entered into a Compromise Settlement and Release Agreement with the supplier, where the Company agreed to settle the indebted balance for $39,000. On January 30, 2018 the Company paid the settlement in full and received a release from the Court. The Company recorded a gain from the settlement of approximately $26,000.

 

On April 2017, a Garnishment Action was filed by Asahi Net, Inc. (“Asahi”) against Vert. Asahi was seeking to garnish funds in the amount of $2,180,881. The Company was listed as a garnishee in the Action because Vert had loaned money to the Company. The Company had already paid Vert in full satisfaction of the loan. On March 1, 2018, the Company was served a claim under the Georgia Uniform Voidable Transactions Act by Asahi, which was seeking to void transactions between the Company and Vert. The Company disputed these allegations. On April 26, 2018, Asahi filed a Notice of Dismissal for both the Garnishment Action as well as the claim under the Georgia Uniform Voidable Transactions Act.

 

On June 1, 2017, the Company was served with a lawsuit from Skyview seeking judgment on the $1,460,508 outstanding balance due under the currently defaulted Skyview Note, plus accrued interest thereon, and also seeking to foreclose on the assets of Mimio that is now owned and operated by our Boxlight, Inc. The Company paid off the $1,460,508 outstanding balance in November 2017. Skyview filed a request for additional attorney fees in the amount of $67,826. On March 14, 2018, the Company satisfied the claim and the acknowledgement of satisfaction of judgement was received on March 21, 2018 from the Court.

 

Operating Lease Commitments

 

The Company leases two offices under non-cancelable lease agreements. The leases provide that the Company pays only a monthly rental and is not responsible for taxes, insurance or maintenance expenses related to the property. Future minimum lease payments of the Company’s operating leases with a term over one year subsequent to March 31, 2018 are as follows:

 

Year ending December 31,   Amount  
2018   $ 197,700  
2019     40,400  
         
Net Minimum Lease Payments   $ 238,100  

 

The Company also has another office lease on a month-to-month basis. For the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, aggregate rent expense was approximately $67,000 and $98,000, respectively.

 

F- 42
 

 

NOTE 15 – CUSTOMER AND SUPPLIER CONCENTRATION

 

Significant customers and suppliers are those that account for greater than 10% of the Company’s revenues and purchases.

 

The Company’s revenues were concentrated among few customers for the three months ended March 31, 2018:

 

Customer  

Total revenues

from the customer

to total revenues

for the three

months ended

March 31, 2018

   

Accounts

receivable

(deferred revenue)

from the customer

as of March 31, 2018

(rounded to 000’s)

 
1     13 %   $ 45,000  
2     12 %   $ (111,000 )
3     11 %   $ 654,000  

 

The loss of the significant customer or the failure to attract new customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

The Company’s purchases were concentrated among few vendors for the three months ended March 31, 2018:

 

Vendor  

Total purchases

from the vendor

to total purchases for

the three months

ended March 31, 2018

   

Accounts payable

(prepayment) to the

vendor as of

March 31, 2018

(rounded to 000’s)

 
1*     44 %   $ 4,611,000  
2        29 %   $ (7,000 )

 

* EDI, a related party. See note 13.

 

The Company believes there are numerous other suppliers that could be substituted should the supplier become unavailable or non-competitive.

 

NOTE 16 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

In April 2018, the Company issued 5,000 warrants to purchase the Company’s Class A common stock to a consultant. The warrants have an exercise price of $4.76 per share, expire 5 years after the grant date and vest over 4 years.

 

On May 9, 2018, the Company acquired 100% of Cohuborate, Ltd., a developer of touch display technology based in the United Kingdom, for 257,200 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock and $100 British pound sterling. The Company will account for the acquisition using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires, among other things, that most assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date on the balance sheet. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred. Any excess of the consideration transferred over the assigned values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.

 

On May 16, 2018, the Company entered into an unsecured promissory note agreement for $500,000 with a third-party lender. The note bears an interest rate of 7% and matures on February 16, 2019. In addition, as additional interest, the Company issued 5,715 shares of its Class A common stock to the lender. If the Company fails to pay the note on the maturity date, the note may be converted into its Class A common stock at a price of $4.00 per share at the option of the holder.

 

In connection with securities issuances from qualified equity financings and acquisition events following Boxlight Parent’s initial public offering, Dynamic Capital and Canaan Parish were entitled to receive additional warrants to purchase up to 219,866 and 66,146 shares of common stock, respectively, at exercise prices ranging from $5.58 to $9.84 per share of the Company’s Class A common stock. If issued, these additional warrants expire on December 31, 2019. Effective as of May 31, 2018, with the consent of Canaan Parish and a consultant, the Company cancelled and terminated warrants previously issued and issuable to Canaan Parish and a consultant.

 

From April to June 2018, the Company issued 2,125 shares to Tysadco Partners for monthly professional services rendered.

 

In June 2018, Mark Elliott, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, agreed to amend the Company’s $50,000 note payable to Mr. Elliott by eliminating the conversion provision of the note. 

 

On June 21, 2018, the board of directors authorized the issuance of warrants to purchase 270,000 and 25,000 shares of Class A common stock to Canaan Parish and a consultant, respectively, for future advisory services. The warrants are each (a) exercisable by the holders only after October 1, 2018 (b) expire on December 31, 2021 and (c) are exercisable at a price of $6.00 per share. The exercise price is adjustable pursuant to lower revaluation events as defined in the agreement.

 

On June 22, 2018, the Company acquired 100% of Qwizdom, Inc and its subsidiary Qwizdom UK Limited (collectively the “Qwizdom Companies”). The Qwizdom Companies develop software and hardware solutions that are quick to implement and designed to increase participation, provide immediate data feedback, and accelerate and improve comprehension and learning. The purchase price included (1) $410,000 in cash, (2) a 8% note for $656,000, (3) 142,857 shares of Boxlight Class A common stock and (4) a maximum $410,000 earnout based on future consolidated revenues as defined in the agreement. The Company will account for the acquisition using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires, among other things, that most assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date on the balance sheet. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred. Any excess of the consideration transferred over the assigned values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. As part of the transaction, Qwizdom entered into a three-year employment agreement with Darin Beamish, its chief executive officer, and Qwizdom UK entered into a three-year employment agreement with Dermot Sweeney, its President. In addition, we agreed and granted options to Mr. Sweeney and Mr. Beamish to purchase 40,000 and 20,000 shares, respectively, of Boxlight Class A common stock. These options have an exercise price of $5.78 per share, expire after 10 years from the grant date and vest through 4 years.

 

F- 43
 

 

 

 

[               ] Shares

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock

 

Sole Book-Running Manager

A.G.P.

 

Co-Manager s

 

Maxim Group LLC   The Benchmark Company

 

 

 

 
 

 

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

 

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 

Item   Amount  
SEC registration fee   $

2,147.63

 
FINRA filing fees     *  
Accountants’ fees and expenses     *  
Legal fees and expenses     *  
Underwriters’ reimbursable expenses     *  
Transfer Agent’s fees and expenses     *  
Printing and engraving expenses     *  
Miscellaneous       *  
         
Total Expenses   $  

 

                         *To be filed by amendment

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

We are a Nevada corporation, and accordingly, we are subject to the corporate laws under the Nevada Revised Statutes. Article 9 of our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, Article 8 of our by-laws and the Nevada Revised Business Statutes, contain indemnification provisions.

 

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation provides that we will indemnify, in accordance with our by-laws and to the fullest extent permitted by the Nevada Revised Statutes or any other applicable laws, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, including an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of such person acting as a director or officer of the corporation or any of its subsidiaries against any liability or expense actually and reasonably incurred by such person. We will be required to indemnify an officer or director in connection with an action, suit or proceedings initiated by such person only if (i) such action, suit or proceeding was authorized by the Board and (ii) the indemnification does no relate to any liability arising under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as amended, or rules or regulations promulgated thereunder. Such indemnification is not exclusive of any other right to indemnification provided by law or otherwise. Indemnification shall include payment by us of expenses in defending an action or proceeding in advance of final disposition of such action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by the person indemnified to repay such payment if it’s ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

 

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. These indemnification agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

 

II- 1
 

 

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

 

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. Please read “Item 17. Undertakings” for more information on the SEC’s position regarding such indemnification provisions.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

 

Set forth below is information regarding all securities issued by us within the past three years. Also included is the consideration received by us for such securities, if any, and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the SEC, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

 

In April 2016 and in connection with the acquisition of Mimio, we issued a $2,000,000 note payable to Marlborough Brothers Family Trust. In August 2017, the note was converted into 330,135 shares. Marlborough Brothers Family Trust is a trust established for the benefit of members of the families of Adam Levin and Michael Pope. Mr. Pope is the President and a member of our board of directors. The notes were issued pursuant to an exemption from registration under section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

 

On September 29, 2016, we issued a $2,000,000 convertible promissory note to Everest Display Technologies, Inc. (“EDI”) in payment of a portion of accrued accounts payable owed to EDI. The note was converted into 327,027 shares. The note was issued pursuant to an exemption from registration under section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

 

II- 2
 

 

On September 29, 2016, K Laser International, Inc., an affiliate of EDI, purchased for $1,000,003, an aggregate of 178,572 shares of our Class A common stock. The shares were issued pursuant to an exemption from registration under section 4(2) of the Securities Act. In addition, Boxlight Parent also sold additional 18,014 and 33,865 shares of Class A common stock for $19,000 and $200,004 in September and November 2016, respectively.

 

In October and November, 2016, Boxlight Parent issued to 5 accredited investors (including Mark Elliott, our Chief Executive Officer) an aggregate of 204,650 additional shares of our Class A common stock at a price of $1.055 per share. The purpose of the issuances of these $1.055 Shares was intended to reduce debt and related obligations aggregating $215,829 that was owed to such individuals. In October 2016, Boxlight Parent issued additional 3,556 shares at $5.91 per share to settle accounts payable of $21,000.

 

In connection with the May 2018 acquisition of Cohuborate Ltd., Boxlight Parent issued 257,200 shares of its Class A Common Stock to the three shareholders of Cohuborate, Ltd.

 

On May 16, 2018, the Company entered into an unsecured promissory note agreement for $500,000 with a third-party lender. The note bears an interest rate of 7% and matures on February 16, 2019. In addition, the Company issued 5,715 shares of its Class A common stock to the lender. If the Company fails to pay the note on the maturity date, the note may be converted into its Class A common stock at a price of $4.00 per share at the option of the holder.

 

In connection with the June 2018 acquisition of Qwizdom, Inc and its subsidiary Qwizdom UK Limited, Boxlight Parent issued 142,857 shares of its Class A Common Stock to the two shareholders of Qwizdom, Inc.  

 

The above securities were issued pursuant to an exemption from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

(a) Exhibits.

 

See the Exhibit Index attached to this registration statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

 

All schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

II- 3
 

 

Item 17. Undertakings.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made pursuant to this Registration Statement, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20.0% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.

 

(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in this Registration Statement or any material change to such information in this Registration Statement.

 

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

(4) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the Registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

(5) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions described in Item 15 above, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II- 4
 

 

(6) That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933 in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser

 

(7) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(I) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II- 5
 

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
1.1***   Form of Underwriting Agreement
     
3.1   Eleventh Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 in the Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 377-00845) filed on November 12, 2014).
     
3.2   Bylaws (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 in the Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1(Reg. No. 377-00845) filed on November 12, 2014).
     
4.1   Certificate of Designations of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 in the Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 377-00845) filed on November 12, 2014).
     
4.2   Certificate of Designations of Series B Convertible Preferred (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 34.5 in the Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 377-00845) filed on November 12, 2014).
     
4.3   Amended and Restated Certificate of Designations of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 in the Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1(Reg. No. 377-00845) filed on November 12, 2014).
     
4.4   Form of Warrant Held by Vert Capital Corp. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 in the Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1(Reg. No. 377-00845) filed on February 12, 2015).
     
4.5   Form of Warrant Held by Lackamoola, LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 in the Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 377-00845) filed on November 12, 2014).
     
4.6   Form of Subscription Agreement for $1.00 per share (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 in the Registration Statement on Form S-1(Reg. No. 333-204811) filed on October 28, 2016).
     
4.7   Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2016 by and among Everest Display, Inc., Guang Feng International Ltd., Boxlight Holdings, Inc., the registrant, Boxlight Inc., Boxlight Latinoamerica, S.A. DE C.V. and Boxlight Latinoamerica, Servicios S.A. DE C.V. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 in the Registration Statement on Form S-1(Reg. No. 333-204811) filed on May 13, 2016).
     
5.1***   Opinion of Loeb & Loeb LLP
     
10.1   Amended and Restated Share Exchange Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2016, by and among Vert Capital Corp. and the former members of Genesis Collaboration LLC, the Delaware subsidiary of the registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 in the Registration Statement on Form S-1(Reg. No. 333-204811) filed on May 13, 2016).
     
10.2   Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2016, by and among the registrant, Mim Holdings, Inc., Mimio LLC and the Marlborough Partners Family Trust (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 in the Registration Statement on Form S-1(Reg. No. 333-204811) filed on May 13, 2016).

 

II- 6
 

 

10.3   Trademark Assignment between Herbert Myers, the registrant and Boxlight Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 in the Registration Statement on Form S-1(Reg. No. 333-204811) filed on May 13, 2016).
     
10.4   Employment Agreement by and between Boxlight Corporation and James Mark Elliott, dated November 30, 2017.*
     
10.5   Employment Agreement by and between Boxlight Corporation and Michael Pope, dated November 30, 2017.*
     
10.6   Employment Agreement by and between Boxlight Corporation and Sheri Lofgren, dated November 30, 2017.*
     
10.7   Employment Agreement by and between Boxlight Corporation and Henry Nance, dated November 30, 2017.*
     
10.8   $2,000,000 convertible promissory note of the registrant to Mim Holdings, dated as of April 1, 2016 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 in the Registration Statement on Form S-1(Reg. No. 333-204811) filed on May 13, 2016)
     
10.9   Agreement by and between Loeb & Loeb LLP and the registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 in the Registration Statement on Form S-1(Reg. No. 333-204811) filed on December 28, 2015)
     
10.10   Amendment No. 2 to Membership Interest Purchase Agreement among Skyview Capital, LLC, Mimio LLC, MIM Holdings, LLC and the registrant. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 in the Registration Statement on Form S-1(Reg. No. 333-204811) filed on December 15, 2016)
     
10.11   Amendment No. 3 to Membership Interest Purchase Agreement among Skyview Capital, LLC, Mimio LLC, MIM Holdings, LLC and the registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 in the Registration Statement on Form S-1(Reg. No. 333-204811) filed on August 12, 2016)
     
10.12   Promissory Note between Boxlight Inc. and AHA Inc Co Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 in the Registration Statement on Form S-1(Reg. No. 333-204811) filed on July 11, 2016)
     
10.13   Loan and Security agreement with Hitachi Capital America Corp (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 in the Registration Statement on Form S-1(Reg. No. 333-204811) filed on August 12, 2016)
     
10.14   Crestmark Loan and Security Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 in the Registration Statement on Form S-1(Reg. No. 333-204811) filed on January 12, 2017)
     
10.15   Amendment 1 to Share Purchase Agreement and Option Agreement by and Among Everest Display, Inc., Guang Feng International, Ltd., Boxlight Holdings, the Registrant, Boxlight Inc., Boxlight Latinoamerica S.A. and Boxlight Latinoamerica Servicios, S.A. DE C.V. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 in the Registration Statement on Form S-1(Reg. No. 333-204811) filed on October 28, 2016)

 

II- 7
 

 

10.16   Subscription Agreement between K Laser International Co., Ltd. And the Registrant for $1,000,000 equity investment at $5.60 per share (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 in the Registration Statement on Form S-1(Reg. No. 333-204811) filed on October 28, 2016)
     
10.17   $2,000,000 Convertible Promissory Note between the Registrant and Everest Display, Inc., dated September 29, 2016 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 in the Registration Statement on Form S-1(Reg. No. 333-204811) filed on October 28, 2016)
     
10.18   Notice of Default – Skyview Capital (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 in the Registration Statement on Form S-1(Reg. No. 333-204811) filed on January 12, 2017).
     
10.19   Account Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated May 5, 2017, between Sallyport Commercial Finance LLC and registrant.* (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 in the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on April 2, 2018)
     
10.20**   Stock Purchase Agreement and exhibits among the Registrant, Cohuborate, Ltd. and the shareholders of Cohuborate, Ltd.
     
10.21 **   $500,000 promissory note from the Registrant to Harbor Gates Capital, LLC
     
10.22**  

June 21, 2018 warrant to purchase 270 shares of Class A common stock issued to Canaan Parish LLC

     
10.23**   June 21, 2018 warrant to purchase 25,000 shares of Class A common stock issued to Lackamoola, LLC
     
21   Subsidiaries (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21 in the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on April 2, 2018)
     
23.1***   Consent of Loeb & Loeb LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1).
     
23.2 **   Consent of GBH CPAs, PC.
     
24.1   Power of Attorney (included in signature page).

 

(*) Previously filed.

(**) Filed herewith.

(***)Will be filed by amendment.

 

II- 8
 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Lawrenceville, of the State of Georgia, on this 3rd day of July, 2018.

 

  BOXLIGHT CORPORATION
     
  By: /s/ JAMES MARK ELLIOTT
    James Mark Elliott
    Chief Executive Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that each individual whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints James Mark Elliott and Takesha Brown, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, increasing the number of shares for which registration is sought, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, making such changes in this registration statement as such attorney-in-fact and agent so acting deem appropriate, with the SEC, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done with respect to the offering of securities contemplated by this registration statement, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agent or any of them, or his, her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done or by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature   Title   Date
         
/s/ JAMES MARK ELLIOTT   Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board   July 3 , 2018
James Mark Elliott   (Principal Executive Officer)    
         
/ S / Henry (“Hank”) Nance   Chief Operating Officer   July 3 , 2018
Henry (“Hank”) Nance        
         
/s/ TAKESHA BROWN   Chief Financial Officer   July 3 , 2018
Takesha Brown   (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)    
         
/s/ MICHAEL POPE   President and Director   July 3 , 2018
Michael Pope        
         
/s/ Tiffany Kuo   Director   July 3 , 2018
Tiffany Kuo        
         
/s/ Steve Hix   Director   July 3, 2018
Steve Hix        
         
/s/ Dale Strang   Director   July 3 , 2018
Dale Strang        
         
/S/ RUDOLPH CREW   Director   July 3 , 2018
Dr. Rudolph Crew        
         
/S/ HAROLD BEVIS   Director   July 3 , 2018
Harold Bevis        

 

II- 9
 

 

 

 

Execution Copy

 

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

COHUBORATE, LTD.

 

RUSHTON NO. 4 TRUST

 

KETLAM TRUST

 

ANDREW PENNINGTON

 

PAULINE HEALEY

 

SUGA TECHNOLOGY LIMITED

 

and

 

BOXLIGHT CORPORATION

Dated as of May 9, 2018

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SECTION PAGE
     
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS  
   
1.1. Definitions 2
     
ARTICLE II PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES  
   
2.1. Basic Transaction 8
2.2. Payment of Purchase Price 8
2.3. The Closing 9
2.4. Closing Deliveries by Sellers 9
2.5. Closing Deliveries by Purchaser 10
     
ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS  
   
3.1. Authorization of Transactions 11
3.2. Noncontravention 11
3.3. Brokers Fees 11
3.4. Shares 11
3.5. Transactions with the Company 12
3.6 No Conflict 12
     
ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY AND THE SELLERS  
   
4.1. Organization, Qualification, and Corporate Power 12
4.2. Capitalization 13
4.3. Noncontravention 13
4.4. Brokers Fees 13
4.5. Title to Assets 14
4.6. Subsidiaries 14
4.7. Financial Statements; Projections 14
4.8. Events Subsequent to Latest Balance Sheet 14
4.9. Undisclosed Liabilities 16
4.10. Legal Compliance 16
4.11. Tax Matters 16
4.12. Real Property 18
4.13. Intellectual Property 19
4.14. Tangible Assets 21
4.15. Inventory 21
4.16. Contracts 21
4.17. Notes and Accounts Receivable 23
4.18. Powers of Attorney 23
4.19. Insurance 23
4.20. Litigation 23
4.21. Product Warranty 24
4.22. Product Liability 24
4.23. Employees 24

 

 

 

 


4.24.
Employee Benefits 25
4.25. Environmental Matters 26
4.26. Permits 27
4.27. Bank Accounts 27
4.28. Customers and Suppliers 28
4.29. Claims Against Officers and Directors 28
4.30. Improper and Other Payments 28
4.31. Accuracy of Statements 29
     
ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER  
   
5.1. Organization of BOXL 29
5.2. Authorization of Transactions 29
5.3. Noncontravention 29
5.4. Brokers Fees 29
5.5. SEC Filings 30
5.6. Absence of Certain Changes 31
5.7. Compliance with Laws 31
5.8. Actions 31
5.9. Employees 31
5.10. Product Warranty 31
5.11. Product Liability 32
5.12. Intellectual Property 32
5.13. Real Property 32
5.14. Material Contracts 32
5.15. Transactions with Affiliates 33
5.16. Investment Company Act 33
5.17. Finders and Brokers 33
     
ARTICLE VI COVENANTS  
   
6.1. General 33
6.2. Notices and Consents 33
6.3. Operation of Business 33
6.4. Full Access 35
6.5. Exclusivity 36
6.6. Efforts 37
6.7. Maintenance of Insurance 37
6.8. Satisfactory Due Diligence 37
6.9. Notice and Supplemental Information 37
6.10. Public Announcements 38
6.11. Consistent Tax Reporting 38
6.12. Termination of Shareholder Agreements 38
6.13. Resignation of Officers and Directors 38
6.14. Transition 38
6.15. Confidentiality 38
6.16. Noncompetition 38
6.17. Post-Closing Covenants 40

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION OF BOXL  
   
7.1. Representations and Warranties True as of Closing Date 40
7.2. Compliance with Covenants 40
7.3. Consents 41
7.4. Actions or Proceedings 41
7.5. Certificate 41
7.6. Financial Condition at Closing 41
7.7. Documents 41
     
ARTICLE VIII CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION OF THE SELLERS  
   
8.1. Representations and Warranties True as of Closing 41
8.2. Compliance with Covenants 41
8.3. Actions or Proceedings 41
8.4. Certificate 41
8.5. Documents 42
     
ARTICLE IX SURVIVAL AND REMEDY; INDEMNIFICATION  
   
9.1. Survival of Representations and Warranties 42
9.2. Indemnification by the Sellers 42
9.3. Indemnification by BOXL 43
     
ARTICLE X TAX MATTERS  
   
10.1. Tax Returns 44
10.2. Consistent Tax Reporting 44
10.3. Payment of Taxes by Purchaser 44
10.4. Payment of Taxes by Sellers 44
     
ARTICLE XI TERMINATION  
   
11.1. Termination of Agreement 45
11.2. Effect of Termination 46
   
ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS  
   
12.1. Expenses 46
12.2. Press Releases and Public Announcements 46
12.3. No Third-Party Beneficiaries 46
12.4. Entire Agreement 46
12.5. Succession and Assignment 46
12.6. Counterparts 47
12.7. Headings 47
12.8. Notices 47
12.9. Governing Law 48
12.10. Amendments and Waivers 48
12.11. Severability 48
12.12. Construction 48
12.13. Incorporation of Exhibits and Annexes 48
12.14. Specific Performance 49
12.15. Submission to Jurisdiction 49

 

 

 

 

Exhibits    
     
Exhibit A - Form of Sale and Supply Agreement between BOXL and LbQ
Exhibit B - Form of Employment Agreements
Exhibit C - Lockup and Leak-Out Agreement
Exhibit D - Stock Option Letters

 

 

 

 

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT , dated as of May 9, 2018, is made and entered into by and among:

 

  A. Cohuborate, Ltd. , a corporation organized under the laws of England and Wales and registered under the Companies Act under registration number 10189020 (“ Cohuba ” or the “ Company ”),
     
  B. Rushton No. 4 Trust, a trust organized under the laws of England and Wales (“ Rushton ”),
     
  C. Ketlam Trust , a trust organized under the laws of England and Wales (“ Ketlam ”),
     
  D. Suga Technology Limited , a corporation organized under the laws of Hong Kong (“ Suga Technology ”),
     
  E. Andrew Pennington , an individual (“ Pennington ”),
     
  F. Pauline Healey , an individual (“ Healey” );
     
  G.  The other Persons listed on the signature page under the heading “ Type A Minority Shareholders and
     
  H. Boxlight Corporation , a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Nevada, U.S.A. (“ BOXL ” or the “ Purchaser ”).

 

Rushton, Ketlam, Suga International, Pennington and the Type A Minority Shareholders are hereinafter sometimes individually referred to as a “ Seller ” and collectively, as the “ Sellers ”.

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, on the Closing Date, the Sellers are the record and beneficial owners of 100% of the Company Shares;

 

WHEREAS, the Company and its existing Subsidiaries, constituting the Company are engaged in the operation of the Business;

 

WHEREAS, BOXL wishes to purchase the Company Shares from the Sellers and the Sellers desire to sell to BOXL all of the Company Shares, in exchange for the Purchase Price;

 

WHEREAS, promptly following its acquisition of the Company Shares, BOXL shall enter into the Sale and Supply Agreement with LbQ, hereinafter described;

 

WHEREAS, on or before the Closing Date, it is contemplated that Rushton shall make the Preference Shareholder Investment in the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, on the Closing Date, the Company shall enter into the Consulting Agreements hereinafter described.

 

1

 

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises herein made, and in consideration of the representations, warranties, and covenants herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

SECTION 1.1. Definitions . The following terms shall have the following meanings for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

Adverse Consequences ” means all actions, suits, proceedings, hearings, investigations, charges, complaints, claims, demands, injunctions, judgments, orders, decrees, rulings, damages, dues, penalties, fines, costs, amounts paid in settlement, Liabilities, obligations, Taxes, Liens, losses, expenses, and fees, including court costs and attorneys’ fees and expenses.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.

 

Affiliated Group ” means any affiliated group within the meaning of Tax Codes §1504(a) or any similar group defined under a similar provision of state, local or foreign Law.

 

Agreement ” means this Stock Purchase Agreement, including all exhibits and schedules hereto, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

Article IV Parties ” has the meaning as that term is defined in the lead in paragraph to Article IV of this Agreement.

 

Authority ” means any United States or foreign governmental regulatory or administrative body, governmental agency, governmental subdivision or authority, any court or judicial authority, any public, private or industry governmental regulatory authority, whether foreign, national, federal, state or local or otherwise, or any Person lawfully empowered by any of the foregoing to enforce or seek compliance with any regulation.

 

BOXL ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

BOXL Common Stock ” means the shares of Class A voting common stock, $0.0001 par value per share of BOXL.

 

BOXL Financials ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(c) of this Agreement.

 

BOXL Material Contract ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.14(a) of this Agreement.

 

BOXL Preferred Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4(b) of this Agreement.

 

BOXL IPO ” shall mean initial public offering of 1,000,000 shares of BOXL Common Stock at an initial offering price of $7.00 per share, pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 declared effective by the SEC on September 5, 2017; which BOXL IPO was consummated on November 30, 2017.

 

2

 

 

BOXL SEC Reports ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(a) of this Agreement.

 

BOXL Shares ” means an aggregate of Two Hundred Fifty-Seven Thousand Two Hundred (257,200) shares of BOXL Common Stock.

 

Business ” means the manufacture, sale and distribution of interactive display panels designed to provide new learning and working experience through high-quality technologies and solutions through in-room and room-to-room multi-device multi-user collaboration.

 

Business Day ” shall mean any day of the week, other than Saturday, Sunday or other day in which the banks in New York City or London, England are not open for business.

 

Closing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4 below.

 

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4 below.

 

Closing Date Balance Sheet ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(h) .

 

Cohuba ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Company Shares ” means the collective reference to (a) the 100 Type A ordinary shares, £1.0 nominal value per share, of the Company owned of record and beneficially by Pennington and the Type A Minority Shareholders, and (b) the 100,000 preference shares £1.0 nominal par value per share, of the Company owned of record and beneficially by Rushton, Ketlam and Sugar Technology, or their nominees, including Nicholas John Haigh Fielden.

 

Competing Purchase Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(b) .

 

Competing Sale Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(a) .

 

Competitive Business ” shall has the meaning set forth in Section 6.22(a) of this Agreement.

 

Confidential Information ” means any information concerning the businesses and affairs of the Company that is not already generally available to the public.

 

Contract ” means any contract, lease, commitment, understanding, sales order, purchase order, agreement, indenture, mortgage, note, bond, right, warrant, instrument, plan, permit or license, whether written or oral, which is intended or purports to be binding and enforceable.

 

Deductible ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4(c) .

 

Directors ” shall mean all of the members of the board of directors of the Company and any Subsidiary of the Company, including the managing directors.

 

Due Diligence Investigation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.8 of this Agreement.

 

EDGAR ” shall mean the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system.

 

3

 

 

Employee Benefit Plan ” means any (a) nonqualified deferred compensation or retirement plan or arrangement, (b) qualified defined contribution retirement plan or arrangement which is an Employee Pension Benefit Plan, (c) qualified defined benefit retirement plan or arrangement which is an Employee Pension Benefit Plan (including any Multiemployer Plan), or (d) Employee Welfare Benefit Plan or material fringe benefit or other retirement, bonus, or incentive plan or program.

 

Employee Pension Benefit Plan ” has the meaning set forth in ERISA §3(2).

 

Employee Welfare Benefit Plan ” has the meaning set forth in ERISA §3(1).

 

Employment Agreements ” shall mean the two-year employment agreements to be entered into between the Company and each of the Managers on the Closing Date, and substantially in the form of Exhibit C annexed hereto and made a part hereof.

 

Environmental Laws ” means all federal, state, local and foreign statutes, regulations, ordinances and other provisions having the force or effect of law, all judicial and administrative orders and determinations, all contractual obligations and all common law concerning public health and safety, worker health and safety, and pollution or protection of the environment, including without limitation all those relating to the presence, use, production, generation, handling, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal, distribution, labeling, testing, processing, discharge, release, threatened release, control, or cleanup of any Hazardous Substances, materials or wastes, chemical substances or mixtures, pesticides, pollutants, contaminants, toxic chemicals, petroleum products or byproducts, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, noise or radiation, each as amended and as now or hereafter in effect, including (but not limited to) (a) in the United States, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, as amended, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended, the Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976, as amended, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, the Clean Water Act of 1977, as amended, any so-called “Superlien” law, and (b) in England and Wales, the Land Drainage Act of 1991, the Flood and Water Damage Act of 2010, the Climate Change Act of 2008, and (c) any other similar federal, state or local statutes.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

Exclusivity Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5 of this Agreement.

 

Furnished Financial Statements ” means the unaudited consolidated balance sheets, statements of operations and statements of cash flows of the Company as at 31 December 2016 and 31 December 2017 and for the two fiscal years ended in 2016 and 2017, respectively, and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet and, statement of operations of the Company as at 30 April 2018 and for the four months then ended, all as furnished to BOXL.

 

GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time.

 

Hazardous Substance ” means any material or substance which (i) constitutes a hazardous substance, toxic substance or pollutant (as such terms are defined by or pursuant to any Environmental Laws) or (ii) is regulated or controlled as a hazardous substance, toxic substance, pollutant or other regulated or controlled material, substance or matter pursuant to any Environmental Laws.

 

4

 

 

Indebtedness ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, without duplication: (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money; (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, line of credit note or similar instruments, or upon which interest payments are customarily made; (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property purchased by such Person (other than customary reservations or retentions of title under agreements with suppliers entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business); (d) all obligations (including earn-out obligations) of such Person incurred, issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services purchased by such Person (other than trade debt and accrued expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and due within one year of the incurrence thereof) which would appear as liabilities on a balance sheet of such Person; (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any lien on, or payable out of the proceeds of production from, property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed; (f) the maximum amount of all letters of credit issued or bankers’ acceptances facilities created for the account of such Person and, without duplication, all drafts drawn thereunder (to the extent unreimbursed); (g) the principal balance outstanding under any synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off-balance sheet financing product plus any accrued interest thereon; (h) all obligations of any partnership or unincorporated joint venture in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venture; and (i) obligations of such Person under non-compete agreements to the extent such obligations are quantifiable contingent obligations of such Person under generally accepted accounting principles.

 

IFRS ” means international financial reporting standards as in effect from time to time.

 

Indemnification Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(a) .

 

Intellectual Property ” means (a) all inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice), all improvements thereto, and all patents, patent applications, and patent disclosures, together with all reissuances, continuations, continuations-in-part, revisions, extensions, and reexaminations thereof, (b) all trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, trade names, and corporate names, together with all translations, adaptations, derivations, and combinations thereof and including all goodwill associated therewith, and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith, (c) all copyrightable works, all copyrights, and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith, (d) all mask works and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith, (e) all trade secrets and confidential business information (including ideas, research and development, know-how, formulas, compositions, manufacturing and production processes and techniques, technical data, designs, drawings, specifications, customer and supplier lists, pricing and cost information, and business and marketing plans and proposals), (f) all computer software (including data and related documentation), (g) all other proprietary rights, and (h) all copies and tangible embodiments thereof (in whatever form or medium).

 

IPO ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.9 of this Agreement.

 

Ketlam ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Knowledge ” means actual knowledge of the Sellers and Boxlight, as applicable, after reasonable investigation.

 

5

 

 

Law ” means any law, statute, regulation, ordinance, rule, order, decree, judgment, consent decree, settlement agreement or governmental requirement enacted, promulgated, entered into, agreed or imposed by any Authority.

 

LbQ ” means Learning by Questions Limited, a company registered in England and Wales (registration no. 10240336).

 

Leased Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(b) .

 

Leases ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(b) .

 

Liability ” means any liability (whether known or unknown, whether asserted or unasserted, whether absolute or contingent, whether accrued or unaccrued, whether liquidated or unliquidated, and whether due or to become due), including any liability for Taxes.

 

Lien ” means any mortgage, lien (except for any lien for Taxes not yet due and payable), charge, restriction, pledge, security interest, option, lease or sublease, claim, right of any third party, easement, encroachment or encumbrance.

 

Lockup and Leak-Out Agreement ” shall mean the agreement, dated as of the date of this Agreement, between BOXL, the Sellers or other Affiliates of Sellers holding BOXL Shares, pursuant to which (a) such holders of BOXL Shares and BOXL Common Stock agree not to sell their BOXL Shares and BOXL Common Stock for a period of one (1) year after the Closing Date, and (b) upon completion of such one (1) year period, such holders of the BOXL Shares and BOXL Common Stock may sell BOXL Shares and BOXL Common Stock pursuant to a “leak out” arrangement over the next succeeding six (6) months; all of which terms and conditions of which are set forth in Exhibit D annexed hereto.

 

Loss ” has the meaning set forth on Section 9.2 of this Agreement.

 

Managers ” shall mean Pennington and Healey who are primarily responsible for the management of the business of the Company.

 

Major Products ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.30(a)(ii) of this Agreement.

 

Major Suppliers ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.30(a)(i) of this Agreement.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean any circumstances, developments or matters whose effect on the Company’s Business, properties, assets, results, operations, condition (financial and other) and prospects, either alone or in the aggregate, is or would reasonably expected to be materially adverse.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” has the meaning set forth in ERISA §3(37).

 

Notices ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.8 .

 

Ordinary Course of Business ” means the ordinary course of the Business of the Company consistent with past custom and practice (including with respect to quantity and frequency).

 

Owned Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(a) .

 

6

 

 

Pennington Shares ” means the 52 Type A ordinary shares of the Company owned of record and beneficially by Pennington, representing 52% of all of the issued and outstanding Type A ordinary shares of the Company.

 

Permits ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.26 below.

 

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, or a governmental entity (or any department, agency, or political subdivision thereof).

 

Preference Shareholder Investment ” means a cash investment in the amount of USD $1,000,000 to be made into the Company prior to the Closing Date by Rushton, Ketlam or their Affiliate(s) in the form of Company Shares.

 

Projections ” means all financial projections and forward-looking statements concerning the Company which have been furnished by the Company or the Sellers to Purchaser or its Affiliates or representatives and which have been provided in the Drop Box.

 

Purchase Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 .

 

Purchaser ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Purchaser’s Representations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(b) .

 

Released Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.9 of this Agreement.

 

Representatives ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(a) .

 

Rushton ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Sale and Supply Agreement ” means the agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit A annexed hereto and made a part hereof, pursuant to which, inter alia , BOXL shall supply interactive flat panels to LbQ.

 

SEC ” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Securities Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Seller ” or “ Sellers ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Seller’s Representations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(a) .

 

Selling Parties ” shall mean the collective reference to the Sellers and the Company.

 

Shareholder Debt Conversion ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(c)(i) of this Agreement.

 

7

 

 

Stock Option Letters ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(d ).

 

Subsidiary ” means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company with respect to which a specified Person (or a Subsidiary thereof) owns a majority of the common stock or has the power to vote or direct the voting of sufficient securities to elect a majority of the directors.

 

Sugar Technology ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Survival Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(a) .

 

Tax ” means any federal, state, local, or foreign income, capital gains, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, value added or VAT tax, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, environmental, customs duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated, or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, or addition thereto, whether disputed or not.

 

Tax Codes ” means collective reference to (a) the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and (b) the legislation and regulations governing taxation in England and Wales.

 

Tax Proceeding ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(a) .

 

Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

 

Transactions ” shall mean the collective reference to the sale and purchase of the Company Shares at the Closing, and all of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Exhibits and Schedules hereto.

 

Type A Minority Shareholders ” shall mean the Persons who have executed this Agreement, and who currently own 48 Company Shares, representing 48% of the 100 outstanding Type A ordinary shares of the Company.

 

ARTICLE II

 

PURCHASE AND SALE OF COMPANY SHARES

 

SECTION 2.1. Basic Transactions . On and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, BOXL agrees to purchase from the Sellers and each of the Sellers agrees to sell, or cause to be sold, to BOXL, all of the Company Shares for the payment of the Purchase Price specified in Section 2.2 below. Such Company Shares consist of (a) 738,500 preference shares owned by Rushton, (b) 531,315 preference shares owned by Ketlam, (c) 50,000 preference shares owned by Suga International, (d) the 52 Pennington Shares, and (e) the 48 Type A Minority Shareholders ordinary shares. Such Company Shares being sold by the Sellers shall, at the Closing, represent 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital of the Company.

 

SECTION 2.2. The Purchase Price . At the Closing, and in consideration for 100% the Company Shares owned of record and beneficially by them, BOXL shall issue to the Sellers, in the amounts set forth below, all and not less than all of the 257,200 BOXL Shares and one hundred (£100) pounds sterling in cash (the “ Purchase Price ”). The Sellers and BOXL acknowledge that the BOXL Shares have an indicative value of USD One Million Eight Hundred Thousand Four Hundred Dollars ($1,800,400) based on the initial offering price of $7.00 per share of the shares of BOXL Common Stock sold to the public in the BOXL IPO. The Purchase Price shall be issued to the Sellers on the Closing Date, as follows:

 

8

 

 

  Rushton - 142,756 BOXL Shares;
  Ketlam- 104,670 BOXL Shares;
  Suga Technology- 9,774 BOXL Shares;
  Pennington - fifty-two (£52) pounds sterling; and
  Type A Minority  
  Shareholders - forty-eight (£48) pounds sterling

 

SECTION 2.3. The Closing . The sale of the Company Shares to BOXL and the payment of the Purchase Price contemplated by Section 2.2 of this Agreement shall take place as a closing (the “ Closing ”) to be held by electronic transmission of Transaction Documents, or by physical deliveries at the offices of CKR Law LLP, 1330 Avenue of the Americas, 14 th floor, New York, NY 10019, commencing at 10:00 a.m. local time on a date (the “ Closing Date ”) which shall be five (5) business days following the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to the obligations of the parties to consummate the Closing (other than conditions with respect to actions the respective parties will take at the Closing itself) or such other date as the parties may mutually determine. The parties anticipate that the Closing Date shall occur on or about May 7, 2018, but in no event shall the Closing and the Closing Date take place later than May 15, 2018 (the “ Outside Closing Date ”). It is the intent of the parties that BOXL shall assume control of the Company immediately after the close of business on the Closing Date.

 

SECTION 2.4. Closing Deliveries by Selling Parties . To effect the issuance by BOXL of the Company Shares described in Section 2.2 hereof, the Selling Parties shall, on the Closing Date, deliver the following:

 

(a) Sellers shall deliver to BOXL (A) one or more stock certificates evidencing the Company Shares, free and clear of any and all Liens, duly endorsed in blank for transfer or accompanied by one or more stock powers duly executed in blank with the signature of the record owners appropriated notarized or accompanied by a medallion guarantee of a bank, and (B) the minute book of the Company and the minute books and stock certificates of any Subsidiaries of the Company;

 

(b) Sellers shall have delivered to Purchaser all consents, approvals, releases and waivers from governmental Authorities and other third parties required or necessary as a result of the Transactions contemplated hereby, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Purchaser and its counsel;

 

(c) Sellers shall deliver to BOXL evidence reasonably acceptable to BOXL and its counsel that (i) all outstanding debts, loans, Liabilities and obligations of the Company owed to the Sellers or any Affiliates of the Sellers shall have been extinguished and converted prior to the Closing into Company Shares (the “ Shareholder Debt Conversion ”), (ii) all charges over the Company Shares and all other Liens on the Company Shares or assets of the Company shall have been released, and (iii) each of the Sellers shall confirm that the Company has no further obligation to any of the Sellers, except as specifically provided in this Agreement;

 

9

 

 

(d) Sellers shall deliver to BOXL the written resignations of all members of the board of directors of the Company, and prior to Closing the board of directors or board of managers of the Company in office immediately prior to the Closing shall appoint Mark Elliot, Michael Pope and Andy Pennington to serve as the sole members of the board of directors or board of managers of the Company;

 

(e) Sellers shall cause to be delivered to BOXL the Employment Agreements, duly executed by the Company and each of the Managers;

 

(f) Sellers shall execute and deliver to BOXL the Lockup and Leak-Out Agreement;

 

(g) The Company and the Selling Parties shall deliver to BOXL evidence that the (USD) $1,000,000 Preference Shareholder Investment in the Company has been consummated and funded;

 

(h) Sellers shall cause the Company to deliver to BOXL, an unaudited balance sheet of the Company dated not earlier than five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date (the “ Closing Date Balance Sheet ”) which shall reflect that, after giving effect to the Shareholder Debt Conversion, but before application of the Preference Shareholder Investment, the consolidated Working Capital and shareholder equity of the Company shall be greater than zero. As used herein, the term “Working Capital” shall mean the excess of the total consolidated current assets of the Company over its consolidated current liabilities, as reflected on the Closing Date Balance Sheet;

 

(i) Sellers or their Affiliates shall cause LbQ to execute and deliver to BOXL the Sale and Supply Agreement;

 

(j) the Selling Parties shall have delivered all other documents required to be delivered pursuant to Article VII hereof not specifically mentioned above in this Section 2.5 ; and

 

(k) All instruments and documents executed and delivered to Purchaser pursuant hereto shall be in form and substance, and shall be executed in a manner, reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser and its counsel.

 

SECTION 2.5. Closing Deliveries by BOXL . To effect the transfer of the Company Shares referred to in Section 2.1 hereof, BOXL shall, on the Closing Date, deliver the following:

 

(a) BOXL shall deliver the Purchase Price to the Sellers;

 

(b) BOXL shall execute and deliver the Sale and Supply Agreement to LbQ;

 

(c) BOXL shall cause to be delivered the Employment Contracts to the Managers;

 

(d) BOXL shall award and grant to Pennington an option to purchase 15,000 shares of BOXL Common Stock, and shall grant to Healy an option to purchase 7,500 shares of BOXL Common Stock pursuant to the stock option grant letters annexed hereto as Exhibit D and made a part hereof (the “ Stock Option Letters ”);

 

(e) BOXL shall have executed and delivered the Lock-up and Leakout Agreement;

 

10

 

 

(f) BOXL shall have delivered to Sellers all consents, approvals, releases and waivers from governmental Authorities and other third parties required or necessary as a result of the Transactions contemplated hereby, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Sellers and their counsel;

 

(g) BOXL shall have delivered all other documents required to be delivered pursuant to Article VIII hereof not specifically mentioned above in this Section 2.6 ; and

 

(h) All instruments and documents executed and delivered to Sellers pursuant hereto shall be in form and substance, and shall be executed in a manner, reasonably satisfactory to Seller and its counsel.

 

ARTICLE III

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS

 

Each of the Sellers hereby severally (not jointly and severally) represents and warrants to BOXL that the statements contained in this Article III are correct and complete as of the date of this Agreement and will be correct and complete as of the Closing Date (as though made then and as though the Closing Date was substituted for the date of this Agreement throughout this Article III ) with respect to himself or itself.

 

SECTION 3.1. Authorization of Transactions . Each Seller has full power and authority (including full corporate power and authority) to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform his or its obligations hereunder. This Agreement constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of each Seller, enforceable in accordance with its terms and conditions. None of the Sellers need give any notice to, make any filing with, or obtain any authorization, consent, or approval of any government or governmental agency in order to consummate the Transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

SECTION 3.2. Noncontravention . To each Seller’s Knowledge, neither the execution and the delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the Transactions contemplated hereby, will (A) violate any constitution, Law, regulation, rule, injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge, or other restriction of any government, governmental agency, or court to which such Seller is subject, or (B) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify, or cancel, or require any notice or consent under any Contract, lease, license, instrument, or other arrangement to which such Seller is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its assets is subject.

 

SECTION 3.3. Brokers’ Fees . The Sellers have no Liability or obligation to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder, or agent with respect to the Transactions contemplated by this Agreement for which BOXL could become liable or obligated.

 

SECTION 3.4. Company Shares . The Sellers own of record and beneficially all of the Company Shares, free and clear of any restrictions on transfer (other than any restrictions under the Securities Act and state securities Laws), taxes, liens, options, warrants, purchase rights, contracts, commitments, equities, claims, and demands. The Sellers are not a party to any option, warrant, purchase right, or other Contract or commitment that could require the Sellers to sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any Company Shares (other than this Agreement). None of the Sellers is a party to any voting trust, proxy, or other agreement or understanding with respect to the voting of any Company Shares.

 

11

 

 

SECTION 3.5 Transactions with The Company . The Sellers have supplied to BOXL all Contracts between and among any of the Sellers and the Company and all Indebtedness and other Liabilities owed by the Company to any of the Sellers.

 

SECTION 3.6. No Conflict of Interest . None of the Sellers nor any Affiliate thereof has or claims to have any direct or indirect interest in any tangible or intangible property used in the Business of the Company except as a holder of Company Shares. None of the Sellers nor any Affiliate thereof has any direct or indirect interest in any other Person which conducts a business similar to, has any Contract or arrangement with, or does business or is involved in any way with, the Company, except for the ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding stock of any publicly held corporation, or as otherwise expressly permitted in Section 6.16 of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS,

THE COMPANY AND THE MANAGERS

 

Each of the Sellers, the Company and the Managers (collectively, the “ Article IV Parties ”) hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to BOXL that the statements contained in this Article IV are correct and complete as of the date of this Agreement, and, that such Article IV Parties have furnished to BOXL in an electronic mail Drop Box (the “ Drop Box ”) all material Contracts and other documents and instruments that might qualify any of such representations and warranties.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless they have actual Knowledge to the contrary, BOXL acknowledges that with respect to matters relating to the Business of the Company as set forth in Sections 4.8 through Section 4.31 in this Article IV, the Sellers are relying upon the representations and warrants of the Company and the Managers set forth in this Article IV.

 

As used in this Article IV, all references to the “Company” include Cohuborate, Ltd. and any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Cohuborate, Ltd.

 

SECTION 4.1. Organization, Qualification, and Corporate Power . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the Laws of England and Wales and each Subsidiary of the Company (if any) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the Laws of its respective jurisdiction of incorporation or organization. The Company is duly authorized to conduct business and is in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company. The Company has full corporate power and authority and all licenses, Permits, and authorizations necessary to carry on the Business in which it is engaged and to own and use the properties owned and used by it. Each of the Article IV Parties has delivered to BOXL correct and complete copies of the articles of incorporation and code of regulations of the Company (as amended to date). The minute books (containing the records of meetings of the stockholders, the board of directors, and any committees of the board of directors), the stock certificate books, and the stock record books of the Company are correct and complete. The Company is not in default under or in violation of any provision of its articles of incorporation or code of regulations.

 

12

 

 

SECTION 4.2. Capitalization .

 

(a) The entire authorized share capital of the Company consists of (i) 100 Type A ordinary shares, £1.0 par value per share, of which 100 Type A ordinary shares are issued and outstanding and no shares are held in treasury, and (ii) 1,309,815 preference shares £1.0 par value per share, of which 1,309,815 preference shares are issued and outstanding and no preference shares are held in treasury. The names of the record and beneficial owners of all Company share capital (including the Type A Minority Shareholders) and the number of Type A ordinary shares and preference shares owned by each of them are set forth on Schedule A annexed hereto. All of the issued and outstanding Company Shares have been duly authorized, are validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable, and are held of record by the Sellers. There are no outstanding or authorized options, warrants, purchase rights, subscription rights, conversion rights, exchange rights, or other Contracts or commitments that could require the Company to issue, sell, or otherwise cause to become outstanding any of the Company Shares or require any other member of the Company to issue, sell or otherwise cause to be outstanding any shares of capital stock of any other member of the Company. There are no outstanding or authorized stock appreciation, phantom stock, profit participation, or similar rights with respect to the Company Shares or the capital stock of any other member of the Company. There are no voting trusts, proxies, or other agreements or understandings with respect to the voting of the Company Shares or the capital stock of any other member of the Company.

 

(b) Prior to the Closing, all of the Type A ordinary shares owned by the Type A Minority Shareholders shall be purchased by the Company, for £48, and cancelled.

 

(c) The assignments, endorsements, stock powers and other instruments of transfer delivered by the Sellers to Purchaser at the Closing will be sufficient to transfer the Sellers’ entire interest, legal and beneficial, in the Company Shares and, after such transfer, BOXL shall acquire all of the Company Shares. Each Seller has full power and authority (including full corporate power and authority) to convey good and marketable title to all of the Company Shares it owns, and upon transfer to Purchaser of the certificates representing such company Shares, BOXL will receive good and marketable title to such Company Shares, free and clear of all Liens.

 

SECTION 4.3. Noncontravention . Neither the execution and the delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the Transactions contemplated hereby, will (i) violate any constitution, Law, regulation, rule, injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge, or other restriction of any government, governmental agency, or court to which the Company is subject or any provision of the articles of incorporation or code of regulations of the Company or (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify, or cancel, or require any notice under any Contract, lease, license, instrument, or other arrangement to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its assets is subject (or result in the imposition of any Lien upon any of its assets). The Company does not need to give any notice to, make any filing with, or obtain any authorization, consent, or approval of any government or governmental agency in order for the parties to consummate the Transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

SECTION 4.4. Brokers’ Fees . The Company has no Liability or obligation to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder, or agent with respect to the Transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

13

 

 

SECTION 4.5. Title to Assets . The Company has good and marketable title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, the properties and assets used by it, located on its premises, or shown on the Latest Balance Sheet or acquired after the date thereof, free and clear of all Liens, except for properties and assets disposed of in the Ordinary Course of Business since the date of the Latest Balance Sheet.

 

SECTION 4.6. Subsidiaries . There are no direct or indirect Subsidiaries, either wholly or partially owned, and the Company does not hold any direct or indirect economic, voting or management interest in any Person or own any securities issued by any Person.

 

SECTION 4.7. Furnished Financial Statements; Projections .

 

(a) The Furnished Financial Statements have been and will be prepared in accordance with IFRS consistently applied and present fairly the consolidated financial position, assets and Liabilities of the Company as of the dates thereof and the revenues, expenses, results of operations of the Company for the periods covered thereby. The Furnished Financial Statements are derived from the books and records of the Company and do not reflect any transactions which are not bona fide transactions.

 

(b) All of the Projections are based upon assumptions made in good faith and considered reasonable by the Company in light of historical financial information concerning the Company and its industry. The Projections represent the Sellers’ and the Company’s best estimate of the results of operations and cash flows for the periods covered thereby and the financial position as of the dates set forth therein of the Company. The Company’s failure to meet the Projections, other than as the result of assumptions made negligently or in bad faith, shall not be deemed to be a breach of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 4.8. Events Subsequent to 31 December 2017 . Since 31 December 2017, there has not been any change in the business, financial condition, operations, results of operations, or future prospects of the Company, which would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, since that date:

 

(a) the Company has not sold, leased, transferred, or assigned any of its assets, tangible or intangible, other than for a fair consideration in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(b) the Company has not entered into any Contract, lease, or license (or series of related Contracts, leases, and licenses) involving more than $25,000 and outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(c) no party (including the Company) has accelerated, terminated, modified, or canceled any agreement, Contract, lease or license (or series of related Contracts, leases and licenses) to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(d) the Company has not imposed any Lien upon any of its assets, tangible or intangible;

 

(e) the Company has not made any capital expenditure (or series of related capital expenditures) in an amount in excess of $25,000 either individually or in the aggregate;

 

14

 

 

(f) the Company has not made any capital investment in, any loan to, or any acquisition of the securities or assets of, any other Person (or series of related capital investments, loans, and acquisitions);

 

(g) the Company has not issued any note, bond, or other debt security or created, incurred, assumed, or guaranteed any indebtedness for borrowed money or capitalized lease obligation involving more than $25,000 either individually or in the aggregate;

 

(h) the Company has not delayed or postponed the payment of accounts payable and other Liabilities outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(i) the Company has not cancelled, compromised, waived, or released any right or claim (or series of related rights and claims) either involving more than $25,000 or outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(j) the Company has not granted any license or sublicense of any rights under or with respect to any Intellectual Property;

 

(k) there has been no change made or authorized in the articles of incorporation or code of regulations of the Company;

 

(l) the Company has not issued, sold, or otherwise disposed any of its capital stock, or granted any options, warrants, or other rights to purchase or obtain (including upon conversion, exchange, or exercise) any of its capital stock;

 

(m) the Company has not declared, set aside, or paid any dividend or made any distribution with respect to its capital stock (whether in cash or in kind) or redeemed, purchased, or otherwise acquired any of its capital stock;

 

(n) the Company has not experienced any damage, destruction, or loss (whether or not covered by insurance) to its property;

 

(o) the Company has not made any loan to, or entered into any other transaction with, any of its directors, officers, employees or Affiliates;

 

(p) the Company has not entered into any employment Contract or collective bargaining agreement, written or oral, or modified the terms of any existing such Contract or agreement;

 

(q) except for hourly employees, the Company has not granted any increase in the base compensation of any of its directors, officers, and employees or made any other change in employment terms for any of its directors, officers, and employees, in each case, with respect to those directors, officers and employees, whose annual compensation, including any bonuses, equals or exceeds $50,000;

 

(r) the Company has not adopted, amended, modified, or terminated any bonus, profit-sharing, incentive, severance, or other plan, Contract, or commitment for the benefit of any of its directors, officers, and employees (or taken any such action with respect to any other Employee Benefit Plan);

 

15

 

 

(s) the Company has not made or pledged to make any charitable or other capital contribution outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(t) there has not been any other occurrence, event, incident, action, failure to act, or transaction outside the Ordinary Course of Business involving the Company; and

 

(u) the Company has not committed to any of the foregoing.

 

SECTION 4.9. Undisclosed Liabilities . The Company has no Liability (and to the Knowledge of the Sellers and the Directors and officers of the Company, there is no basis for any present or future action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, charge, complaint, claim, or demand against it giving rise to any Liability) except for (i) Liabilities set forth on the face of the Latest Balance Sheet (rather than in any notes thereto) and (ii) Liabilities which have arisen after the date of the Latest Balance Sheet in the Ordinary Course of Business (none of which results from, arises out of, relates to, is in the nature of, or was caused by any breach of Contract, breach of warranty, tort, infringement, or violation of Law or arose out of any charge, complaint, actions, suit, claim, proceeding or demand).

 

SECTION 4.10. Legal Compliance . The Company and its Affiliates have complied with all applicable Laws (including rules, regulations, codes, plans, injunctions, judgments, orders, decrees, rulings, and charges thereunder) of federal, state, local, and foreign governments (and all agencies thereof), and, to the Knowledge of the Sellers and the Directors and officers of the Company, no action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, charge, complaint, claim, demand, or notice has been filed or commenced against any of them alleging any failure so to comply.

 

SECTION 4.11. Tax Matters .

 

(a) The Company has duly and timely filed all Tax Returns that it has been required to file for all periods through and including the Closing Date. All such Tax Returns were correct and complete in all respects. All Taxes owed by the Company (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) have been timely paid. The Company currently is not the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return. The Company has maintained adequate provision for, and adequate funds to pay, all unpaid Liabilities for Taxes, whether or not disputed, that have accrued with respect to or are applicable to the period ended on and including the Closing Date or to any years and periods prior thereto and for which the Company may be directly or contingently liable in its own right or as a transferee of the assets of, or successor to, any Person. The Company has not incurred any Tax Liabilities other than in the Ordinary Course of Business for any taxable year for which the applicable statute of limitations has not expired. No claim has ever been made by an Authority in a jurisdiction where the Company does not pay Taxes or file Tax Returns that it is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction. There are no Liens on any of the assets of the Company that arose in connection with any failure (or alleged failure) to pay any Tax.

 

(b) None of the Tax Returns that include the operations of the Company has ever been audited or investigated by any taxing Authority, and no facts exist which would constitute grounds for the assessment of any additional Taxes by any taxing Authority with respect to the taxable years covered in such Tax Returns. No issues have been raised in any examination by any taxing Authority with respect to the businesses and operations of the Company which, by application of similar principals, reasonably could be expected to result in a proposed adjustment to the Liability for Taxes for any other period not so examined. Neither the Sellers nor the Directors and officers (and employees responsible for Tax matters) of the Company have received, or expect to receive, from any taxing Authority any written notice of a proposed adjustment, deficiency, underpayment of Taxes or any other such notice which has not been satisfied by payment or been withdrawn, and no claims have been asserted relating to such Taxes against the Company.

 

16

 

 

(c) None of the Tax Returns have been audited, and indicates those Tax Returns that currently are the subject of audit. Each of the Article IV Parties has delivered to BOXL correct and complete copies of all federal, state, local and foreign income Tax Returns, examination reports, and statements of deficiencies assessed against or agreed to by the Company for taxable periods for which the applicable statute of limitations has not expired. The Company has not waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency.

 

(d) The Company has withheld and paid all Taxes required to have been withheld and paid, including without limitation, sales and use taxes, and all Taxes in connection with amounts paid or owing to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, stockholder, or other third party.

 

(e) The Company has not filed a consent to the application of Section 341(f) of the Tax Codes.

 

(f) The Company will not be required, as a result of (i) a change in accounting method for a Tax period beginning on or before the Closing Date, to include any adjustment under the Tax Codes (or any corresponding provision of state, local or foreign Tax Law) in taxable income for any Tax period beginning on or after the Closing Date, or (ii) any “closing agreement,” as described in the Tax Codes (or any corresponding provision of state, local or foreign Tax Law), to include any item of income in or exclude any item of deduction from any Tax period beginning on or after the Closing Date.

 

(g) The Company has disclosed on its income Tax Returns all positions taken therein that could give rise to an accuracy-related penalty under the Tax Codes (or any corresponding provision of Tax Law).

 

(h) The Company has not made any payments, is not obligated to make any payments and is not a party to any agreement that under certain circumstances could obligate it to make any “excess parachute payment” as defined in Section 280G of the Tax Codes or any payments that will not be deductible under Section 162(m) of the Tax Codes.

 

(i) The Company is not a party to any Tax allocation or sharing agreement. The Company is not subject to any joint venture, partnership or other arrangement or Contract which is treated as a partnership for federal income Tax purposes.

 

(j) None of the assets of the Company constitutes tax-exempt bond financed property or tax-exempt use property within the meaning of Section 168 of the Tax Codes, and none of the assets reflected on the Financial Statements is subject to a lease, safe harbor lease or other arrangement as a result of which the Company is not treated as the owner for federal income Tax purposes.

 

17

 

 

(k) The basis of all depreciable or amortizable assets, and the methods used in determining allowable depreciation or amortization (including cost recovery) deductions of the Company, are correct and in compliance with the Tax Codes and the regulations thereunder in all material respects.

 

(l) The Company is not a party to or otherwise subject to any arrangement having the effect of or giving rise to the recognition of a deduction or loss in a taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date, and a corresponding recognition of taxable income or gain in a taxable period ending after the Closing Date, or any other arrangement that would have the effect of or give rise to the recognition of taxable income or gain in a taxable period ending after the Closing Date without the receipt of or entitlement to a corresponding amount of cash.

 

SECTION 4.12. Real Property .

 

(a) The Company does not own any real property.

 

(b) The Drop Box lists and describes briefly all real property leased or subleased to the Company (the “ Leased Property ”). The Drop Box also identifies the leased or subleased properties for which title insurance policies are to be procured. Each of the Article IV Parties has delivered to BOXL correct and complete copies of the leases and subleases and other agreements for occupancy, including all amendments, extensions and other modifications thereto (“ Leases ”) with respect to each Leased Property. With respect to each Lease:

 

(i) the lease or sublease is legal, valid, binding, enforceable, and in full force and effect;

 

(ii) the lease or sublease will continue to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable, and in full force and effect on identical terms following the consummation of the Transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(iii) no party to the lease or sublease is in breach or default, and no event has occurred which, with notice or lapse of time, would constitute a breach or default or permit termination, modification, or acceleration thereunder;

 

(iv) no party to the lease or sublease has repudiated any provision thereof;

 

(v) there are no disputes, oral agreements, or forbearance programs in effect as to the lease or sublease;

 

(vi) with respect to each sublease, the representations and warranties set forth in subsections (i) through (v) above are true and correct with respect to the underlying lease;

 

(vii) the Company has not assigned, transferred, conveyed, mortgaged, deeded in trust, or encumbered any interest in the leasehold or subleasehold;

 

(viii) all facilities leased or subleased thereunder have received all approvals of governmental Authorities (including licenses and permits) required in connection with the operation thereof and have been operated and maintained in accordance with applicable Laws, rules, and regulations;

 

18

 

(ix) all facilities leased or subleased thereunder are supplied with utilities and other services necessary for the operation of said facilities; and

 

(x) the owner of the facility leased or subleased has good and marketable title to the parcel of real property, free and clear of all Liens, easements, covenants, or other restrictions, except for installments of special easements of real estate Taxes not yet delinquent and recorded easements, covenants, and other restrictions which do not impair the current use, occupancy, or value, or the marketability of title, of the property subject thereto.

 

SECTION 4.13. Intellectual Property .

 

(a) The Drop Box lists or describes all Intellectual Property owned, leased or used by the Company. The Company owns or has the right to use pursuant to license, sublicense, Contract, or permission all Intellectual Property necessary for the operation of the Business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted as set forth in the Projections. Each item of Intellectual Property owned or used by the Company immediately prior to the Closing hereunder will be owned or available for use by the Company on identical terms and conditions immediately subsequent to the Closing hereunder. The Company has taken all necessary action to maintain and protect each item of Intellectual Property that it owns or uses.

 

(b) The Company has not interfered with, infringed upon, misappropriated, or otherwise come into conflict with any Intellectual Property rights of third parties, and neither the Sellers nor the directors and officers (and employees with responsibility for Intellectual Property matters) of the Company have ever received any charge, complaint, claim, demand, or notice alleging any such interference, infringement, misappropriation, or violation (including any claim that the Company must license or refrain from using any Intellectual Property rights of any third party). To the Knowledge of the Sellers and the Directors and officers (and employees with responsibility for Intellectual Property matters) of the Company, no third party has interfered with, infringed upon, misappropriated, or otherwise come into conflict with any Intellectual Property rights of the Company.

 

(c) The Drop Box identifies each patent or registration which has been issued to the Company with respect to any of its Intellectual Property, identifies each pending patent application or application for registration which the Company has made with respect to any of its Intellectual Property, and identifies each license, Contract or other permission which the Company has granted to any third party with respect to any of its Intellectual Property (together with any exceptions). Each of the Article IV Parties has delivered to BOXL correct and complete copies of all such patents, registrations, applications, licenses, Contracts and permissions (as amended to date) and has made available to BOXL correct and complete copies of all other written documentation evidencing ownership and prosecution (if applicable) of each such item. The Drop Box also identifies each trade name or unregistered trademark used by the Company in connection with its Business. With respect to each item of Intellectual Property:

 

(i) the Company possesses all right, title, and interest in and to the item, free and clear of any Lien, license, or other restriction;

 

19

 

 

(ii) the item is not subject to any outstanding injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, or charge;

 

(iii) no action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, charge, complaint, claim, or demand is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Sellers and the Directors and officers (and employees with responsibility for Intellectual Property matters) of the Company, is threatened which challenges the legality, validity, enforceability, use, or ownership of the item; and

 

(iv) the Company has never agreed to indemnify any Person for or against any interference, infringement, misappropriation, or other conflict with respect to the item.

 

(d) The Drop Box identifies each item of Intellectual Property that any third party owns and that the Company uses pursuant to license, sublicense, Contract or permission. Each of the Article IV Parties has delivered to BOXL correct and complete copies of all such licenses, sublicenses, Contracts and permissions (as amended to date). With respect to each item of Intellectual Property required to be identified in the Drop Box :

 

(i) the license, sublicense, Contract or permission covering the item is legal, valid, binding, enforceable, and in full force and effect;

 

(ii) the license, sublicense, Contract or permission will continue to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable, and in full force and effect on identical terms following the consummation of the Transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(iii) no party to the license, sublicense, Contract or permission is in breach or default, and no event has occurred which with notice or lapse of time would constitute a breach or default or permit termination, modification, or acceleration thereunder;

 

(iv) no party to the license, sublicense, Contract or permission has repudiated any provision thereof;

 

(v) with respect to each sublicense, the representations and warranties set forth in subsections (i) through (iv) above are true and correct with respect to the underlying license;

 

(vi) the underlying item of Intellectual Property is not subject to any outstanding injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, or charge;

 

(vii) no action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, charge, complaint, claim, or demand is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Sellers and the Directors and officers (and employees with responsibility for Intellectual Property matters) of the Company, is threatened which challenges the legality, validity, or enforceability of the underlying item of Intellectual Property; and

 

(viii) the Company has not granted any sublicense or similar right with respect to the license, sublicense, agreement, or permission.

 

20

 

 

(e) To the Knowledge of the Sellers and the Directors and officers (and employees with responsibility for Intellectual Property matters) of the Company, the Company will not interfere with, infringe upon, misappropriate, or otherwise come into conflict with, any Intellectual Property rights of third parties as a result of the continued operation of its Business as presently conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted.

 

(f) Neither the Sellers nor the Directors and officers (and employees with responsibility for Intellectual Property matters) of the Company have any Knowledge of any new products, inventions, procedures, or methods of manufacturing or processing that any competitors or other third parties have developed which reasonably could be expected to supersede or make obsolete any product or process of the Company.

 

SECTION 4.14. Tangible Assets . The Company owns or leases all machinery, equipment, and other tangible assets necessary for the conduct of its Business as presently conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted. Each such tangible asset has been maintained in accordance with normal industry practice, is in good operating condition and repair (subject to normal wear and tear), is suitable for the purposes for which it presently is used and, to the Knowledge of the Sellers and the Directors and officers of the Company, free from defects (patent and latent). The assets of the Company at the Closing will be sufficient to permit BOXL to operate the Business as currently conducted.

 

SECTION 4.15. Inventory . The inventory of the Company consists of raw materials and supplies, manufactured and purchased parts, goods in process, and finished goods, all of which is merchantable and fit for the purpose for which it was procured or manufactured, and none of which is slow-moving, obsolete, damaged, or defective, subject only to the reserve for inventory writedown set forth on the face of the Latest Balance Sheet (rather than in any notes thereto) as adjusted for the passage of time through the Closing Date in accordance with the past custom and practice of the Company.

 

SECTION 4.16. Contracts . The Drop Box lists the following Contracts and other agreements to which the Company is a party:

 

(a) any Contract (or group of related Contracts) for the lease of personal property to or from any Person providing for lease payments in excess of $25,000 per annum;

 

(b) any Contract (or group of related contracts) between the Company and any Major Customer or Major Supplier;

 

(c) any capitalized lease, pledge, conditional sale or title retention agreement involving the payment of more than $25,000 in the aggregate;

 

(d) any Contract concerning a partnership or joint venture;

 

(e) any Contract with a sales representative, manufacturer’s representative, distributor, dealer, broker, sales agency, advertising agency or other Person engaged in sales, distributing or promotional activities, or any agreement to act as one of the foregoing on behalf of any Person;

 

(f) any Contract (or group of related Contracts) under which it has created, incurred, assumed, or guaranteed any indebtedness for borrowed money, or any capitalized lease obligation, or under which it has imposed a Lien on any of its assets, tangible or intangible;

 

21

 

 

(g) any Contract pursuant to which the Company has made or will make loans or advances, or has or will have incurred debts or become a guarantor or surety or pledged its credit on or otherwise become responsible with respect to any undertaking of another Person (except for the negotiation or collection of negotiable instruments in transactions in the ordinary course of business);

 

(h) any mortgage, indenture, note, bond or other agreement relating to indebtedness incurred or provided by the Company;

 

(i) any form of Contract concerning confidentiality or noncompetition or otherwise prohibiting the Company from freely engaging in any business;

 

(j) any Contract with the Sellers or any Affiliate thereof;

 

(k) any profit sharing, stock option, stock purchase, stock appreciation, deferred compensation, severance, or other plan or arrangement for the benefit of its current or former directors, officers, and employees;

 

(l) any license, royalty or other Contract relating to Intellectual Property;

 

(m) any Contract involving a governmental body;

 

(n) any collective bargaining agreement;

 

(o) any Contract for the employment of any individual on a full-time, part-time, consulting, or other basis providing annual compensation in excess of $50,000 or providing severance benefits;

 

(p) any Contract, whether or not fully performed, relating to any acquisition or disposition of the Company or any predecessor in interest or any acquisition or disposition of any subsidiary, division, line of business, or real property;

 

(q) any Contract under which it has advanced or loaned any amount to any of its directors, officers, and employees;

 

(r) any Contract under which the consequences of a default or termination could have an adverse effect on the business, financial condition, operations, results of operations, or future prospects of the Company;

 

(s) any other Contract (or group of related Contracts) the performance of which involves consideration in excess of $25,000; and

 

(t) any commitment to do any of the foregoing described in clauses (a) through (s).

 

Each of the Article IV Parties has delivered to BOXL a correct and complete copy of each written Contract listed in the Drop Box (as amended to date) and a written summary setting forth the terms and conditions of each oral Contract referred to in the Drop Box. With respect to each such Contract: (A) the Contract is legal, valid, binding, enforceable, and in full force and effect; (B) the Contract will continue to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable, and in full force and effect on identical terms following the consummation of the Transactions contemplated hereby; (C) no party is in breach or default, and no event has occurred which with notice or lapse of time would constitute a breach or default, or permit termination, modification, or acceleration, under the Contract; and (D) no party has repudiated any provision of the Contract.

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 4.17. Notes and Accounts Receivable . All notes and accounts receivable of the Company are reflected properly on their books and records, are valid receivables subject to no setoffs or counterclaims, are current and collectible, and will be collected in accordance with their terms at their recorded amounts, subject only to the reserve for bad debts set forth on the face of the Latest Balance Sheet (rather than in any notes thereto) as adjusted for operations and transactions through the Closing Date in accordance with the past custom and practices of the Company.

 

SECTION 4.18. Powers of Attorney . There are no outstanding powers of attorney executed on behalf of the Company.

 

SECTION 4.19. Insurance . The Drop Box sets forth the following information with respect to each insurance policy (including policies providing property, casualty, Liability, and workers’ compensation coverage and bond and surety arrangements) to which the Company has been a party, a named insured, or otherwise the beneficiary of coverage:

 

(a) the name, address, and telephone number of the agent;

 

(b) the name of the insurer, the name of the policyholder, and the name of each covered insured;

 

(c) the policy number and the period of coverage;

 

(d) the scope (including an indication of whether the coverage was on a claims made, occurrence, or other basis) and amount (including a description of how deductibles and ceilings are calculated and operate) of coverage; and

 

(e) a description of any retroactive premium adjustments or other loss-sharing arrangements.

 

With respect to each such insurance policy: (A) the policy is legal, valid, binding, enforceable, and in full force and effect; (B) the policy will continue to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable, and in full force and effect on identical terms following the consummation of the Transactions contemplated hereby; (C) neither the Company nor any other party to the policy is in breach or default (including with respect to the payment of premiums or the giving of notices), and no event has occurred which, with notice or the lapse of time, would constitute such a breach or default, or permit termination, modification, or acceleration, under the policy; and (D) no party to the policy has repudiated any provision thereof. The Company has been covered by insurance in scope and amount customary and reasonable for the Business in which it has engaged. The Drop Box sets forth known claims, if any, made against the Company that are covered by insurance. Such claims have been disclosed to and accepted by the appropriate insurance companies and are being defended by such appropriate insurance companies. Except as set forth in the Drop Box, no claims have been denied coverage during the last five years.

 

SECTION 4.20. Litigation . The Drop Box sets forth each instance in which the Company (i) is subject to any outstanding injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, or charge or (ii) is a party or to the Knowledge of the Sellers and the Directors and officers (and employees with responsibility for litigation matters) of the Company, is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, proceeding, hearing, or investigation of, in, or before any court or quasi-judicial or administrative agency of any federal, state, local, or foreign jurisdiction or before any arbitrator. None of the actions, suits, proceedings, hearings, and investigations set forth in the Drop Box would reasonably be expected to result in any adverse change in the business, financial condition, operations, results of operations, or future prospects of the Company. Neither the Sellers nor the Directors and officers (and employees with responsibility for litigation matters) of the Company have any reason to believe that any such action, suit, proceeding, hearing, or investigation may be brought or threatened against the Company. Neither the Sellers nor the Company have any Liability with respect to any claims or threatened claims by third parties relating to any sale or proposed sale of the Company (whether structured as a sale of stock, a sale of assets, a merger or otherwise) or any division of the Company, including any claims or threatened claims by the Crystal Corridor Group. Neither the Sellers nor the Company is a party to any litigation relating to such claims and, to the Knowledge of the Sellers and the Directors and officers (and employees with responsibility for litigation matters) of the Company, no such litigation is threatened.

 

23

 

 

SECTION 4.21. Product Warranty . Each product manufactured, sold, leased, or delivered by the Company has been in conformity with all applicable contractual commitments and all express and implied warranties, and the Company has no Liability (whether known or unknown, whether asserted or unasserted, whether absolute or contingent, whether accrued or unaccrued, whether liquidated or unliquidated, and whether due or to become due) for replacement or repair thereof or other damages in connection therewith, subject only to a $250,000 pro forma reserve for product warranty claims. Any setoffs against the pro forma reserve shall be calculated on the basis of the net cost to the Company to repair or replace the defective product. No product manufactured, sold, leased, or delivered by the Company is subject to any guaranty, warranty, or other indemnity beyond the applicable standard terms and conditions of sale or lease. The Drop Box includes copies of the standard terms and conditions of sale or lease for the Company (containing applicable guaranty, warranty, and indemnity provisions).

 

SECTION 4.22. Product Liability . The Company has no Liability (whether known or unknown, whether asserted or unasserted, whether absolute or contingent, whether accrued or unaccrued, whether liquidated or unliquidated, and whether due or to become due) arising out of any injury to individuals or property as a result of the ownership, possession, or use of any product manufactured, sold, leased, or delivered by the Company.

 

SECTION 4.23. Employees . The Drop Box contains a true, complete and accurate list of the names, titles, annual compensation and all bonuses and similar payments made for the current and preceding fiscal years for all directors, officers and employees of the Company whose annual compensation, including any bonuses, equals or exceeds £25,000. To the Knowledge of the Sellers and the Managers (and employees with responsibility for employment matters) of the Company, no executive, key employee, or group of employees has any plans to terminate employment with the Company. The Company is not a party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement, nor has it experienced any strikes, grievances, claims of unfair labor practices, or other collective bargaining disputes. The Company has not committed any unfair labor practice. Neither the Sellers nor the Directors and officers (and employees with responsibility for employment matters) of the Company have any Knowledge of any organizational effort presently being made or threatened by or on behalf of any labor union with respect to employees of the Company. The Company has not engaged in any plant closing or employee layoff activities that would violate or require notification pursuant to, the Worker Adjustment Retraining and Notification Act of 1988, as amended, or any similar state, local or foreign plant closing or mass layoff statute, rule or regulation.

 

24

 

 

SECTION 4.24. Employee Benefits .

 

(a) General . Except as set forth in the Drop Box, the Company is not a party to, participates in or has any Liability or contingent Liability with respect to:

 

(i) any retirement or deferred compensation plan, pension plan or other retirement scheme, incentive compensation plan, stock plan, unemployment compensation plan, vacation pay, severance pay, bonus or benefit arrangement, insurance or hospitalization program or any other fringe benefit arrangements for any current or former employee, director, consultant or agent, whether pursuant to Contract, arrangement, custom or informal understanding; or

 

(ii) any employment agreement.

 

(b) Plan Documents and Reports . A true and correct copy of each of the plans, arrangements, schemes and agreements listed in the Drop Box (referred to hereinafter as “ Employee Benefit Plans ”), and all Contracts relating thereto, or to the funding thereof, including, without limitation, all trust agreements, insurance Contracts, administration Contracts, investment management agreements, subscription and participation agreements, and recordkeeping agreements, each as in effect on the date hereof, has been supplied to BOXL.

 

(c) Compliance with Employee Benefit Laws; Liabilities . As to all Employee Benefit Plans:

 

(i) All Employee Benefit Plans comply and have been administered in form and in operation in all material respects with all applicable requirements of Law, and no event has occurred which will or could cause any such Employee Benefit Plan to fail to comply with such requirements and no notice has been issued by any governmental Authority questioning or challenging such compliance.

 

(ii) All Employee Benefit Plans which are employee pension benefit plans comply in form and in operation with all applicable requirements of the Tax Codes; there have been no amendments to such plans which are not the subject of a favorable determination letter issued with respect thereto by the HM Revenue & Customs ; and no event has occurred which will or could give rise to disqualification of any such plan under such sections or to a tax under the Tax Codes.

 

(iii) None of the assets of any Employee Benefit Plan is invested in employer securities or employer real property.

 

(iv) There have been no “prohibited transactions” (as described in the Tax Codes) with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan and the Company has not engaged in any prohibited transaction.

 

25

 

 

(v) There have been no acts or omissions which have given rise to or may give rise to fines, penalties, taxes or related charges under she Tax Codes for which the Company may be liable.

 

(vi) There are no actions, suits or claims (other than routine claims for benefits) pending or, to the Knowledge of the Sellers and the Directors and officers (and employees with responsibility for employee benefit matters) of the Company, threatened involving any Employee Benefit Plan or the assets thereof and, to the Knowledge of the Sellers and the Directors and officers (and employees with responsibility for employee benefit matters) of the Company, no facts exist which could give rise to any such actions, suits or claims (other than routine claims for benefits).

 

(viii) The Company has no Liability or contingent Liability for providing, under any Employee Benefit Plan or otherwise, any post-retirement medical or life insurance benefits, other than statutory Liability for providing group health plan continuation coverage under the Tax Codes.

 

SECTION 4.25. Environmental Matters .

 

(a) Each of the Company and Affiliates:

 

(i) has complied and is in compliance with all Environmental Laws (and no action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, charge, complaint, claim, demand or notice has been filed or, to the Knowledge of the Sellers and the Directors and officers (and employees with responsibility for environmental matters), commenced against any of them alleging any such failure to comply);

 

(ii) has obtained and complied with, and is in compliance with, all Permits, licenses and other authorizations that are required pursuant to Environmental Laws; and

 

(iii) has complied in all material respects with all other limitations, restrictions, conditions, standards, prohibitions, requirements, obligations, schedules and timetables which are contained in the Environmental Laws.

 

(b) Neither the Company nor its Affiliates has received any written or oral notice, report or other information regarding any actual or alleged violation of Environmental Laws, or any Liabilities or potential Liabilities (whether known or unknown, whether asserted or unasserted, whether absolute or contingent, whether accrued or unaccrued, whether liquidated or unliquidated, and whether due or to become due), including any investigatory, remedial or corrective obligations, relating to any of them or its facilities arising under Environmental Laws.

 

(c) The Company has no Liability (whether known or unknown, whether asserted or unasserted, whether absolute or contingent, whether accrued or unaccrued, whether liquidated or unliquidated, and whether due or to become due), and the Company and its Affiliates have not handled or disposed of any substance, arranged for the disposal of any substance, exposed any employee or other individual to any substance or condition, or owned or operated any property or facility in any manner that could give rise to any Liability, for damage to any site, location or body of water (surface or subsurface), for any illness of or personal injury to any employee or other individual, or for any reason under any Environmental Law.

 

26

 

 

(d) There are no properties and equipment used in the business of the Company and its Affiliates that contain, or have contained, asbestos, PCB’s, methylene chloride, trichloroethylene, 1,2-transdichloroethylene, dioxins, dibenzofurans and other Hazardous Substances.

 

(e) None of the following exists at any property or facility owned or operated by the Company: (1) underground storage tanks, (2) asbestos-containing material in any form or condition, (3) materials or equipment containing polychlorinated biphenyls, or (4) landfills, surface impoundments, or disposal areas.

 

(f) Neither the Company nor its Affiliates has treated, stored, disposed of, arranged for or permitted the disposal of, transported, handled, or released any substance, including without limitation any Hazardous Substance, or owned or operated any property or facility (and no such property or facility is contaminated by any such substance) in a manner that has given or would give rise to Liabilities, including any Liability for response costs, corrective action costs, personal injury, property damage, natural resources damages or attorney fees, or any investigative, corrective or remedial obligations, pursuant to Environmental Laws.

 

(g) Neither this Agreement nor the consummation of the transaction that is the subject of this Agreement will result in any obligations for site investigation or cleanup, or notification to or consent of government agencies or third parties, pursuant to any of the so-called “transaction-triggered” or “responsible property transfer” Environmental Laws.

 

(h) Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates has, either expressly or by operation of Law, assumed or undertaken any Liability, including without limitation any obligation for corrective or remedial action, of any other Person relating to Environmental Laws.

 

(i) No facts, events or conditions relating to the past or present facilities, properties or operations of the Company or any of its Affiliates will prevent, hinder or limit continued compliance with Environmental Laws, give rise to any investigatory, remedial or corrective obligations pursuant to Environmental Laws, or give rise to any other Liabilities (whether accrued, absolute, contingent, unliquidated or otherwise) pursuant to Environmental Laws, including without limitation any relating to onsite or offsite releases or threatened releases of Hazardous Substances or wastes, personal injury, property damage or natural resources damage.

 

SECTION 4.26. Permits . The Drop Box includes a true and accurate list of all licenses, certificates, permits, franchises, rights, code approvals and private product approvals (collectively, “ Permits ”) held by the Company. Except for the Permits listed in the Drop Box, there are no Permits, whether federal, state, local or foreign, which are necessary for the lawful operation of the Business of the Company as presently conducted.

 

SECTION 4.27. Bank Accounts . The Company has furnished to BOXL the names and locations of each bank or other financial institution at which the Company has accounts (giving the account numbers) or safe deposit box and the names of all Persons authorized to draw thereon or have access thereto, and the names of all Persons, if any, now holding powers of attorney or comparable delegation of authority from the Company and a summary statement thereof.

 

27

 

 

SECTION 4.28. Major Suppliers and Customers .

 

(a) The Drop Box sets forth:

 

(i) a list of the 10 largest suppliers of the Company in terms of purchases during the 2016 and 2017 calendar years (collectively, the “ Major Suppliers ”), and showing the approximate total purchases in each such period from each such supplier; and

 

(ii) a list of the 10 largest customers of the Company in terms of revenue or turnover during each of the 2016 and 2017 calendar years (collectively, the “ Major Customers ”), showing the approximate total revenue received in each such period with respect to each such product.

 

(b) Since the date of the Latest Balance Sheet, there has not been any adverse change in the business relationship, and there has been no dispute, between the Company and any Major Supplier or Major Customer and, to the Knowledge of the Sellers and the Directors and officers of the Company, there are no indications that any Major Supplier intends to reduce its sales to, the Company, other than as set forth in the Projections. Since the date of the Latest Balance Sheet, there have been no decreases in the profit margins on any Major Product and, to the Knowledge of the Sellers and the Directors and officers of the Company, there are no indications that the profit margins on any Major Product will decrease in the next two fiscal years, other than as set forth in the Projections.

 

SECTION 4.29. Claims Against Officers and Directors . The are no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Sellers and the Directors and officers (and employees with responsibility for insurance matters) of the Company, threatened claims against any director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any other Person which could give rise to any claim for indemnification against the Company.

 

SECTION 4.30. Improper and Other Payments .

 

(a) Neither the Company, any Director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Company, the Sellers, their respective Affiliates nor any Person acting on behalf of any of them, has made, paid or received any bribes, kickbacks or other similar payments to or from any Person, whether lawful or unlawful;

 

(b) no contributions have been made, directly or indirectly, to a domestic or foreign political party or candidate.

 

(c) no improper foreign payment (as defined in the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act) has been made; and

 

(d) the internal accounting controls of the Company are adequate to detect any of the foregoing.

 

28

 

 

SECTION 4.31. Accuracy of Statements . Neither this Agreement, the Drop Box, any exhibit, statement, list, document, certificate or other information furnished or to be furnished by or on behalf of the Company, the Managers or the Sellers to Purchaser or any representative or Affiliate of Purchaser in connection with this Agreement or any of the Transactions contemplated hereby contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading.

 

ARTICLE V

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BOXL

 

BOXL represents and warrants to the Sellers that the statements contained in this Article V are correct and complete as of the date of this Agreement and will be correct and complete as of the Closing Dates (as though made then and as though the Closing Date was substituted for the date of this Agreement throughout this Article V).

 

SECTION 5.1. Organization . BOXL is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada, USA. BOXL is not is in default under or in violation of any provision of its articles of incorporation or bylaws.

 

SECTION 5.2. Authorization of Transactions . BOXL has full power and authority (including full corporate power and authority) to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. This Agreement constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of BOXL, enforceable in accordance with its terms and conditions. BOXL need not give any notice to, make any filing with, or obtain any authorization, consent, or approval of any government or governmental agency in order to consummate the Transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

SECTION 5.3. Noncontravention . Neither the execution and the delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the Transactions contemplated hereby, will (i) violate any constitution, Law, regulation, rule, injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge, or other restriction of any government, governmental agency, or court to which BOXL is subject or any provision of its charter or bylaws or (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify, or cancel, or require any notice or consent under any agreement, Contract, lease, license, instrument, or other arrangement to which BOXL is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its assets is subject.

 

SECTION 5.4. Capitalization .

 

(a) BOXL is authorized to issue an aggregate of 200,000,000 shares of BOXL Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock; of which 9,558,998 shares of Class A BOXL Class A Common Stock are issued and outstanding as at December 31, 2017. In addition, 50,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock containing such rights, privileges and designations as the board of directors of BOXL may, from time to time designate. 250,000 shares of BOXL preferred stock were issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017.

 

29

 

 

(b) Except as set forth in the BOXL SEC Reports available on EDGAR, including its Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2017, there are no (i) outstanding options (other than employee stock options issued subsequent to the 10-K Annual Report), warrants, puts, calls, convertible securities, preemptive or similar rights, (ii) bonds, debentures, notes or other Indebtedness having general voting rights or that are convertible or exchangeable into securities having such rights or (iii) subscriptions or other rights, Contracts or commitments of any character (other than this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents), (A) relating to the issued or unissued shares of BOXL, (B) obligating BOXL to issue, transfer, deliver or sell or cause to be issued, transferred, delivered, sold or repurchased any options or shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such shares, or (C) obligating BOXL to grant, extend or enter into any such option (other than employee stock options issued subsequent to the 10-K Annual Report), warrant, call, subscription or other right, agreement, arrangement or commitment for such shares. There are no outstanding obligations of BOXL to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of such Party or to provide funds to make any investment (in the form of a loan, capital contribution or otherwise) in any Person. Except as set forth in the BOXL SEC Reports available on EDGAR, there are no shareholders agreements, voting trusts or other agreements or understandings to which BOXL is a party with respect to the voting of any BOXL Securities.

 

SECTION 5.5 SEC Filings and BOXL Financial Statements .

 

(a) BOXL, since its formation, has filed all forms, reports, schedules, statements, registration statements, prospectuses and other documents required to be filed or furnished by BOXL with the SEC under the Securities Act and/or the Securities Exchange Act, together with any amendments, restatements or supplements thereto, and will file all such forms, reports, schedules, statements and other documents required to be filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement. Except to the extent available on the SEC’s web site through EDGAR, BOXL has delivered to the Company copies in the form filed with the SEC of all of the following: (i) BOXL’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K for each fiscal year of BOXL beginning with the first year BOXL was required to file such a form, (ii) BOXL’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for each fiscal quarter that BOXL filed such reports to disclose its quarterly financial results in each of the fiscal years of BOXL referred to in clause (i) above, and (iii) all other forms, reports, registration statements, prospectuses and other documents (other than preliminary materials) filed by BOXL with the SEC since the beginning of the first fiscal year referred to in clause (i) above (the forms, reports, registration statements, prospectuses and other documents referred to in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, whether or not available through EDGAR, are, collectively, the “ BOXL SEC Reports ”) and (iv) all certifications and statements required by (A) Rules 13a-14 or 15d-14 under the Securities Exchange Act, and (B) 18 U.S.C. §1350 (Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002) with respect to any report referred to in clause (i) above. The certifications and statements described in clause (iv) of the preceding sentence are each true as of their respective dates of filing. The BOXL SEC Reports (x) were prepared in all material respects in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act, as the case may be, and the rules and regulations thereunder and (y) did not, as of their respective effective dates (in the case of BOXL SEC Reports that are registration statements filed pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act) and at the time they were filed with the SEC (in the case of all other BOXL SEC Reports) contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. As used in this Section 3.6, the term “file” shall be broadly construed to include any manner permitted by SEC rules and regulations in which a document or information is furnished, supplied or otherwise made available to the SEC.

 

30

 

 

(b) As of the date of this Agreement, (i) shares of BOXL Common Stock are listed on Nasdaq and (ii) except as disclosed in the SEC Reports, there are no Actions pending or, to the Knowledge of BOXL, threatened against BOXL by the Nasdaq with respect to any intention by such entity to suspend, prohibit or terminate the quoting of BOXL Common Stock on Nasdaq.

 

(c) The financial statements and notes contained or incorporated by reference in the BOXL SEC Reports (the “ BOXL Financials ”), fairly present in all material respects the financial position and the results of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows of BOXL at the respective dates of and for the periods referred to in such financial statements, all in accordance with (i) GAAP methodologies applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved and (ii) Regulation S-X or Regulation S-K, as applicable (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto and for the omission of notes and audit adjustments in the case of unaudited quarterly financial statements to the extent permitted by Regulation S-X or Regulation S-K, as applicable).

 

(d)  Except as and to the extent reflected or reserved against in the BOXL Financials, BOXL has not incurred any Liabilities or obligations of the type required to be reflected on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP that is not adequately reflected or reserved on or provided for in the BOXL Financials, other than Liabilities of the type required to be reflected on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP that have been incurred since BOXL’s formation in the ordinary course of business.

 

SECTION 5.6 Absence of Certain Changes . Since January 1, 2018, BOXL has not been subject to a Material Adverse Effect.

 

SECTION 5.7 Compliance with Laws. BOXL is, and has since its formation been, in compliance with all Laws applicable to it and the conduct of its business in all material respects, and has not received written notice alleging any violation of applicable Law in any material respect by such party.

 

SECTION 5.8 Actions; Orders; Permit s. There is no pending or, to the Knowledge of BOXL, threatened action to which BOXL is subject which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on BOXL, and there is no material action that BOXL has pending against another Person. BOXL is not subject to any material orders of any governmental Authority. BOXL holds all consents necessary to lawfully conduct its business as presently conducted, and to own, lease and operate its assets and properties, all of which are in full force and effect, except where the failure to hold such Consent or for such Consent to be in full force and effect would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on BOXL.

 

SECTION 5.9 Employees . BOXL (i) has 42 paid employees as at December 31, 2017.

 

SECTION 5.10. Product Warranty . Each product manufactured, sold, leased, or delivered by BOXL has been in conformity with all applicable contractual commitments and all express and implied warranties, and BOXL has no Liability (whether known or unknown, whether asserted or unasserted, whether absolute or contingent, whether accrued or unaccrued, whether liquidated or unliquidated, and whether due or to become due) for replacement or repair thereof or other damages in connection therewith, subject only to a reserve for product warranty claims. Any setoffs against the pro forma reserve shall be calculated on the basis of the net cost to BOXL to repair or replace the defective product. No product manufactured, sold, leased, or delivered by BOXL is subject to any guaranty, warranty, or other indemnity beyond the applicable standard terms and conditions of sale or lease. The SEC Reports includes copies of the standard terms and conditions of sale or lease for BOXL (containing applicable guaranty, warranty, and indemnity provisions).

 

31

 

 

SECTION 5.11. Product Liability . BOXL has no Liability (whether known or unknown, whether asserted or unasserted, whether absolute or contingent, whether accrued or unaccrued, whether liquidated or unliquidated, and whether due or to become due) arising out of any injury to individuals or property as a result of the ownership, possession, or use of any product manufactured, sold, leased, or delivered by the Company.

 

SECTION 5.12 Intellectual Property .

 

(a) Except as set forth in the SEC Reports, BOXL owns or has the right to use pursuant to license, sublicense, Contract, or permission all Intellectual Property necessary for the operation of the Business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted as set forth in the Projections. Each item of Intellectual Property owned or used by BOXL immediately prior to the Closing hereunder will be owned or available for use by BOXL on identical terms and conditions immediately subsequent to the Closing hereunder. BOXL has taken all necessary action to maintain and protect each item of Intellectual Property that it owns or uses.

 

(b) Except as set forth in the SEC Reports, BOXL has not interfered with, infringed upon, misappropriated, or otherwise come into conflict with any Intellectual Property rights of third parties, and neither the Sellers nor the directors and officers (and employees with responsibility for Intellectual Property matters) of BOXL have ever received any charge, complaint, claim, demand, or notice alleging any such interference, infringement, misappropriation, or violation (including any claim that BOXL must license or refrain from using any Intellectual Property rights of any third party). To the Knowledge of the Sellers and the Directors and officers (and employees with responsibility for Intellectual Property matters) of BOXL, no third party has interfered with, infringed upon, misappropriated, or otherwise come into conflict with any Intellectual Property rights of BOXL.

 

SECTION 5.13 Real Property . All real estate leased by BOXL is listed in the SEC Reports. BOXL does not own any real property.

 

SECTION 5.14 Material Contracts .

 

(a) Except as set forth in the BOXL SEC Reports available on EDGAR, other than this Agreement and the Exhibits hereto, there are no Contracts to which BOXL is a party or bound, which (i) creates or imposes a Liability greater than $100,000, (ii) may not be cancelled by BOXL on less than sixty (60) days’ prior notice without payment of any penalty or termination fee or (iii) prohibits, prevents, restricts or impairs in any material respect any business practice of such Party as its business is currently conducted, any acquisition of material property by such Party, or restricts in any material respect the ability of such Party from engaging in business as currently conducted by it or from competing with any other Person (each, a “ BOXL Material Contract ”). All BOXL Material Contracts have been made available to the Company other than those that are exhibits to the BOXL SEC Reports and available on EDGAR.

 

32

 

 

(b) With respect to each BOXL Material Contract: (i) the BOXL Material Contract was entered into at arms’ length and in the ordinary course of business; (ii) the BOXL Material Contract is legal, valid, binding and enforceable in all material respects against BOXL, as applicable, and, to the Knowledge of BOXL, the other parties thereto, and in full force and effect (except as such enforcement may be limited by the Enforceability Exceptions); (iii) BOXL is not in breach or default, and, to the Knowledge of BOXL, no event has occurred that with the passage of time or giving of notice or both would constitute such a breach or default by BOXL, or permit termination or acceleration by the other party, under such BOXL Material Contract that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on BOXL; and (iv) to the Knowledge of BOXL, no other party to any BOXL Material Contract is in breach or default in any material respect, and no event has occurred that with the passage of time or giving of notice or both would constitute such a breach or default by such other party, or permit termination or acceleration by BOXL, under any BOXL Material Contract.

 

SECTION 5.15 Transactions with Affiliates . Except as set forth in the BOXL SEC Reports available on EDGAR, there are no Contracts or arrangements that are in existence as of the date of this Agreement under which there are any existing or future Liabilities or obligations between BOXL and any (a) present or former director, officer or employee or Affiliate of BOXL, or any family member of any of the foregoing, or (b) record or beneficial owner of more than five percent (5%) of BOXL’s outstanding BOXL Shares as of the date hereof.

 

SECTION 5.16 Investment Company Act . BOXL is not an “investment company” or a Person directly or indirectly “controlled” by or acting on behalf of an “investment company”, in each case within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

SECTION 5.17 Finders and Brokers . No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the Transactions contemplated hereby based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of BOXL.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

COVENANTS

 

SECTION 6.1. General . Each of the parties will use his or its best efforts to take all action and to do all things necessary in order to consummate and make effective the Transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including satisfaction, but not waiver, of the closing conditions set forth in Articles VII and VIII below).

 

SECTION 6.2. Notices and Consents . The Sellers will cause the Company to give any notices to third parties, and will cause the Company to obtain any third party consents, that BOXL may reasonably request. Each of the parties will (and the Sellers will cause the Company to) give any notices to, make any filings with, and use its best efforts to obtain any authorizations, consents, and approvals of governments and governmental agencies in connection with the matters referred to herein.

 

33

 

 

SECTION 6.3. Operation of Business . From the date of this Agreement until the Closing Date, the Company shall be operated in the Ordinary Course of Business and each of the Sellers and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact the present business organization and personnel of the Company, preserve the business relationships of the Company with other Persons material to the operation of the Company, and not permit any action or omission which would cause any of the representations or warranties of the Company contained herein to become inaccurate or any of the covenants of the Company to be breached. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except as set forth in this Agreement, prior to the Closing, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of BOXL:

 

(a) incur any obligation or enter into any Contract, other than in the Ordinary Course of Business, which (i) requires a payment by any party in excess of, or a series of payments which in the aggregate exceed, $25,000 and (ii) has a term of, or requires the performance of any obligations by the Company over a period in excess of six months;

 

(b) take any action, or enter into or authorize any Contract or transaction involving more than $25,000 and outside the Ordinary Course of Business, other than any Transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(c) sell, transfer, convey, assign or otherwise dispose of any of its assets or properties other than in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(d) waive, release or cancel any claims against third parties or debts owing to it, or any rights which have any value involving more than $25,000 and outside in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(e) make any changes in its accounting systems, policies, principles or practices;

 

(f) enter into, authorize, or permit any transaction with the Sellers or the Company, or enter into any Contract relating to compensation or benefits with any Person, or, other than in the Ordinary Course of Business, modify any compensation amounts or levels of any officer or employee;

 

(g) accelerate the collection of accounts receivable or delay the payment of accounts payable;

 

(h) make or declare any dividends from the Company to the Sellers or any Seller Affiliate or make any cash distributions to the Sellers or any Seller Affiliate;

 

(i) except as required for the Transactions contemplated in this Agreement, change or amend its articles of incorporation or code of regulations;

 

(j) authorize for issuance, issue, sell, deliver or agree or commit to issue, sell or deliver (whether through the issuance or granting of options, warrants, convertible or exchangeable securities, commitments, subscriptions, rights to purchase or otherwise) any shares of capital stock or any other securities of the Company, or amend any of the terms of any such capital stock or other securities, except as required for the Transactions contemplated in this Agreement;

 

34

 

 

(k) except as required for the Transactions contemplated in this Agreement, split, combine, or reclassify any shares of its capital stock, declare, set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution in property other than cash in respect of its capital stock, or redeem or otherwise acquire any capital stock or other securities of the Company;

 

(l) make any borrowings, incur any debt, or assume, guarantee, endorse (except for the negotiation or collection of negotiable instruments in the Ordinary Course of Business and consistent with past practice) or otherwise become liable (whether directly, contingently or otherwise) for the obligations of any other Person, or make any payment or repayment in respect of any indebtedness in excess of $25,000 (other than trade payables and accrued expenses in the Ordinary Course of Business and consistent with past practice);

 

(m) make any loans, advances or capital contributions to, or investments in, any other Person;

 

(n) enter into, adopt, amend or terminate any bonus, profit sharing, compensation, termination, stock option, stock appreciation right, restricted stock, performance unit, pension, retirement, deferred compensation, employment, severance or other employee benefit agreements, trusts, plans, funds or other arrangements for the benefit or welfare of any director, manager, officer or employee, or increase in any manner the compensation or fringe benefits of any director, manager, officer or employee or pay any benefit not required by any existing plan and arrangement or enter into any Contract, agreement, commitment or arrangement to do any of the foregoing;

 

(o) acquire, lease, encumber or otherwise impose a Lien on any assets, whether tangible or intangible;

 

(p) authorize or make any capital expenditures which individually or in the aggregate are in excess of $100,000;

 

(q) make any Tax election or settle or compromise any federal, state, local or foreign income Tax Liability, or waive or extend the statute of limitations in respect of any such Taxes;

 

(r) pay any amount, perform any obligation or agree to pay any amount or perform any obligation, in settlement or compromise of any suits or claims of Liability against the Company or any of its directors, managers, officers, employees or agents;

 

(s) terminate, modify, amend or otherwise alter or change any of the terms or provisions of any agreement, or pay any amount not required by Law or by any Contract; or

 

(t) other than overnight deposits or money market instruments and investments existing on the date hereof, make any investments with cash or the proceeds of existing investments.

 

SECTION 6.4. Full Access . The Sellers will permit and cause the Company to permit, representatives of BOXL to have full access to all premises, properties, personnel, books, records (including Tax records), Contracts, and documents of or pertaining to the Company and shall make the officers and employees of the Company available to BOXL and its representatives as BOXL and their representatives shall from time to time reasonably request, in each case to the extent that such access and disclosure would not obligate the Company to take any actions that would disrupt the normal course of its business or violate the terms of any agreement to which the Company is bound or any applicable Law or regulation. BOXL’s representatives will not use any of the Confidential Information that they receive from the Company except in connection with this Agreement, and, if this Agreement is terminated for any reason whatsoever, BOXL’s representatives will return to the Company all tangible embodiments (and all summaries and copies, including electronically stored information) of the Confidential Information that they receive from the Company or copied from Confidential Information received from the Company which are in its possession and will only use such Confidential Information in the defense of any litigation related to this Agreement; provided , however , that BOXL’s representatives shall not be responsible for the confidentiality of any information (i) which, at the time of disclosure, is available publicly, through no fault of BOXL (ii) which, after disclosure, becomes available publicly through no fault of BOXL, or (iii) which BOXL knew or to which BOXL had access prior to disclosure.

 

35

 

 

SECTION 6.5. Exclusivity . In consideration of the considerable time, effort and expense to be undertaken by the parties in connection with the Transactions, each of the parties agrees that during the period beginning from the date of execution of this Agreement and ending on the Outside Closing Date (the “ Exclusivity Period ”):

 

(a) during the Exclusivity Period, each of the Sellers and the Company will not, and will cause their officers, directors, employees, consultants and legal and financial representatives (collectively, “ Representatives ”) not to, directly or indirectly (i) solicit or initiate or enter into discussions, negotiations or transactions with, or encourage, or provide any information to, any Person, other than BOXL and its affiliates, concerning any transaction with respect to the direct or indirect sale, transfer, license or other disposition of Company Shares, the Company or any member of the Company, equity interests of any member of the Company or their assets, properties or Business (outside of the Ordinary Course of the Business), whether by purchase, asset sale, stock sale, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, exclusive license or otherwise, or any similar transaction that would reasonably be expected to prohibit or materially impair the Transactions (a “ Competing Sale Transaction ”), or (ii) enter into any letter of intent, agreement in principle or other agreement or commitment with any such Person in connection with a Competing Sale Transaction, or enter into any other business arrangement with such Person which could reasonably be expected to delay or preclude the consummation of the Transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(b) during the Exclusivity Period, BOXL will not, and will cause their Representatives (as defined below) not to, directly or indirectly (i) solicit or initiate or enter into discussions, negotiations or transactions with, or encourage, or provide any information to, any Person (other than Seller) concerning any transaction with respect to the direct or indirect purchase, transfer, license or acquisition of the assets, business or properties of any such Person, whether by purchase, asset purchase, stock purchase merger, consolidation, recapitalization, exclusive license or otherwise, or any similar transaction that would reasonably be expected to prohibit or materially impair the Transactions contemplated by this Agreement (a “ Competing Purchase Transaction ”), or (ii) enter into any letter of intent, agreement in principle or other agreement or commitment with any such Person in connection with a Competing Purchase Transaction, or enter into any other business arrangement with such Person which could reasonably be expected to delay or preclude the execution of a definitive Agreement with the Sellers by the expiration of the Exclusivity Period.

 

36

 

 

(c) Each party represents to the other that neither it nor any of its Affiliates or shareholders is party to or bound by any binding or non-binding agreement or understanding with respect to any Competing Sale Transaction or Competing Purchase Transaction.

 

(d) Without limiting any other rights or remedies available to it under this Agreement or applicable law, if at any time during the Exclusivity Period, (i) either party breaches the provisions of this Section 6.5, the party who has breached the provisions of this Section 6.5 shall pay to the non-breaching party, as punitive damages, an amount equal to (i) the amount of non-breaching party’s reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and costs) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the Transactions, plus (ii) the additional sum of $1,000,000. The foregoing payment shall be, in addition to, and not in lieu of, any right of the non-breaching party to injunctive relief, specific performance of this Agreement or other equitable remedies then available,

 

SECTION 6.6. Efforts .

 

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each party hereto shall use all reasonable efforts to consummate the Transactions contemplated hereby as promptly as practicable. An undertaking of a Person under this Agreement to use such Person’s best efforts shall not require such Person to incur unreasonable expenses or obligations in order to satisfy such undertaking.

 

(b) The Sellers, the Company and BOXL will, as promptly as practicable (i) make the required filings with, and use their respective best efforts to obtain all required authorizations, approvals, consents and other actions of, governmental Authorities and (ii) use their respective best efforts to obtain all other required consents of other Persons with respect to the Transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(c) The Purchaser will use its best efforts to obtain the financing necessary to consummate the Transactions contemplated hereby.

 

SECTION 6.7. Maintenance of Insurance . The Company will continue to carry its existing insurance through the Closing Date, and shall not allow any material breach, default or cancellation (other than expiration and replacement of policies in the ordinary cause of business) of such insurance policies or agreements to occur or exist.

 

SECTION 6.8. Satisfactory Due Diligence Investigation . BOXL does hereby agree and acknowledge that all business, financial and legal due diligence in connection with the Business, the assets, liabilities, financial condition and prospects of the Company (the “ Due Diligence Investigation ”) required to be conducted by BOXL has been completed and that no further Due Diligence Investigation need be conducted by BOXL.

 

SECTION 6.9 Notice and Supplemental Information . The Sellers, the Company and BOXL shall each give prompt notice to the other parties of any material adverse development causing a breach of any of its own representations and warranties in Articles III , IV and V respectively. If the Sellers or the Company incurs a Material Adverse Effect on the Company, the sole remedy of BOXL under this Section 6.9 shall be termination of the Agreement as provided for in Section 11.1(d) .

 

37

 

 

SECTION 6.10. Public Announcements . The Sellers, the Company and BOXL will consult with each other before issuing any press release or otherwise making any public statements with respect to the Transactions contemplated by this Agreement and no party shall, without the prior written consent of the others, issue any such press release or make any such public statement, except as may be required by applicable Law.

 

SECTION 6.11. Consistent Tax Reporting . The Sellers, the Company and BOXL shall treat and report the Transactions contemplated by this Agreement in all respects consistently for purposes of any federal, state, local or foreign Tax. The parties hereto shall not take any actions or positions inconsistent with the obligations set forth herein.

 

SECTION 6.12. Termination of Shareholder Agreements . Prior to or at the Closing the Company shall cause the termination, and render void and of no effect, (i) any existing shareholder agreements between or the Sellers or any other holder of capital stock of another member of the Company effecting the ownership or disposition of the capital stock of the Company and (ii) any options or warrants to purchase or rights to subscribe for, any capital stock of the Company to which any Person is a party and which has not been previously exercised, canceled or redeemed.

 

SECTION 6.13. Resignation of Officers and Directors . The Sellers shall cause each officer and member of the Board of Directors of, and each trustee or fiduciary of any plan or arrangement involving employee benefits of, the Company, if so requested by BOXL, to tender his or her resignation from such position effective as of the Closing Date.

 

SECTION 6.14. Transition . The Sellers will not take any action that is designed or intended to have the effect of discouraging any lessor, licensor, customer, supplier, or other business associate of the Company from maintaining the same business relationships with the Company after the Closing as it maintained with the Company prior to the Closing. The Sellers will refer all supplier or other inquiries relating to the Business of the Company to BOXL from and after the Closing.

 

SECTION 6.15. Confidentiality . The Sellers will treat and hold as such all of the Confidential Information, refrain from using any of the Confidential Information except in connection with this Agreement, and, in the event of a Closing, deliver promptly to BOXL or destroy, at the request and option of BOXL, all tangible embodiments (and all copies) of the Confidential Information which are in their possession. In the event that the Sellers is requested or required (by oral question or request for information or documents in any legal proceeding, interrogatory, subpoena, civil investigative demand, or similar process) to disclose any Confidential Information, the Sellers will notify BOXL promptly of the request or requirement so that BOXL may seek an appropriate protective order or waive compliance with the provisions of this Section 6.16 . If, in the absence of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, a party is, on the advice of counsel, compelled to disclose any Confidential Information to any tribunal or else stand liable for contempt, the Sellers may disclose the Confidential Information to the tribunal; provided , however , that the Sellers shall use its best efforts to obtain, at the request of BOXL, an order or other assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to such portion of the Confidential Information required to be disclosed as BOXL shall designate. The foregoing provisions shall not apply to any Confidential Information which is generally available to the public immediately prior to the time of disclosure.

 

38

 

 

SECTION 6.16. Noncompetition and Non-Solicitation .

 

(a) The Sellers acknowledge that it and its Subsidiaries, officers, directors and members (collectively, the “ Seller Affiliates ”) have a special knowledge of the Business and the proprietary and confidential information included in the Business, and that BOXL is making a considerable investment in the Business from which the Sellers have benefitted. In consideration of this Agreement and such investment and benefit, and as an inducement to BOXL to enter into this Agreement and consummate the Transactions contemplated herein, each of the Sellers agrees, on behalf of itself and its Seller Affiliates, that, for a period of five years after the Closing Date, neither Seller nor any Seller Affiliate will, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, control or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of, or be connected as an officer, employee, partner, director or otherwise with, or have any financial interest in, or aid or assist anyone else in the conduct of, any business that directly or indirectly completes with the Business of the Company (a “ Competitive Business ”); provided , however , that

 

(i) the Sellers and Seller Affiliates may own less than 1% of any outstanding class of securities of a Competitive Business;

 

(ii) Rushton or any other Rushton Affiliate, including Herbert Anthony Cann, shall have the right to continue to own and invest in the Learning by Questions business at locations throughout the world, and/or the LEB Partnership business which is a reseller of educational technology hardware and software; and

 

(iii) the provisions of this Section 6.16 shall not apply to the Managers as their covenants against competition and non-solicitation shall be set forth in their respective Employment Agreement.

 

(b) For a period of five years following the Closing Date, neither the Sellers nor any Seller Affiliate will, without the express prior written approval of the Board of Directors of BOXL, (A) directly or indirectly recruit, solicit or otherwise induce or influence any sales agent, joint venturer, lessor, supplier, agent, representative or any other person that has or had during the one year period initially preceding the Closing Date a business relationship with the Company, to discontinue, reduce or adversely modify such employment, agency or business relationship with BOXL or the Company as it relates to the Business as conducted by either or both Purchaser or the Company after the Closing Date, or (B) employ or seek to employ or cause any Competitive Business to employ or seek to employ any person or agent who is employed or retained by either or both Purchaser or the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent a Seller from providing a letter of recommendation to an employee with respect to a future employment opportunity.

 

(c) For a period of five years following the Closing Date, neither the Sellers nor any Seller Affiliate will without the express prior written approval of the Board of Directors of the applicable Purchaser, directly or indirectly, recruit, solicit or otherwise induce or influence any customer of BOXL or the Company to discontinue, reduce or modify such business relationship with BOXL or the Company.

 

39

 

 

(d) The Sellers agrees that the violation or threatened violation of any of the provisions of this Section 6.16 shall cause immediate and irreparable harm to BOXL and that the damage to BOXL will be difficult or impossible to calculate with precision. Therefore, in the event the Sellers or any Seller Affiliate violates this Section 6.16 , an injunction restraining the Sellers or such Seller Affiliate from such violation may be entered against the Sellers in addition to any other relief available to the applicable Purchaser.

 

(e) If, at the time of enforcement of any provision of this Section 6.16 , a court shall hold that the duration, scope or other restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties agree that the maximum duration, scope or other restrictions reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated duration, scope or other restrictions and that the court shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and other restrictions permitted by law; provided , however , that the substituted period shall not exceed the period contemplated by this Agreement.

 

SECTION 6.17. Post-Closing Covenants . Each of the Sellers, the Article IV Parties and BOXL agree as follows with respect to the period following the Closing Date:

 

(a) In case at any time after the Closing any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, each of the parties will take such further action (including the execution and delivery of such further instruments and documents) as any other party hereto reasonably may request, all at the sole cost and expense of the requesting party. From and after the Closing, BOXL will be entitled to access all documents, books, records, agreements, and financial data of any sort relating to the Company.

 

(b) In the event and for so long as any party hereto actively is contesting or defending against any charge, complaint, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, claim, or demand in connection with (i) any transaction contemplated under this Agreement or (ii) any fact, situation, circumstance, status, condition, activity, practice, plan, occurrence, event, incident, action, failure to act, or transaction on or prior to the Closing Date involving the Company, each of the other parties hereto will cooperate with him or it and his or its counsel in the contest or defense, make available their personnel, and provide such testimony and access to their books and records as shall be necessary in connection with the contest or defense, all at the sole cost and expense of the contesting or defending party.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION OF BOXL

 

The obligation of BOXL to consummate the Transactions to be performed by it in connection with the Closing and the obligation of BOXL to consummate the Transactions to be performed by it at the Second Closing, is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

SECTION 7.1. Representations and Warranties True as of Closing Date . The representations and warranties set forth in Articles III and IV shall have been accurate, true and correct on and as of the date of this Agreement, and shall also be accurate, true and correct on and as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as though made on and as of the Closing Date.

 

SECTION 7.2. Compliance with Covenants . The Sellers and the Article IV Parties shall have performed and complied with all of the covenants hereunder in all material respects through the Closing.

 

40

 

 

SECTION 7.3. Consents . The Company shall have procured all of the third party consents specified in Sections 4.3 and 6.2 above.

 

SECTION 7.4. Actions or Proceedings . No action, suit, or proceeding shall be pending or threatened before any court or quasi-judicial or administrative agency of any federal, state, local, or foreign jurisdiction or before any arbitrator wherein an unfavorable injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, or charge would (A) prevent consummation of any of the Transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (B) cause any of the Transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be rescinded following consummation, (C) affect adversely the right of BOXL to own the Company Shares and to control the Company, or (D) affect adversely the right of the Company to own their assets and to operate the Business (and no such injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, or charge shall be in effect).

 

SECTION 7.5. Certificate . The Sellers shall have delivered to BOXL a certificate to the effect that each of the conditions specified above in Sections 7.1-7.4 is satisfied in all respects.

 

SECTION 7.6. No Material Adverse Effect . Since the date of this Agreement, no event has occurred which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

 

SECTION 7.7 Documents . All actions to be taken by the Sellers in connection with consummation of the Transactions contemplated hereby (including all deliveries specified in Section 2.5 and all certificates, opinions, instruments, and other documents required to effect the Transactions contemplated hereby will be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to BOXL.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION OF THE SELLERS

 

The obligation of the Sellers to consummate the transactions to be performed by them in connection with the Closing is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions: 

 

SECTION 8.1. Representations and Warranties True as of Closing . The representations and warranties set forth in Article V shall have been accurate, true and correct on and as of the date of this Agreement, and shall also be accurate, true and correct on and as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as though made on and as of the Closing Date.

 

SECTION 8.2. Compliance with Covenants . BOXL shall have performed and complied with all of its covenants hereunder in all material respects through the Closing.

 

SECTION 8.3. Actions or Proceedings . No action, suit, or proceeding shall be pending before any court or quasi-judicial or administrative agency of any federal, state, local, or foreign jurisdiction wherein an unfavorable injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, or charge would (A) prevent consummation of any of the Transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (B) cause any of the Transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be rescinded following consummation (and no such injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, or charge shall be in effect).

 

SECTION 8.4. Certificate . BOXL shall have delivered to the Sellers a certificate to the effect that each of the conditions specified above in Sections 8.1 - 8.3 is satisfied in all respects.

 

41

 

 

SECTION 8.5. Documents . All actions to be taken by BOXL in connection with the consummation of the Transactions contemplated hereby, including all payments and deliveries specified in Section 2.6 , and all certificates, opinions, instruments, and other documents required to effect the Transactions contemplated hereby will be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Sellers.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION

 

SECTION 9.1 Survival of Representations, Etc .

 

(a) Survival of Sellers’ Representations . Each of the representations and warranties of the Sellers set forth in Article III and ARTICLE IV (the “ Seller’s Representations ”), other than Section 4.9 which shall survive for the applicable statute of limitations and for which indemnification is provided in Article X below are made as of the Closing and shall expire, together with any right to assert a claim for recovery under this Article IX (such a claim, an “ Indemnification Claim ”) based on any alleged inaccuracy in or breach of such representations and warranties, on the date that is twelve (12) months after the Closing Date (the “ Survival Period ”). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence of this Section 9.1(a) , if, at any time prior to the one year expiration of the Survival Period, the Purchaser (acting in good faith) delivers to the Seller a written notice alleging the existence of an inaccuracy in or a breach of any of the representations and warranties set forth in Article II and setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for the Purchaser’s belief that such an inaccuracy or breach may exist and asserting an Indemnification Claim based on such alleged inaccuracy or breach, then the Indemnification Claim asserted in such notice shall survive the expiration of the Survival Period until such time as such Indemnification Claim is fully and finally resolved.

 

(b) Survival of Purchaser’s Representations . Each of the representations and warranties of the Purchaser set forth in Article V (the “ Purchaser’s Representations ”) shall survive the Closing and shall expire, together with any right to assert a claim for recovery based on any alleged inaccuracy in or breach of such representations and warranties, on the expiration of the Survival Period. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence of this Section 9.1(b) , if, at any time prior to such expiration of the Survival Period, the Sellers (acting in good faith) delivers to the Purchaser a written notice alleging the existence of an inaccuracy in or a breach of any of the Purchaser’s Representations and setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for such Seller’s belief that such an inaccuracy or breach may exist and asserting an Indemnification Claim based on such alleged inaccuracy or breach, then the Indemnification Claim asserted in such notice shall survive the expiration of the Survival Period until such time as such Indemnification Claim is fully and finally resolved.

 

(c) Fraud . Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this Section 9.1 or elsewhere in this Agreement shall limit the Purchaser’s right to bring claims against the Sellers based on the Sellers’ fraud, or the rights of the Sellers to bring claims against the Purchaser based on the Purchaser’s fraud (it being understood that, for purposes of this Section 9.1(c) , the term “fraud” shall mean fraud committed with the intent to deceive).

 

SECTION 9.2 Indemnification by the Seller . From and after the Closing (but subject to the other provisions of Section 6.1 , including, but not limited to, the Survival Period), the Seller shall indemnify the Purchaser against any Loss which is suffered by the Purchaser or the Company (the “ Purchaser Indemnified Parties ”) and which arise from:

 

42

 

 

(a) any inaccuracy in or breach of any of Sellers’ Representation; or

 

(b) any breach of, or failure by Sellers to perform, any covenant of the Seller set forth in Article V or Article VII of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 9.3 Indemnification by the Purchaser . From and after the Closing (but subject to the other provisions of Section 9.1 , including, but not limited to, the Survival Period), the Purchaser or the Company shall indemnify the Sellers against any Loss which is suffered by the Seller and which arise from:

 

(a) any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty of Purchaser set forth in Article V; or

 

(b) any breach of, or failure by Purchaser or the Company to perform, any covenant of the Purchaser set forth in Section 6.5(b) or Section 6.6 or Article VII of this Agreement; or

 

(c) the Company’s conduct of the Business following the Closing.

 

SECTION 9.4 Other Matters Relating to Indemnification .

 

(a) Effect of Knowledge . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Sellers shall not be liable or responsible under this Article IX to the Purchaser for any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty of the Sellers contained in this Agreement if the Purchaser had, on or prior to the date of this Agreement, Knowledge of the inaccuracy in or breach of, or of any facts or circumstances constituting or resulting in the inaccuracy in or breach of, such representation or warranty.

 

(b) Calculation of Loss; Insurance Proceeds and Tax Benefits . The amount of any Loss that are subject to indemnification under this Article IX or Article X shall be calculated net of: (i) any Tax benefit received or receivable by the Purchaser or any Affiliate of the Purchaser in connection with such Loss or any of the events or circumstances giving rise or otherwise related to such Loss; and (ii) the amount of any insurance proceeds, indemnification payments, contribution payments or reimbursements received or receivable by the Purchaser or any Affiliate of the Purchaser in connection with such Loss or any of the events or circumstances giving rise or otherwise related to such Loss. .

 

(c) Deductible . Absent acts or omissions constituting fraud, the Seller shall not be required to make any indemnification payment pursuant to Section 6.2 , unless the amount of Loss from any individual inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty made by the Seller in this Agreement (or multiple inaccuracies or breaches of the same representation or warranty or of different representations and warranties, but based on similar events, conditions, facts or circumstances) exceeds $75,000 (the “ Deductible ”). If the total amount of all of the Loss exceeds the Deductible, then the Purchaser shall be entitled to be indemnified against the full the amount of such Loss, including the Deductible.

 

(d) Liability Cap . The Purchaser agrees that, absent acts or omissions constituting fraud, the total amount of Loss for which it is entitled to seek or obtain indemnification (and the maximum amount of payments required to be made by the Seller) pursuant to Section 9.2 with respect to the breach of any of Seller’s representations and warranties set forth in Article III shall be limited to $1,800,000 in the aggregate.

 

43

 

 

(e) Mitigation . Promptly after any Purchaser becomes aware of any event or circumstance that could reasonably be expected to constitute or give rise to any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation, warranty or covenant of the Seller set forth in this Agreement, without being liable to incur any additional costs or expenses, Purchaser shall (and shall cause the Company to) take all reasonable steps to mitigate and minimize all Loss that may result from such inaccuracy or breach.

 

(f) Exclusive Remedy . After the Closing, this Article IX and Article X below will provide the exclusive remedy against the Seller or the Purchaser, as applicable, for any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or other claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement and/or the Transactions.

 

ARTICLE X

 

TAX MATTERS

 

SECTION 10.1 Tax Returns . The Sellers shall prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, any Tax Return relating to the Company with respect to a period ending on or before the Closing Date. The Purchaser shall prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed Tax Returns relating to the Companies with respect to periods beginning with the Closing Date.

 

SECTION 10.2 Consistent Tax Reporting . The Sellers, the Company and Purchaser shall treat and report the Transactions in all respects consistently for purposes of any federal, state, local or foreign Tax. The parties hereto shall not take any actions or positions inconsistent with the obligations set forth herein.

 

SECTION 10.3 Payment of Taxes by Purchaser . All Taxes for tax periods beginning on or after the Closing Date and any transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration and other such Taxes and fees (including any penalties and interest) shall be paid by Purchaser or the Company, as applicable, when due, and Purchaser shall cause the Company to file all necessary Tax Returns and other documentation with respect to all such transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration and other Taxes and fees, and, if required by applicable Law, the Company will join in the execution of any such Tax Returns and other documentation.

 

SECTION 10.4 Payment of Taxes by Sellers and Tax Indemnity .

 

(a)       From and after the Closing Date, the Sellers shall indemnify the Purchaser Indemnified Parties against and hold them harmless from any and all Losses arising out of Taxes of the Company with respect to all pre-Closing Tax periods in excess of any reserves therefor established in the Latest Balance Sheet. The relevant procedures applicable to obtaining Seller’s Tax Indemnification are set forth below. From and after the Closing, the Purchaser or the Company shall promptly notify the Sellers in writing of any demand, claim or notice of the commencement of an audit received by such Person from any Authority with respect to Tax Losses (each, a “ Tax Proceeding ”) for which the Sellers may be liable pursuant to this Section; provided , however , that a failure to give such notice will not affect the Purchaser Indemnified Party’s rights to indemnification under this Section, except to the extent that the Seller is prejudiced thereby. Such notice shall contain factual information (to the extent known) describing the asserted Tax Loss and shall include copies of the relevant portion of any notice or other document received from any Authority in respect of any such asserted Tax Loss. In the case of a Tax Proceeding, the Purchaser Indemnified Party shall be entitled to exercise full control of the defense, compromise or settlement of any Tax Proceeding, unless the Sellers within a reasonable time after the giving of notice of such Tax Proceeding by the Purchaser Indemnified Party delivers a written confirmation of the Seller’s intention to assume the defense thereof, in which case the Sellers shall be entitled to exercise full control of the defense, compromise or settlement of such Tax Proceeding. If the Sellers so assumes the defense of any such Tax Proceeding, then the applicable Purchaser Indemnified Party shall cooperate with the Seller in any manner that the Seller reasonably may request in connection with the defense, compromise or settlement thereof.

 

(b) The Seller will be entitled to any Tax refunds that are received by the Purchaser or the Company and any amounts credited against Taxes to which the Purchaser or Company become entitled to in any post-Closing Tax period, in each case that relate to a pre-Closing Tax period of the Company other than any such refunds or credits that arise with respect to amounts borne by the Purchaser or Company (and not indemnified by the Seller). The Purchaser will pay over to the Seller any such refund or the amount of any such credit, net of reasonable fees or expenses incurred by the Purchaser or the Company in obtaining such refund or credit, within five days after receipt of such refund or credit; provided that with respect to any automatic Tax refund for which the Seller.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

TERMINATION

 

SECTION 11.1. Termination of Agreement . Certain of the parties may terminate this Agreement as provided below:

 

(a) BOXL and the Sellers may terminate this Agreement by mutual written consent at any time prior to the Closing;

 

(b) BOXL may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the Sellers at any time prior to the Closing (A) in the event the Sellers or the Article IV Parties have breached any material representation, warranty, or covenant contained in this Agreement in any material respect, BOXL has notified the Sellers of the breach, and the breach has continued without cure for a period of 30 days after the notice of breach or (B) if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before the Outside Closing Date by reason of the failure of any condition precedent under Article VII hereof (unless the failure results primarily from BOXL itself breaching any representation, warranty, or covenant contained in this Agreement); and

 

(c) the Sellers may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to BOXL at any time prior to the Closing (A) in the event that BOXL has breached any material representation, warranty, or covenant contained in this Agreement in any material respect, the Sellers has notified BOXL of the breach, and the breach has continued without cure for a period of 30 days after the notice of breach or (B) if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before the Outside Closing Date by reason of the failure of any condition precedent under Article VIII hereof (unless the failure results primarily from the Sellers breaching any representation, warranty, or covenant contained in this Agreement).

 

44

 

 

(d) BOXL may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the Sellers at any time prior to the Closing in the event: (x) the Company incurs a Material Adverse Effect, or (y) the Company does anything outside of the Ordinary Course of Business to affect the working capital of the Company between the date hereof and the Closing Date.

 

SECTION 11.2. Effect of Termination . If any party terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.1 above, all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall terminate, without any Liability of any party to any other party (except for any Liability of any party then in breach). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the absence of a material breach by Sellers or the Article IV Parties of any representation or warranty set forth in Article III or IV , or the failure by Sellers to perform any material covenant or agreement on their part to be performed hereunder.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 12.1. Expenses . Each party will bear his or its own costs and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the Transactions contemplated hereby.

 

SECTION 12.2. Press Releases and Public Announcements . No party shall issue any press release or make any public announcement relating to the subject matter of this Agreement without the prior written approval of BOXL and the Sellers; provided , however , that any party may make any public disclosure it believes in good faith is required by applicable Law or any listing or trading agreement concerning its publicly-traded securities (in which case the disclosing party will use its best efforts to advise the other parties prior to making the disclosure).

 

SECTION 12.3. No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Subject to the provisions of Section 12.5, this Agreement shall not confer any rights or remedies upon any Person other than the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

SECTION 12.4. Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the Exhibits and other documents referred to herein) constitutes the entire agreement among the parties and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, to the extent they related in any way to the subject matter hereof.

 

SECTION 12.5. Succession and Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties named herein and their respective successors and permitted assigns. No party may assign either this Agreement or any of his or its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of BOXL and the Sellers; provided , however , that BOXL may, upon prior written notice to Sellers (i) assign any or all of its rights and interests hereunder to one or more of its Affiliates or to BOXL, (ii) designate one or more of its Affiliates or BOXL to perform its obligations hereunder (in any or all of which cases BOXL nonetheless shall remain responsible for the performance of all of its obligations hereunder) and (iii) grant a security interest in respect of its rights hereunder to any Person providing financing to BOXL.

 

45

 

 

SECTION 12.6. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 12.7. Headings. The section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 12.8. Notices . All notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications (“ Notices ”) hereunder will be in writing. Any Notices hereunder shall be deemed duly given if (and then two business days after) it is sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and addressed to the intended recipient as set forth below:

 

(a) If to the Sellers, as follows:

 

  If to Rushton and Ketlan: Whitebirk Finance Limited
    Bowland House
    Philips Road
    Blackburn, Lancashire BB1 5TH
    England
    Attn.: Carol Fahy or Hugh Turner
    Tel: 44-1254-688051
    Email: carole.fahy@cannco.co.uk or
   

            Hugh.turner@cannco.co.uk

 

  If to Sugar International: [to be supplied]

 

(b) If to the Managers or the Company, as follows;

 

    Cohuborate Ltd.
    c/o Whitebirk Finance Limited
    Bowland House
    Philips Road
    Blackburn, Lancashire BB1 5TH
    England.
    Attn: Andy Pennington
    Tel: +44 7800 662787
    Mail: andy@cohuba.com

 

(b) If to BOXL, addressed as follows:

 

    Boxlight Corporation
    1045 Progress Circle
    Lawrenceville, GA 30043
    Attn. Michael Pope, President
    Tel. No. +1 (360) 464-4478
    Email. michael.pope@boxlight.com

 

46

 

 

  With a copy (which shall not  
  constitute Notice) to: CKR Law, LLP
    1800 century Park East, 14 th floor
    Los Angeles, California 90067
    Attn: Stephen A. Weiss, Esq.
    Tel: (310) 400-0110
    Email: sweiss@ckrlaw.com

 

Any party may send any notice, request, demand, claim, or other communication hereunder to the intended recipient at the address set forth above using any other means (including personal delivery, expedited courier, messenger service, telecopy, ordinary mail, or electronic mail), but no such notice, request, demand, claim, or other communication shall be deemed to have been duly given unless and until it actually is received by the intended recipient. Any party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other parties notice in the manner herein set forth.

 

SECTION 12.9. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic Laws of the State of Georgia without giving effect to any choice or conflict of Law provision or rule (whether of the State of Georgia or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the Laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Georgia.

 

SECTION 12.10. Amendments and Waivers . No amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by BOXL and Sellers. No waiver by any party of any default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, shall be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any prior or subsequent such occurrence.

 

SECTION 12.11. Severability . Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 12.13. Construction . The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. Any reference to any federal, state, local, or foreign statute or Law shall be deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The word “including” shall mean including without limitation.

 

SECTION 12.14. Incorporation of Exhibits and Schedules . The Exhibits and Schedule identified in this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

 

SECTION 12.15. Specific Performance . Each of the parties acknowledges and agrees that the other parties would be damaged irreparably in the event any of the provisions of Sections 6.4 , 6.5 , 6.8, 6.9,6.15 and 6.16 of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms or otherwise are breached. Accordingly, each of the parties agrees that the other parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of the aforementioned provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically this Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof in any action instituted in any court of the United States or any state thereof having jurisdiction over the parties and the matter (subject to the provisions set forth in Section 12.16 below), in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled, at law or in equity.

 

47

 

 

SECTION 12.16. Submission to Jurisdiction . Each of the parties submits to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in Atlanta, Georgia in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement and agrees that all claims in respect of the action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court. Each party also agrees not to bring any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any other court. Each of the parties waives any defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any action or proceeding so brought and waives any bond, surety, or other security that might be required of any other party with respect thereto. Any party may make service on any other party by sending or delivering a copy of the process to the Party to be served at the address and in the manner provided for the giving of notices in Section 12.8 above. Nothing in this Section 12.16 , however, shall affect the right of any party to bring any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any other court or to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law or at equity. Each party agrees that a final judgment in any action or proceeding so brought shall be conclusive and may be enforced by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law or at equity.

 

The balance of this page intentionally left blank – signature page follows

 

48

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

The Company: COHUBORATE, LTD.
     
  By:  
  Name: Andy Pennington
    Title: CEO and Authorized Signatory

 

The Sellers: RUSHTON NO. 4 TRUST
     
  By:  
  Name: Herbert Anthony Cann
  Title: Trustee
     
  KETLAM TRUST
     
  By:  
    Name: Herbert Anthony Cann
  Title: Trustee
     
  SUGA TECHNOLOGY LIMITED
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title: Managing Director and Authorized Signatory

 

 
  ANDY PENNINGTON
     
TYPE A MINORITY  
SHAREHOLDERS:  
   
   
   
   
   
   
THE MANAGERS;  
  ANDY PENNINGTON
     
   
  PAULINE HEALEY
   
BOXL: BOXLIGHT CORPORATION
     
  By:  
  Name: Michael Pope
  Title: President

 

49

 

 

SCHEDULE A

Ownership of Company Shares

Preference Shares:

 

Name of Shareholder

Number of Preference

Shares Owned

Ketlam Trust 521,315 (*)
Rushton No. 4 Trust 738,500 (**)
Suga Technology

50,000

Total 1,309,815

 

(*)        Includes 481,315 preference shares issued to capitalize £481,315 of Company indebtedness.

(**) Consists of 738,500 preference shares purchased by Rushton No. 4 Trust for £738,500 investment in the Company.

Ordinary Shares:

 

Name of Shareholder

Number of Ordinary

Shares Owned

Andy Pennington 52
Type A Minority Shareholders 48
   
Total 100

 

50

 

 

EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT (this “Agreement”) dated this 9 th day of May 2018

 

BETWEEN:

 

Cohuborate Limited , a corporation organized under the laws of England and Wales (the “ Employer ”), with an office located at 13th Floor, City Tower, Piccadilly Plaza, Manchester, England, M1 4BT.

 

OF THE FIRST PART

 

AND -

 

Andrew Pennington , an individual residing at _______________________, England, _____ (the “ Employee ”)

 

OF THE SECOND PART

 

BACKGROUND:

 

  A. The Employee is currently employed by the Employer and the Employer is of the opinion that, as the Employee has the necessary qualifications, experience and abilities to assist and benefit the Employer in its business, it is in the Employer’s best interests to continue the employment of the Employee with the Employer.
     
  B. The Employer desires to continue to be employed by the Employee and the Employee has agreed to accept and enter such employment upon the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.

 

IN CONSIDERATION OF the matters described above and of the mutual benefits and obligations set forth in this Agreement, the receipt and sufficiency of which consideration is hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement agree as follows:

 

    Particulars of Employment
     
  1. As required by the Employment Rights Act 1996 , s. 1, the particulars of the Employee’s employment are set out in Schedule 1 of this Agreement.
     
    Commencement Date and Prior Employment Agreement
     
  2. The Employee commenced permanent full-time employment with the Employer on the __day of _______, 201_ (the “ Commencement Date ”), as defined in the employment agreement between Employer and Employee dated as of the __day of __________ 201_ (the “ Prior Employment Agreement ”).

 

 
 

 

    Term
     
  3. The term of employment of Employee commenced on the Commencement date under the Prior Agreement and shall continue unless terminated by either Employer or Employee on not less than three (3) months prior written notice to the other.

 

  Job Title and Description
   
4. The job title of the Employee will be the following: President and Chief Operating Officer. The job duties the Employee will be expected to perform will be the following:

 

  Subject at all times to the oversight and approval Board of Directors, to manage the business and day-to-day operations of the Employer, to have general and active management of the business of the corporation of the Employer and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect. The president shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe, consist with such office.
   
5. The Employee agrees to be employed on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement. The Employee agrees to be subject to the general supervision of and act pursuant to the orders, advice and direction of the Employer.
   
6. The Employee will perform any and all duties as requested by the Employer that are reasonable and that are customarily performed by a person holding a similar position in the industry or business of the Employer.
   
7. The Employer may make changes to the job title or duties of the Employee where the changes would be considered reasonable for a similar position in the industry or business of the Employer. The Employee’s job title or duties may be changed by agreement and with the approval of both the Employee and the Employer or after a notice period required under law.
   
8. The Employee agrees to abide by the Employer’s rules, regulations, policies and practices, including those concerning work schedules, annual leave and sick leave, as they may from time to time be adopted or modified.
   
9.

The Employee warrants that the Employee is legally allowed to work in the country of England.

   
  Employee Remuneration
   
10. Remuneration paid to the Employee for the services rendered by the Employee as required by this Agreement (the “ Remuneration ”) will include a salary of £60,000.00 (pounds) per year. Commencing in July 2018; provided that Employer’s cumulative gross profit margin shall equal or exceed £250,000, Employee’s salary shall be increased to the rate of £72,000.00 (pounds) per year and commencing in May 2019 if the cumulative gross profit margin of the Employer shall equal or exceed £1,000,000, Employee’s salary shall be increased to the rate of £90,000 (pounds) per year.

 

 
 

 

11. [intentionally omitted]
   
12. R e mune ra t i on will be p a y a ble in 12 m onth l y e qu a l p a y ments in a r r e ar s on the d a te sp ec if i e d in S c h e dule 1, or on the first working day thereafter by credit transfer into Employee’s nominated b a nk or bui l ding so c i e t y acc ount while this A g r e e ment is in fo rce . The E m pl o y e r is e nt i t l e d to d e du c t f r om t he Emp l o y e e s R e mu n e r a t i on, or f r o m a n y oth e r re mu n e r a t i o n in wh a tev e r fo r m, a n y a ppl i ca ble d e d u c t i ons a n d r e m i t t a n ce s a s r e quir e d b y law a nd d e d u c t a n y o ther a moun t s ow e d to the E mp l o y e r b y the E m pl o y e e . This i n c ludes, w i thout l i m i ta t ion, a n y ov e r - p a y m e nt of e x p e ns e s, pay or loans m a de t o t he Emp l o y e e by the E mp l o y e r. If, on the termination of the Employee’s e mp l o y ment, the Emplo y e e ow e s a ny mon e y to t he Emp l o y e r, the Emp l o y e r sh a ll be e nt i t l e d to d e du c t a n y su c h mon e y f rom a n y s a la r y d u e to t he Emp l o y ee.
   
13. The Employee’s s a l a r y w i l l be re vie we d a nnu a l l y a l t hou g h the r e will be no obl i g a t i on on the
  Emp l o y e r to a w a rd a n u p w a rd in c r ea se following a n y s u c h r e v i e w. A n y c h a ng e s in s a la r y will be c onfi r med to the E mp l o y e e with their p a y sl ip .
   
14. The Emp l o y e e und e rst a n ds a nd a gr e e s that a n y a d di t ional re mune ra t i on p a i d to t he Emp l o y e e in t he fo r m of bonus e s or oth e r si m i l a r in ce nt i ve r e mun e r a t i on will r e st i n the sole disc re t i on of the Emp l o y e r a nd that the E mp l o y e e will not e a rn or acc r u e a n y ri g ht t o in c e nt i ve r e mune r a t i on b y r e a son of the Emp l o y ee s e mp l o y ment.
   
15. The Emp l o y e r w i l l r e i m b urse the E mp l o y e e for a ll r e a son a b l e e x p e ns e s, in a cc or d a n c e with t he Emp l o y e r s l a w f ul po l ic i e s a s in e f f ec t f rom t i me to t i me, in c lud i ng but not l i m i ted to, a n y tr a v e l a nd e nte r tainment e x p e ns e s incu r r e d b y t h e Emp l o y e e in conn e c t i on with t he busin e ss of the Emp l o y e r. E x p e ns e s will be p a id wi t hin a r e a son a ble ti m e a ft e r submission of a c c e ptable supporting do c umen t a t i on.
   
  P e n sion
   
16. The Emp l o y e r will c om pl y with a n y dut i e s it m a y h a ve in r e s p ec t of the E m pl o y e e und e r p a rt 1 of the Pensions A c t 2008.
   
17. The Emp l o y e r is cu r r e nt l y usi n g the N E S T c o m p a n y p e ns i on s c h e m e a lt h o u g h y ou h a v e a c ho i c e of w h i c h p e nsion s c h e me y ou w ou l d li ke t o no mi n a t e in r e sp e c t of i t s du t ies und e r p a rt 1 of t h e P e nsions A c t 2008. M e mbe r ship of the s c h e me is s tri c t l y subj ec t t o the r ul e s of the s c h e me a s a mend e d f rom t i me to t i me. T he Emp l o y e r r e s e r v e s the r i g ht t o v a r y or di s c ont i nue a n y s c h e m e in pla c e f rom t i me to t i me.
   
18. The Emp l o y e r sh a ll be e nt i t l e d to dedu c t f r om the E m p l o y e e’s s a la r y a n y a moun t s p a y a ble b y t h e
  Emp l o y e e a s memb e r c o ntribu t ions t o su c h p e nsion s c h e me a s the E m p l o y e r is u s ing f rom t i me to t i me.
   
19. Th e re is no contracting-out certificate in force under the Pension Schemes Act of 1993, as amended.

 

 
 

 

Place of Work

 

20. The Employee’s primary place of work will be at his home until such time as the Employer establishes a formal office in the same city in which the Employee resides.

 

21. The Employee will also be required to work at the following place or places:

 

 

The employee will be based at the above office but may at times be required to attend meetings at other locations. Mileage will be paid per HMRC allowable rates.

 

22. The Employer will inform the Employee in advance of the Employee being required to work at other locations with additional compensation paid if place of exceeds 15 miles of current contractual location.

 

  Time of Work
   
23. The Employee’s normal hours of work, including breaks, (“Normal Hours of Work”) are as follows: Flexible 40 hours (5 working days) per week.
   
24. However, the Employee will, on receiving reasonable notice from the Employer, work additional hours and/or hours outside of the Employee’s Normal Hours of Work as deemed necessary by the Employer to meet the business needs of the Employer.

 

  Employee Benefits
   
25.

The Employee will be covered from the date of joining by the Employer’s group life assurance provision, which yields the benefit of payment of 4 times salary in the event of death in service.

   
26. The Employee will be participate in the Employer’s private health, dental and optical scheme. There is an Employee contribution for some treatments and tax liability associated with this benefit, details of which will be available on commencement
   
27. The Employee will be entitled to only those additional benefits that are currently available as described in the lawful provisions of the Employer’s employment booklets, manuals, and policy documents or as required by law.
   
28. Employer discretionary benefits are subject to change, without compensation, upon the Employer providing the Employee with 90 days written notice of that change and providing that any change to those benefits is taken generally with respect to other employees and does not single out the Employee.

 

 
 

 

  Holidays
   
29. The Holiday year will commence on 1st day of January and run for one year (the “ Holiday Year ”).
   
30. During each Holiday Year, although Employee’s role has the benefit of “unlimited holidays” which is managed within the deliverables of personal objectives as described within the Employees Handbook, the Employee is entitled to the following minimum paid leave, such entitlement accruing on a pro rata basis:

 

● Twenty three (23) days.

 

  Bank and Public Holidays to be excluded from and in addition to the Employee’s stated paid annual leave.
   
31.

The times and dates for any holidays will be determined by mutual agreement between the Employer and the Employee.

   
32. If any of the 23 days paid leave in any Holiday Year is untaken, it may not be carried forward to any following Holiday Year and such holiday eentitlement will be forfeited without any right to payment in lieu.
   
33. Holiday entitlement for any part of the Holiday Year worked will be calculated on a pro rata basis at the rate of days per complete calendar month worked. Upon termination of employment, the Employer will pay compensation to the Employee for any accrued but unused of the 23 holiday days.

 

  Sickness and Disability
   
34. If the Employee is unable to perform the Employee’s duties as a result of illness or injury, the Employee will inform the Employer via Managing Director of the reason for the Employee’s absence no later than 9AM on the day of the absence or as soon as is reasonably possible. If the absence extends beyond 7 days, the Employee will obtain and provide the Employer with a certificate or note from the Employee’s doctor corroborating such illness or injury.
   
35.

During such absence the Employer will pay the Employee the Employee’s full pay as contractual sick pay, provided that the Employer will pay a maximum of (4) weeks paid period to the Employee as contractual sick pay in any 12-month period, the period commencing on the first day for which the Employee is paid contractual sick pay.

   
36. Any statutory sick pay will be calculated on the basis of the Employee’s usual work days.
   
37.

If requested by the Employer, the Employee agrees to undergo a medical examination at the expense of the Employer with a medical practitioner nominated by the Employer.

 

 
 

 

38. If requested by the Employer, the Employee will give written permission to the Employer to have access to any medical or health report in its complete form prepared by any health professional on the Employee’s physical or mental condition.
   
  Disciplinary and Grievance Procedures
   
39. The disciplinary and grievance procedures which apply to your employment with the Employer are contained in separate documents. For the avoidance of doubt these procedures are non-contractual.
   
40. If the Employee has a grievance or dissatisfied with any disciplinary action taken against the Employee, the Employee should first raise the matter with their immediate manager in writing, in accordance with the Emplooyer’s grievance or disciplinary procedure, as appropriate.
   
41. The Employer shall have the right to suspend the Employee from duties on full pay on such terms and conditions as it shall determine for the purpose of carrying out an investigation into any allegation of misconduct or negligence or an allegation of bullying harassment or discrimination against the Employee and pending any disciplinary hearing.
   
  Duty to Devote Full Time
   
42. The Employee agrees to devote full-time efforts, as an employee of the Employer, to the employment duties and obligations as described in this Agreement.
   
  Conflict of Interest
   
43. During the term of the Employee’s active employment with the Employer, it is understood and agreed that any business opportunity relating to or similar to the Employer’s actual or reasonably anticipated business opportunities (with the exception of personal investments in less than 5% of the equity of a business, investments in established family businesses, real estate, or investments in stocks and bonds traded on public stock exchanges) coming to the attention of the Employee, is an opportunity belonging to the Employer. Therefore, the Employee will advise the Employer of the opportunity and cannot pursue the opportunity, directly or indirectly, without the written consent of the Employer.
   
44. During the term of the Employee’s active employment with the Employer, the Employee will not, directly or indirectly, engage or participate in any other business activities that the Employer, in its reasonable discretion, determines to be in conflict with the best interests of the Employer without the written consent of the Employer.
   
  Non-Competition
   
45. The Employee agrees that during the Employee’s term of active employment with the Employer and for a period of six (6) months after the end of that term, the Employee will not, directly or indirectly, as employee, owner, sole proprietor, partner, director, member, consultant, agent, founder, co-venturer or otherwise, solely or jointly with others engage in any business that is in competition with the business of the Employer within any geographic area in or around UK AV education market, or give advice or lend credit, money or the Employee’s reputation to any natural person or business entity engaged in a competing business in any geographic area in which the Employer conducts its business.

 

 
 

 

  Non-Solicitation
   
46. The Employee understands and agrees that any attempt on the part of the Employee to induce other employees or contractors to leave the Employer’s employ, or any effort by the Employee to interfere with the Employer’s relationship with its other employees and contractors would be harmful and damaging to the Employer. The Employee agrees that during the Employee’s term of employment with the Employer and for a period of one (1) year after the end of that term, the Employee will not in any way, directly or indirectly:

 

  a. Induce or attempt to induce any employee or contractor of the Employer to quit employment or retainer with the Employer;
     
  b. Otherwise interfere with or disrupt the Employer’s relationship with its employees and contractors;
     
  c. Discuss employment opportunities or provide information about competitive employment to any of the Employer’s employees or contractors; or
     
  d. Solicit, entice, or hire away any employee or contractor of the Employer for the purpose of an employment opportunity that is in competition with the Employer.

 

47. This non-solicitation obligation as described in this section will be limited to employees or contractors who were employees or contractors of the Employer during the period that the Employee was employed by the Employer.
   
48. During the term of the Employee’s active employment with the Employer, and for one (1) year thereafter, the Employee will not divert or attempt to divert from the Employer any business the Employer had enjoyed, solicited, or attempted to solicit, from its customers, prior to termination or expiration, as the case may be, of the Employee’s employment with the Employer.
   
  Confidential Information
   
49. The Employee acknowledges that, in any position the Employee may hold, in and as a result of the Employee’s employment by the Employer, the Employee will, or may, be making use of, acquiring or adding to information which is confidential to the Employer (the “Confidential Information”) and the Confidential Information is the exclusive property of the Employer.

 

 
 

 

50. The Confidential Information will include all data and information relating to the business and management of the Employer, including but not limited to, proprietary and trade secret technology and accounting records to which access is obtained by the Employee, including Work Product, Computer Software, Other Proprietary Data, Business Operations, Marketing and Development Operations, and Customer Information.
   
51. The Confidential Information will also include any information that has been disclosed by a third party to the Employer and is governed by the Data Protection Act or by a non-disclosure agreement entered into between that third party and the Employer.
   
52. The Confidential Information will not include information that:

 

  a. Is generally known in the industry of the Employer;
     
  b. Is now or subsequently becomes generally available to the public through no wrongful act of the Employee;
     
  c. Was rightfully in the possession of the Employee prior to the disclosure to the Employee by the Employer;
     
  d.

Is independently created by the Employee without direct or indirect use of the Confidential

Information; or

     
  e. The Employee rightfully obtains from a third party who has the right to transfer or disclose it.

 

53.

The Confidential Information will also not include anything developed or produced by the Employee during the Employee’s term of employment with the Employer, including but not limited to, any intellectual property, process, design, development, creation, research, invention, know- how, trade name, trade-mark or copyright that:

 

a. Was developed without the use of equipment, supplies, facility or Confidential Information of the Employer;

 

b. Was developed entirely on the Employee’s own time;

 

  c. Does not result from any work performed by the Employee for the Employer; and

 

  d. Does not relate to any actual or reasonably anticipated business opportunity of the Employer.

 

  Duties and Obligations Concerning Confidential Information
   
54. The Employee agrees that a material term of the Employee’s contract with the Employer is to keep all Confidential Information absolutely confidential and protect its release from the public. The Employee agrees not to divulge, reveal, report or use, for any purpose, any of the Confidential Information which the Employee has obtained or which was disclosed to the Employee by the Employer as a result of the Employee’s employment by the Employer. The Employee agrees that if there is any question as to such disclosure then the Employee will seek out senior management of the Employer prior to making any disclosure of the Employer’s information that may be covered by this Agreement.

 

 
 

 

55. The Employee agrees and acknowledges that the Confidential Information is of a proprietary and confidential nature and that any disclosure of the Confidential Information to a third party in breach of this Agreement cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated for in money damages, would cause irreparable injury to Employer, would gravely affect the effective and successful conduct of the Employer’s business and goodwill, and would be a material breach of this Agreement.
   
56. The obligations to ensure and protect the confidentiality of the Confidential Information imposed on the Employee in this Agreement and any obligations to provide notice under this Agreement will survive the expiration or termination, as the case may be, of this Agreement and will continue indefinitely from the date of such expiration or termination.
   
57. The Employee may disclose any of the Confidential Information:

 

  a. To a third party where Employer has consented in writing to such disclosure; or
     
  b.

To the extent required by law or by the request or requirement of any judicial, legislative, administrative or other governmental body after providing reasonable prior notice to the Employer.

 

58. If the Employee loses or makes unauthorised disclosure of any of the Confidential Information, the Employee will immediately notify the Employer and take all reasonable steps necessary to retrieve the lost or improperly disclosed Confidential Information.

 

  Ownership and Title to Confidential Information
   
59. The Employee acknowledges and agrees that all rights, title and interest in any Confidential Information will remain the exclusive property of the Employer. Accordingly, the Employee specifically agrees and acknowledges that the Employee will have no interest in the Confidential Information, including, without limitation, no interest in know-how, copyright, trade-marks or trade names, notwithstanding the fact that the Employee may have created or contributed to the creation of the Confidential Information.
   
60.

The Employee waives any moral rights that the Employee may have with respect to the Confidential Information.

   
61. The Employee agrees to immediately disclose to the Employer all Confidential Information developed in whole or in part by the Employee during the Employee’s term of employment with the Employer and to assign to the Employer any right, title or interest the Employee may have in the Confidential Information. The Employee agrees to execute any instruments and to do all other things reasonably requested by the Employer, both during and after the Employee’s employment with the Employer, in order to vest more fully in the Employer all ownership rights in those items transferred by the Employee to the Employer.

 

 
 

 

  Return of Confidential Information
   
62. The Employee agrees that, upon request of the Employer or upon termination or expiration, as the case may be, of this employment, the Employee will turn over to the Employer all Confidential Information belonging to the Employer, including but not limited to, all documents, plans, specifications, disks or other computer media, as well as any duplicates or backups made of that Confidential Information in whatever form or media, in the possession or control of the Employee that:

 

  a. May contain or be derived from ideas, concepts, creations, or trade secrets and other proprietary and Confidential Information as defined in this Agreement; or
     
  b. Is connected with or derived from the Employee’s employment with the Employer.

 

Data Protection
   
63. The Employer holds personal data and sensitive personal data relating to the Employee which is subject to the Data Protection Act 1998. The Employer will process and may disclose such data and the Employee consents to the processing and disclosure of such data, both manually and by electronic means, both inside and, where necessary, outside the European Economic Area, for the purposes of the administration and management of the Employee’s employment and/or he Employer’s business.

 

  “Processing” includes anything that can be done with or in relation to data It includes obtaining, recording and holding the data and carrying out operations on the data including organising, erasing or disclosing.
   
 

“Sensitive personal data” includes, but is not limited to, medical information for the purpose of

employment and fitness to carry oout the Employee’s duties and data regarding sex, marital status, race, ethnic origin, or disability for the purpose of monitoring to ensure equality of opportunity by the Employer.

 

64. The Employee acknowledges that they may have access to personal and sensitive personal data during their employment with the Employer relating to other employees and agrees to comply with any data protection policy in place at all times.

 

 
 

 

Bribery and Corruption

 

65. The Employer expects the highest standards of integrity in relation to Employee’s dealings with the Employer’s customers, suppliers, agents and subcontractors and with any government official.

 

For the purposes of this clause:

 

65.1 a bribe is any gift, loan, fee, reward or other advantage given to or received from any person in order to obtain, retain or direct business or to secure any other improper advantage in the conduct of business and includes a kickback on any portion of a contract payment; and

 

65.2 hospitality, entertainment and gifts includes but is not limited to the offer or receipt of gifts, meals, goods, services, favours, loans, trips, accommodation and the use of property or invitations to events, functions or other social gatherings.

 

66. The Emp l o y e e is prohib i ted f rom o f f e ri n g , g iv i n g , a uthoris i ng or ac c e pt i ng a bribe in a n y f o rm.
   
  The Emp l o y e e is a lso pr o hib i ted f rom using a n y o t h e r r oute or c h a n n e l t o p r ovide a bribe to or r e ce i v e a bri b e f r om t he Employer’s c usto m e rs, s uppl i e rs, a g e nts or sub c o ntr ac tors or a n y
  g ov e rnm e nt of f ic i a l.
   
67. The Emp l o y e e is r e qui r e d not t o g ive or r e c e ive h ospitali t y , e nte r tainment or g ifts i f th e s e a r e in t e nd e d, or c ould be r e a son a b l y in t e r p r e ted, a s a r e w a rd or e n c our a g e ment for a f a vour or
  pr e f e r e nt i a l t r e a t m e nt i n c onn ec t i on with the Employer’s bus i n e ss.
   
68. The Emp l o y e e is prohibi t e d f r om m a ki n g a n y di r e c t or ind i r e c t cont r ibu t i o ns t o pol i t i ca l pa r t i e s, org a nisations or indiv i du a ls eng a g e d in po l i t ics, o r a n y c h a rit a ble c ontribu t ion or sponsorship a s a w a y of o b taini n g a dv a n t a g e in business t r a ns ac t i o ns without the p r ior a pp r ov a l of the CEO.
   
69. The Emp l o y e e is prohibi t e d f r om m a ki n g a n y di r e c t or ind i r e c t i l l icit or s e c r e t p a y ments o r tr a nsf e rs o f v a lue to g ov e rnm e nt of f ici a ls and f r o m g iv i ng hospitalit y , e nt e rt a in m e nt or g ifts t o g ov e rnm e nt of f ic i a ls without prior a uthorisation f rom the CEO.
   
70. W h e re the E mp l o y e e su s p ec t s, b e l i e ve o r kn o w t h a t an ac t of b rib e r y o r c o r r upt i on is b e ing c onsid e r e d or c a r r ied out, the E mp l o y e e is r e qui r e d to r e port th i s to t he Emp l o y e r usi n g the pro c e du r e s e t out in t he whistle blowing pol i c y .
   
  Cont r a c t Bi nd i n g Aut h o r ity
   
71. Notwithstanding a n y ot h e r t e rm or c ondi t ion e x pr e ssed or i m pl i e d in t h i s Ag ree ment to t he c ontr a r y , the E mp l o y e e will not have the a uthori t y to ent e r into a n y c ont r a c ts or c om m i t ments for or on the b e h a lf o f the E mp l o y e r without fi r st ob t a in i ng the e x pr e ss w r i t ten c ons e nt of the Emp l o y e r.
   
  T e r m i n ation Due t o Dis c o n tin u a n c e of B u si n e ss
   
72. Notwithstanding a n y ot h e r t e rm or c ondi t ion e x pr e ssed or i m pl i e d in t his Agr ee ment, in t he e v e nt that the E mp l o y e r w i l l d i s c ont i nue op e r a t i n g i t s bus i n e ss at the lo ca t i on w h e re the E mp l o y e e is e mp l o y e d, t h e n, a t t he E mp l o y e r s so l e opt i on, a n d a s p e rmit t e d b y la w , th i s A g r ee ment will te r m i n a te a s of the l a st d a y o f the mon t h in which the E mp l o y e r c e a s e s op e r a t i ons a t such lo ca t i on with t he s a me f or c e a nd e f f e c t as if su c h last d ay of the mon t h w e re o ri g i n a l l y s e t as t h e T e rmin a t i on D a te of th i s Agr ee ment.

 

 
 

 

Termination of Employment

 

73. W h e re the r e is j ust c a u s e for te r m i n a t i on, the E m p l o y e r m a y te r m i n a te the Emp l o y e e s e mp l o y m e nt without not i ce , a s p e rmit t e d b y l a w.
   
74. The Emp l o y e e a nd t h e E mp l o y e r a g r e e that r e a s o n a ble a nd suf f i c ient not ic e of t e rmin a t i on of e mp l o y ment b y the E mp l o y e r is the g r e a ter of six M onths or a n y m i ni m um no t ice r e qui r e d b y la w .
   
75. I f the E mp l o y e e wis h e s to t e rmin a te this e mp l o y ment with t he Emp l o y e r, the E mp l o y e e will provide the E mp l o y e r w i th t he g r ea t e r of six Mont h s a nd the min i mum r e qu i r e d b y la w . As a n a l t e rn a t i v e , if the Emp l o y e e c o - o p e r a tes w i t h the t r a in i ng a nd d e v e lop m e nt of a r e p l ace m e nt, t h e n suf f ici e nt no t ice is g iven if it is s uf f ici e nt no t ice to allow the Empl o y e r to f i nd a nd tr a in t he r e pla c e ment.
   
76. The T e rmin a t i on D a t e s p ec if i e d b y e i t h e r the Em p l o y e e or the Emp l o y e r m a y e x pire on a n y d a y of the month and upon the T e rmin a t i on D a te the E m pl o y e r will fo r thwi t h p a y to t he Emp l o y e e a n y outs t a nding portion of t h e r e mun e r a t i on including a n y a c c ru e d a nnu a l l ea v e a nd b a n k e d t i me, if a n y , ca lcu l a ted to the T e r m i n a t i on D a te.
   
77. On c e not i c e h a s b ee n g i v e n b y e i t h e r p a r t y for a n y r e a son, t he Emp l o y e e a n d the E mp l o y e r a g r e e to e x ec ute th e ir dut i e s a nd o bl i g a t i ons und e r this A g r ee ment di l i g e nt l y a nd in g ood f a i t h throu g h to the e nd of the notice p e r i od. The Emp l o y e r m a y n ot m a ke a n y c h a n g e s to r e mune ra t i on or a n y other te r m or c ondi t ion o f this A g r ee ment b e t w e e n the ti m e te r m i n a t i on not i c e is g iven th r o u g h to the e nd of the notice p e r i od.
   
78. The Emp l o y e r r e s e r v e s the r i g ht a t i ts d i s c r e t i on to require at any point durng the Employee’s  not i c e p e riod that the E m pl o y e e do e s not c a r r y out their dut i e s. Du r ing a n y su c h p e riod ( wh i c h sh a ll be r e f e r r e d to as “ Garden L e av e ”) the E mp l o y e e sh a ll c ont i nue to r e c e ive r e mun e r a t i on a nd other c ontr a c tual b e n e fits a nd sh a ll r e main bound b y Emp l o y e e dut i e s a nd obl i g a t i ons, wh e th e r c ontr ac tual o r oth e r w ise. I n a ddi t ion, whi l st on G a rd e n L e a ve the E mp l o y e e sh a ll not cont ac t or d ea l wi t h (or a t t e mpt to c onta c t or d ea l wi t h) a n y c usto m e r, supplie r , stak e h olde r , e mp l o y e e o r of f ic e r o r oth e r busin e ss c onta c t of the Emp l o y e r without the p r ior w ritten c ons e nt of the Emp l o y e r.
   
79. On or b e f o re the T e rmin a t i on D a te, the E mp l o y e e sh a ll i m medi a te l y r e t u rn to t he Emp l o y e r a ll c ompa n y pro p e r t y .

 

 
 

 

  R e m e d ies
   
80. I n the e v e nt of a br e ac h o r th r ea te n e d br e ac h b y t h e Emp l o y e e of a n y of the pro v is i ons of this Ag ree ment, the Emp l o y e e a g r e e s that t he Emp l o y e r is e nt i t l e d to a p e rm a n e nt i njunction, i n a ddi t ion t o a nd not i n l i m i t a t i on of a n y oth e r r i g hts a nd r e medi e s a v a i l a ble t o the E mp l o y e r a t l a w or in e qui t y , in or d e r to p r e v e nt or r e str a in a n y s u c h br e ac h b y t h e Emp l o y e e or b y the E mp l o y e e s p a rtn e rs, a g e nts, r e p r e s e n tatives, s e rv a nts, emp l o y ee s, a nd/or a n y a nd a ll p e rsons dir ec tly or ind i r e c t l y ac t i n g for o r w i t h the E mp l o y ee .
   
  S e v er a b i l ity
   
81. The Empl o y e r a nd the E mp l o y e e ac know l e d g e t h a t t his A g r ee ment is r e a s on a ble, v a l i d a nd e nfo r c ea ble. Ho we v e r, if a n y t e rm, c ov e n a nt, con d i t ion or p r ovis i on of th i s Ag ree ment is h e ld b y a c ourt of c ompe t e nt j urisdiction t o be invalid, vo i d or u ne nfo r cea b l e , it is the p a rti e s ’ in t e nt t h a t such provision be c h a n g e d in s c ope b y the c o u rt on l y to the e x tent d ee med n e c e s s a ry b y that c ourt to r e nd e r t h e pro v is i on r e a s on a ble a nd e n fo r c ea ble a nd the re maind e r of the p rovisions of this Ag ree ment will in no w a y be a f f ec ted, i m p a i r e d o r inv a l i d a ted a s a r e sul t .
   
  No t ic e s
   
82. A n y not ic e s, d e l i v e ri e s, r e qu e st s , d e mands or oth e r c om m unic a t i ons r e qui r e d h e re will be d ee med to be c omp l e ted w h e n h a n d - d e l i v e r e d, d e l i v e r e d b y a g e nt, or s e v e n (7) d a y s a ft e r b e i n g pl a ce d in the post, pos t a g e p r e p a id, to t he p a rti e s a t t he foll o wing a d d r e sses o r a s the p a rti e s m a y lat e r d e si g n a t e in w r i t in g :

 

Employer:

 

  Name: Cohuborate Limited  
       
  Address:

13th Floor, City Tower, Piccadilly Plaza, Manchester, England, M1 4BT.

 
       
  Fax:  
       
  Email:  

 

Employee:

 

  Name: Andrew Pennington  
       
  Address:    
       
  Fax:    
       
  Email: andy@cohuba.com  

 

 
 

 

  M o d i f ica t ion o f Ag re e me n t
   
83. A n y a mendm e nt or m o d i fi ca t i on of th i s Ag r e e m e nt or a ddi t ional obl i g a t i o n a ssu m e d b y e i t h e r p a r t y in conn ec t i on with t his A g r ee ment will on l y b e b i nding if e vide n ce d in w riting si g n e d b y e a c h
  p a r t y o r a n a uthorised r e pr e s e ntative of e a c h p a r t y .
   
  Ad d itio n al T e r m s
   
84. Emp l o y e e will be a p a rti c ipating mem b e r of the p ro f it sh a re s c h e me.
   
  G ov e r n i n g Law
   
85. This A g r ee ment will be c onstru e d in a cc o rd a n c e w i t h a nd g ov e rn e d b y the l a ws of the c oun t r y of
  En g land.
   
  D e f i n itio n s
   
86. F or the pur p o s e of this A g r ee ment the following d e finit i ons wi l l app l y :

 

  a . O v e rtime H our s ’ m e a ns t he to t a l hours wo r k e d in a d a y or w ee k in e x ce ss o f the ma x i m um a l l ow e d, a s d e fin e d b y l o ca l s t a tu t e , for a wo r k d a y or a wo r k w ee k.
     
  b. W ork Produ c t ’ me a ns w ork p rodu c t i nfo r mation, including but not l i m i ted to, wo r k pr o du c t r e sul ti ng f rom or r e l a ted to wo r k or p roj e c ts pe r f o rm e d or to be p e r f orm e d for the E mp l o y e r or f or c l i e nts of the Emp l o y e r, of a n y t y p e or f o rm in a n y st a ge of a c tual or a nt i c ipat e d r e s e a r c h a nd d e v e lop m e n t.
     
  c . Compu t e r Softw a r e ’ m e a ns c ompu t e r so f tw a re r e s ul t ing f rom or r e lat e d to wo r k or p roj e c ts p e r f orm e d o r to be p e r f o r med f or the Emp l o y e r o r for c l i e nts of the Empl o y e r, of a n y t y p e or f orm in a n y st a g e o f a c tual or a nt i c ipat e d r e s ea r c h a nd d e v e lop m e nt, i n c lud i ng but not l i m i ted to, p r o g r a ms and prog ra m m odules, routi n e s a nd subroutines, p r o c e sses, a l g o rith m s, d e si g n c o n ce pts, d e s i g n s p ec ifi ca t i ons ( d e si g n no t e s, a nnotation s , do c ume n tation, flo wc h a rts, c o ding s h ee t s , a nd the like ) , sour c e c o d e , obje c t co d e a nd load modu l e s, prog ra m m in g , p r o g r a m p a tch e s a nd s y stem d e s i g n s.
     
    d. Oth e r Prop r iet a r y D a t a ’ me a ns i nfo r mation r e l a t i ng to t he Emp l o y e r s p r o pri e ta r y r i g hts prior to a n y publ i c disclosure of su c h inf o rm a t i on, including but not l i m i ted to, the n a ture of the pro p ri e t a r y r i g hts, prod uc t i on d a ta, t ec hn i c a l and e n g in e e ri n g d a ta, t e st data a nd test r e sul t s, the status a nd d e t a i l s of re s e a r c h a nd d e v e l opment of pro d u c ts and s e rvi ce s, a nd info r mation r e g a rding a c quirin g , prot e c t i n g , e nfo r c ing a nd l i ce nsi n g pro p r i e ta r y r i g hts (in c lud i ng p a t e nts, co p y r i g hts and tr a d e s e c r e t s).

 

 
 

 

  e . B usiness Op e r a t i ons’ m e a ns op e r a t i on a l i nf o rm a t i on, including but not l i m i ted to, in t e rn a l p e rsonn e l and fin a n c ial i nfo r mation, vendor n a m e s a nd other v e nd o r in f o r mation (in c lud i ng v e ndor c h a r a c te r is t ics, s e rvi ce s a nd a g r e e ments), p ur c h a si n g a nd in t e r n a l c o st i nfo r mation, in t e rn a l se r vi c e s a nd op e r a t i on a l m a nu a ls, and the mann e r a nd methods of c ondu c t i ng t h e Emp l o y e r s bus i n e ss.
     
  f . M a rk e t i n g a nd D e v e lo p ment Op e r a t i on s ’ me a ns ma r k e t i ng a nd d e v e lop m e nt i nfo r mation, including but not l i m i ted to, ma r k e t i ng a nd d e v e l o pment plans, p r ice a nd c ost dat a , pri c e a nd f e e a moun t s, pri c i n g a nd bi l l i ng pol i c ies, quot i ng pr o ce du r e s, ma r k e t i ng te c hniques a nd methods of obt a in i ng bu s iness, f or e c a sts a nd f o r e c a st assumpt i ons a nd volu m e s, a nd f u ture plans a nd potential str a te g ies of t h e Emp l o y e r w h i c h h a ve b ee n or a re b e i n g c onsid e r e d.
     
  g. “Customer Information” means customer information, including but not limited to, names of c usto m e rs a nd their r e p re s e ntatives, c ontr a c ts and their c ontents a nd p a rti e s , c usto m e r s e rvi ce s, d a t a provid e d b y c usto me rs a nd the t y p e , qu a nt i t y a nd sp e c ifi c a t i ons of p r odu c ts a nd s e rvi c e s pur c h a s e d, l ea s e d, l i ce n s e d or r e c e iv e d b y c usto me rs of the E mp l o y e r.
     
  h. T e rmin a t i on D a t e” m e a n s the d a te sp ec if i e d in t his A g r ee ment o r in a sub s e qu e nt no t ice b y e i t h e r the E mp l o y e e o r the Emp l o y e r to be the l a st d a y o f e mp l o y m e nt und e r this Ag ree ment. T h e p a rti e s a c knowl e d g e that v a rious provisions of this A g r ee ment will survive the Te rmin a t i on D a te.

 

  G e ne r al P r ovis i o n s
   
87. This Agreement amends, restates and supersedes in its entirety the Prior Agreement which is hereby rendered null and void and with no further force or effect.
   
88. Time is of the e ssen c e in t his A g r e e ment.
   
89. H ea di n g s a r e inse r ted for the c onv e nie n c e of the p a rti e s on l y a nd a r e not t o be c onsid e r e d wh e n in t e rp re t i n g th i s Ag ree m e nt. W ords in the sin g ul a r m ea n a nd inclu d e the p l ur a l and vi c e v e rs a . W ords in the m a s c ul i ne me a n a nd include t h e f e m i nine a nd vice v e r s a .
   
90. No fa i l ure or d e l a y b y e i t h e r p a r t y to t his A g r e e m e nt i n e x e r c is i ng a n y po w e r, r i g ht or p r iv i l e g e provid e d in t his A g r ee m e nt wi l l ope ra te a s a w a iv e r, nor will a n y sin g le o r p a rti a l e x e r c ise of s u c h ri g hts, pow e rs or privi le g e s pr ec lu d e a n y f u rth e r e x e r c ise of them or the e x e r c ise of a n y other ri g ht, pow e r or p rivilege pro v i d e d in t his A g r ee ment.
   
91. This A g r ee ment will inu r e to t he b e n e fit of a nd be bind i ng upon the re s p ec t i ve h e irs, e x ec utors, a dm i nis t r a tors, su cce sso r s a nd a ss i g ns, a s the c a se m a y b e , of the Emp lo y e r a nd the E mp l o y e e .

 

 
 

 

92. This A g r ee ment m a y b e e x ec uted in c ounte r p a rts. Fac si m i l e s i g n a tur e s a re bind i ng a nd a re c onsid e r e d to be o ri g i n a l s i g n a tu r e s.
   
93. I f , a t t he t i me of e x ec ut i o n of this A g r ee ment, th e r e is a p r e- e x is t ing e mp l o y m e nt a gr e e m e nt s t i l l i n e f f e c t betw e e n the p a rti e s to t his A g r e e ment, then in consid e r a t i on of a nd a s a c ondi t ion of the p a rti e s e nte r i n g in t o th i s Ag ree ment a nd other v a luable c onsid e r a t i on, the r ece ipt a nd su f fi c ien c y o f whi c h c onsid e r a t i on is a c knowl e dg e d, th i s A g r ee ment will sup e rs e de a ny a nd a ll pre - e x is t ing e mp l o y ment a re terminated and without any further force or effect.
   
94. This agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and there are no further items or provisions, either oral or written. The parties to this Agreement stipulate that neither of them has made any representations with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement except such representations as are specifically set forth in this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly affixed their signatures under hand and seal on this day of ____________, 2018.

 

EMPLOYER:    
     
Cohuborate Limited    
     
Per: _____________________(SEAL)    
     
EMPLOYEE:    
     
Andrew Pennington    

 

 
 

 

Schedule 1: Particulars of Employment

 

    E m p loyer D e tails
     
  1. Emp l o y e r N a me: Cohu b or a te L i m i t e d
     
  2. Emp l o y e r Add re ss: 13th F loor, C i t y To w e r, Pi c ca di l l y P la z a
     
  3. P la c e of W ork:
     
    E m p loyee D e tails
     
  4. Emp l o y e e N a me: Andrew Pennington
     
  5. Emp l o y e e Add re ss:
     
    E m p lo y m e n t D e tails
     
  6. J ob Ti t le: President and Chief Operating Of f ic e r
     
  7. Subject at all times to the oversight and approval Board of Directors, to manage the business and day-to-day operations of the Employer, to have general and active management of the business of the corporation of the Employer and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect. The president shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe, consist with such office.
     
  8. D a te E mp l o y m e nt started; _________________
     
  9. Emp l o y m e nt i s: pe r man e nt ful l - time
     
  10. D a te Con t inuous Emp l o y ment b e g a n ___________________
     
  11. Hou r s of w ork:
    Norm a l hours of w o rk a r e : F le x ib l e 40 hours p e r w ee k
     
  12. Pa y P e riod: The Emp l o y e e will be p a id: on c e p e r mon t h.

 

 
 

 

  Oth e r D e tails
   
13. S i c k le a ve a nd si c k p a y e nt i t l e ment: The Emp l o y e e will be p a id full p a y for sick d a y s to a ma x i m um of f our ( 4) w e e ks in a n y 12 - mon t h p e r i od, that p e riod c om m e n c i ng on the fi r st d a y for whi c h the E mp l o y e e is p a id cont rac t u a l s i c k p a y . S ick p a y will be ca l c ula t e d on the b a sis of the
  Emp l o y e e s us u a l wo r k d a y s b e ing Mond a y – F ri d a y .
   
14. P e nsion s c h e me d e tails: The Emp l o y e e will be a u to m a t i ca l l y e n roll e d in a p e nsion s c h e me, d e t a i l s of w hich a r e in t he c ont r ac t of e mp l o y ment a nd w i l l be p r ovided or is av a i l a ble to the Empl o y e e .
   
15. Notice of t e rmin a t i on d e t a i l s: The e mp l o y e e is en t i t led to 3 Months s no t ic e . The Emp l o y e e will g ive the Emp l o y e r 3 M o nths s no t ice b e fo r e qui t t i n g .
   
16. Dis c ip l ina r y Rules a nd P ro c e du r e : The Emp l o y e r ’s di s c ip l ina r y ru l e s a nd p ro c e du r e a r e s e t out in
  Emp l o y e e M a nu a l, whi c h is av a i l a ble a t t he Emp l o y ee s r e q u e st.
   
17. G r iev a n c e P ro c e dur e : T h e Emp l o y er s g ri e v a n c e p ro c e du r e is s e t out in E m pl o y e e M a nu a l, which is a v a i l a ble a t t he Emp l o y e e s r e qu e st.
   
18. D e tails of re le v a nt colle c t i ve a gr e e m e nts: Th e re is no c ol l ec t i ve a g r ee ment in p l ace .

 

 
 

 

EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT (this “Agreement”) dated this 9thday of May 2018

 

BETWEEN:

 

Cohuborate Limited , a corporation organized under the laws of England and Wales (the “ Employer ”), with an office located at 13th Floor, City Tower, Piccadilly Plaza, Manchester, England, M1 4BT.

 

OF THE FIRST PART

 

AND -

 

Pauline Healey , an individual residing at 5 Matterdale Road, Leyland, England, PR25 3BA. (the “ Employee ")

 

OF THE SECOND PART

 

BACKGROUND:

 

A. The Employee is currently employed by the Employer and the Employer is of the opinion that, as the Employee has the necessary qualifications, experience and abilities to assist and benefit the Employer in its business, it is in the Employer’s best interests to continue the employment of the Employee with the Employer.

 

B. The Employer desires to continue to be employed by the Employee and the Employee has agreed to accept and enter such employment upon the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.

 

IN CONSIDERATION OF the matters described above and of the mutual benefits and obligations set forth in this Agreement, the receipt and sufficiency of which consideration is hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement agree as follows:

 

Particulars of Employment

 

1. As required by the Employment Rights Act 1996 , s. 1, the particulars of the Employee’s employment are set out in Schedule 1 of this Agreement.

 

Commencement Date and Prior Employment Agreement

 

2. The Employee commenced permanent full-time employment with the Employer on the 4th day of September, 2017 (the “ Commencement Date ”). The Employee has completed his or her Probationary Period” (as defined in the employment agreement between Employer and Employee dated as of the 2 nd day of October 2017 (the “ Prior Employment Agreement ”).

 

 
 

 

Term

 

3. The term of employment of Employee commenced on the Commencement date under the Prior Agreement and shall continue unless terminated by either Employer or Employee on not less than three (3) months prior written notice to the other.

 

Job Title and Description

 

4. The job title of the Employee will be the following: Chief Financial Officer. The job duties the Employee will be expected to perform will be the following:
   
  Accountable for the administrative, financial, commercial and risk management operations of the company. To include the development and implementation of financial and operational strategy, together with metrics tied to that strategy and the ongoing development and monitoring of control systems designed to preserve company assets and report accurate financial results.

 

5. The Employee agrees to be employed on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement. The Employee agrees to be subject to the general supervision of and act pursuant to the orders, advice and direction of the Employer.

 

6. The Employee will perform any and all duties as requested by the Employer that are reasonable and that are customarily performed by a person holding a similar position in the industry or business of the Employer.

 

7. The Employer may make changes to the job title or duties of the Employee where the changes would be considered reasonable for a similar position in the industry or business of the Employer. The Employee’s job title or duties may be changed by agreement and with the approval of both the Employee and the Employer or after a notice period required under law.

 

8. The Employee agrees to abide by the Employer’s rules, regulations, policies and practices, including those concerning work schedules, annual leave and sick leave, as they may from time to time be adopted or modified.
   
9. The Employee warrants that the Employee is legally allowed to work in the country of England.

 

Employee Remuneration

 

10. Remuneration paid to the Employee for the services rendered by the Employee as required by this Agreement (the “ Remuneration ”) will include a salary of £55,000.00 (pounds) per year. Commencing in July 2018; provided that Employer’s cumulative gross profit margin shall equal or exceed £250,000, Employee’s salary shall be increased to the rate of £66,000.00 (pounds) per year and commencing in May 2019 if the cumulative gross profit margin of the Employer shall equal or exceed £1,000,000, Employee’s salary shall be increased to the rate of £82,500 (pounds) per year.

 

 
 

 

12. This Remuneration will be payable in 12 monthly equal payments in arrears on the date specified in Schedule 1, or on the first working day thereafter by credit transfer into Employee’s nominatedbank or building society account while this Agreement is in force. The Employer is entitled to deduct from the Employee’s Remuneration, or from any other remuneration in whatever form, any applicable deductions and remittances as required by law and deduct any other amounts owed to the Employer by the Employee. This includes, without limitation, any over-payment of pay, expenses or loans made to the Employee by the Employer. If, on the termination of the Employee’s employment, the Employee owes any money to the Employer, the Employer shall be entitled to deduct any such money from any salary due to the Employee.
   
13.

The Employee’s salary will be reviewed annually although there will be no obligation on the Employer to award an upward increase following any such review. Any changes in salary will be confirmed to the Employee with their pay slip.

 

14. The Employee understands and agrees that any additional remuneration paid to the Employee in the form of bonuses or other similar incentive remuneration will rest in the sole discretion of the Employer and that the Employee will not earn or accrue any right to incentive remuneration by reason of the Employee’s employment.

 

15. The Employer will reimburse the Employee for all reasonable expenses, in accordance with the Employer’s lawful policies as in effect from time to time, including but not limited to, any travel and entertainment expenses incurred by the Employee in connection with the business of the Employer. Expenses will be paid within a reasonable time after submission of acceptable supporting documentation.

 

Pension

 

16. The Employer will comply with any duties it may have in respect of the Employee under part 1 of the Pensions Act 2008.

 

17. The Employer is currently using the NEST company pension scheme although you have a choice of which pension scheme you would like to nominate in respect of its duties under part 1 of the Pensions Act 2008. Membership of the scheme is strictly subject to the rules of the scheme as amended from time to time. The Employer reserves the right to vary or discontinue any scheme in place from time to time.
   
18.

The Employer shall be entitled to deduct from the Employee’s salary any amounts payable by the Employee as member contributions to such pension scheme as the Employer is using from time to time.

   
19. There is no contracting-out certificate in force under the Pension Schemes Act of 1993, as amended.

 

 
 

 

Place of Work

 

20. The Employee’s primary place of work will be at the following location:
   
Working from Home, 5 Matterdale Road, Leyland, England, PR25 3BA.
   
21. The Employee will also be required to work at the following place or places:

 

The employee will be based at home but may at times be required to attend meetings at other locations. Mileage will be paid per HMRC allowable rates.

 

22. The Employer will inform the Employee in advance of the Employee being required to work at other locations with additional compensation paid if place of exceeds 15 miles of current contractual location.

 

Time of Work

 

23. The Employee’s normal hours of work, including breaks, (“Normal Hours of Work”) are as follows: Flexible 30 hours (4 working days) per week.

 

24. However, the Employee will, on receiving reasonable notice from the Employer, work additional hours and/or hours outside of the Employee’s Normal Hours of Work as deemed necessary by the Employer to meet the business needs of the Employer.

 

Employee Benefits

 

25.

The Employee will be covered from the date of joining by the Employer’s group life assurance provision, which yields the benefit of payment of 4 times salary in the event of death in service.

   
26. The Employee will participate in the Employer’s private health, dental and optical scheme. There is an Employee contribution for some treatments and tax liability associated with this benefit, details of which will be available on commencement

 

27. The Employee will be entitled to only those additional benefits that are currently available as described in the lawful provisions of the Employer’s employment booklets, manuals, and policy documents or as required by law.

 

28. Employer discretionary benefits are subject to change, without compensation, upon the Employer providing the Employee with 90 days written notice of that change and providing that any change to those benefits is taken generally with respect to other employees and does not single out the Employee.

 

 
 

 

Holidays

 

29. The Holiday year will commence on 1st day of January and run for one year (the “ Holiday Year ”).
   
30. During each Holiday Year, although Employee’s role has the benefit of “unlimited holidays” which is managed within the deliverables of personal objectives as described within the Employees Handbook, the Employee is entitled to the following minimum paid leave, such entitlement accruing on a pro rata basis:

 

● Twenty three (23) days.

 

  Bank and Public Holidays to be excluded from and in addition to the Employee’s stated paid annual leave.
   
31.

The times and dates for any holidays will be determined by mutual agreement between the Employer and the Employee.

   
32. If any of the 23 days paid leave in any Holiday Year is untaken, it may not be carried forward to any following Holiday Year and such holiday eentitlement will be forfeited without any right to payment in lieu.

 

33. Holiday entitlement for any part of the Holiday Year worked will be calculated on a pro rata basis at the rate of days per complete calendar month worked. Upon termination of employment, the Employer will pay compensation to the Employee for any accrued but unused of the 23 holiday days.

 

Sickness and Disability

 

34. If the Employee is unable to perform the Employee’s duties as a result of illness or injury, the Employee will inform the Employer via Managing Director of the reason for the Employee’s absence no later than 9AM on the day of the absence or as soon as is reasonably possible. If the absence extends beyond 7 days, the Employee will obtain and provide the Employer with a certificate or note from the Employee’s doctor corroborating such illness or injury.

 

35. During such absence the Employer will pay the Employee the Employee’s full pay as contractual sick pay, provided that the Employer will pay a maximum of (4) weeks paid period to the Employee as contractual sick pay in any 12-month period, the period commencing on the first day for which the Employee is paid contractual sick pay.
   
36. Any statutory sick pay will be calculated on the basis of the Employee’s usual work days.

 

37. If requested by the Employer, the Employee agrees to undergo a medical examination at the expense of the Employer with a medical practitioner nominated by the Employer.

 

 
 

 

38. If requested by the Employer, the Employee will give written permission to the Employer to have access to any medical or health report in its complete form prepared by any health professional on the Employee’s physical or mental condition.

 

Disciplinary and Grievance Procedures

 

39. The disciplinary and grievance procedures which apply to your employment with the Employer are contained in separate documents. For the avoidance of doubt these procedures are non-contractual.
   
40.

If the Employee has a grievance or dissatisfied with any disciplinary action taken against the Employee, the Employee should first raise the matter with their immediate manager in writing, in accordance with the Employer’s grievance or disciplinary procedure, as appropriate.

 

41. The Employer shall have the right to suspend the Employee from duties on full pay on such terms and conditions as it shall determine for the purpose of carrying out an investigation into any allegation of misconduct or negligence or an allegation of bullying harassment or discrimination against the Employee and pending any disciplinary hearing.

 

Duty to Devote Full Time

 

42. The Employee agrees to devote full-time efforts, as an employee of the Employer, to the employment duties and obligations as described in this Agreement.

 

Conflict of Interest

 

43. During the term of the Employee’s active employment with the Employer, it is understood and agreed that any business opportunity relating to or similar to the Employer’s actual or reasonably anticipated business opportunities (with the exception of personal investments in less than 5% of the equity of a business, investments in established family businesses, real estate, or investments in stocks and bonds traded on public stock exchanges) coming to the attention of the Employee, is an opportunity belonging to the Employer. Therefore, the Employee will advise the Employer of the opportunity and cannot pursue the opportunity, directly or indirectly, without the written consent of the Employer.

 

44. During the term of the Employee’s active employment with the Employer, the Employee will not, directly or indirectly, engage or participate in any other business activities that the Employer, in its reasonable discretion, determines to be in conflict with the best interests of the Employer without the written consent of the Employer.

 

Non-Competition

 

45. The Employee agrees that during the Employee’s term of active employment with the Employer and for a period of six (6) months after the end of that term, the Employee will not, directly or indirectly, as employee, owner, sole proprietor, partner, director, member, consultant, agent, founder, co-venturer or otherwise, solely or jointly with others engage in any business that is in competition with the business of the Employer within any geographic area in or around UK AV education market, or give advice or lend credit, money or the Employee’s reputation to any natural person or business entity engaged in a competing business in any geographic area in which the Employer conducts its business.

 

 
 

 

Non-Solicitation

 

46. The Employee understands and agrees that any attempt on the part of the Employee to induce other employees or contractors to leave the Employer’s employ, or any effort by the Employee to interfere with the Employer’s relationship with its other employees and contractors would be harmful and damaging to the Employer. The Employee agrees that during the Employee’s term of employment with the Employer and for a period of one (1) year after the end of that term, the Employee will not in any way, directly or indirectly:

 

a. Induce or attempt to induce any employee or contractor of the Employer to quit employment or retainer with the Employer;

 

b. Otherwise interfere with or disrupt the Employer’s relationship with its employees and contractors;

 

c. Discuss employment opportunities or provide information about competitive employment to any of the Employer’s employees or contractors; or

 

d. Solicit, entice, or hire away any employee or contractor of the Employer for the purpose of an employment opportunity that is in competition with the Employer.

 

47. This non-solicitation obligation as described in this section will be limited to employees or contractors who were employees or contractors of the Employer during the period that the Employee was employed by the Employer.
   
48. During the term of the Employee’s active employment with the Employer, and for one (1) year thereafter, the Employee will not divert or attempt to divert from the Employer any business the Employer had enjoyed, solicited, or attempted to solicit, from its customers, prior to termination or expiration, as the case may be, of the Employee’s employment with the Employer.

 

Confidential Information

 

49. The Employee acknowledges that, in any position the Employee may hold, in and as a result of the Employee’s employment by the Employer, the Employee will, or may, be making use of, acquiring or adding to information which is confidential to the Employer (the “Confidential Information”) and the Confidential Information is the exclusive property of the Employer.

 

 
 

 

50. The Confidential Information will include all data and information relating to the business and management of the Employer, including but not limited to, proprietary and trade secret technology and accounting records to which access is obtained by the Employee, including Work Product, Computer Software, Other Proprietary Data, Business Operations, Marketing and Development Operations, and Customer Information.

 

51. The Confidential Information will also include any information that has been disclosed by a third party to the Employer and is governed by the Data Protection Act or by a non-disclosure agreement entered into between that third party and the Employer.
   
52. The Confidential Information will not include information that:

 

a. Is generally known in the industry of the Employer;

 

b. Is now or subsequently becomes generally available to the public through no wrongful act of the Employee;

 

c. Was rightfully in the possession of the Employee prior to the disclosure to the Employee by the Employer;

 

d. Is independently created by the Employee without direct or indirect use of the Confidential Information; or

 

e. The Employee rightfully obtains from a third party who has the right to transfer or disclose it.

 

53.

The Confidential Information will also not include anything developed or produced by the Employee during the Employee’s term of employment with the Employer, including but not limited to, any intellectual property, process, design, development, creation, research, invention, know- how, trade name, trade-mark or copyright that:

 

a. Was developed without the use of equipment, supplies, facility or Confidential Information of the Employer;
     
  b. Was developed entirely on the Employee’s own time;
     
  c. Does not result from any work performed by the Employee for the Employer; and
     
  d. Does not relate to any actual or reasonably anticipated business opportunity of the Employer.

 

Duties and Obligations Concerning Confidential Information

 

54. The Employee agrees that a material term of the Employee’s contract with the Employer is to keep all Confidential Information absolutely confidential and protect its release from the public. The Employee agrees not to divulge, reveal, report or use, for any purpose, any of the Confidential Information which the Employee has obtained or which was disclosed to the Employee by the Employer as a result of the Employee’s employment by the Employer. The Employee agrees that if there is any question as to such disclosure then the Employee will seek out senior management of the Employer prior to making any disclosure of the Employer’s information that may be covered by this Agreement.

 

 
 

 

55. The Employee agrees and acknowledges that the Confidential Information is of a proprietary and confidential nature and that any disclosure of the Confidential Information to a third party in breach of this Agreement cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated for in money damages, would cause irreparable injury to Employer, would gravely affect the effective and successful conduct of the Employer’s business and goodwill, and would be a material breach of this Agreement.

 

56. The obligations to ensure and protect the confidentiality of the Confidential Information imposed on the Employee in this Agreement and any obligations to provide notice under this Agreement will survive the expiration or termination, as the case may be, of this Agreement and will continue indefinitely from the date of such expiration or termination.
   
57. The Employee may disclose any of the Confidential Information:

 

  a. To a third party where Employer has consented in writing to such disclosure; or
     
b. To the extent required by law or by the request or requirement of any judicial, legislative, administrative or other governmental body after providing reasonable prior notice to the Employer.

 

58. If the Employee loses or makes unauthorised disclosure of any of the Confidential Information, the Employee will immediately notify the Employer and take all reasonable steps necessary to retrieve the lost or improperly disclosed Confidential Information.

 

Ownership and Title to Confidential Information

 

59. The Employee acknowledges and agrees that all rights, title and interest in any Confidential Information will remain the exclusive property of the Employer. Accordingly, the Employee specifically agrees and acknowledges that the Employee will have no interest in the Confidential Information, including, without limitation, no interest in know-how, copyright, trade-marks or trade names, notwithstanding the fact that the Employee may have created or contributed to the creation of the Confidential Information.
   
60.

The Employee waives any moral rights that the Employee may have with respect to the Confidential Information.

 

61. The Employee agrees to immediately disclose to the Employer all Confidential Information developed in whole or in part by the Employee during the Employee’s term of employment with the Employer and to assign to the Employer any right, title or interest the Employee may have in the Confidential Information. The Employee agrees to execute any instruments and to do all other things reasonably requested by the Employer, both during and after the Employee’s employment with the Employer, in order to vest more fully in the Employer all ownership rights in those items transferred by the Employee to the Employer.

 

 
 

 

Return of Confidential Information

 

62. The Employee agrees that, upon request of the Employer or upon termination or expiration, as the case may be, of this employment, the Employee will turn over to the Employer all Confidential Information belonging to the Employer, including but not limited to, all documents, plans, specifications, disks or other computer media, as well as any duplicates or backups made of that Confidential Information in whatever form or media, in the possession or control of the Employee that:

 

a. May contain or be derived from ideas, concepts, creations, or trade secrets and other proprietary and Confidential Information as defined in this Agreement; or
     
  b. Is connected with or derived from the Employee’s employment with the Employer.

 

Data Protection

 

63. The Employer holds personal data and sensitive personal data relating to the Employee which is subject to the Data Protection Act 1998. The Employer will process and may disclose such data and the Employee consents to the processing and disclosure of such data, both manually and by electronic means, both inside and, where necessary, outside the European Economic Area, for the purposes of the administration and management of the Employee’s employment and/or he Employer’s business.

 

“Processing” includes anything that can be done with or in relation to data It includes obtaining, recording and holding the data and carrying out operations on the data including organising, erasing or disclosing.

 

“Sensitive personal data” includes, but is not limited to, medical information for the purpose of employment and fitness to carry out the Employee’s duties and data regarding sex, marital status, race, ethnic origin, or disability for the purpose of monitoring to ensure equality of opportunity by the Employer.

 

64. The Employee acknowledges that they may have access to personal and sensitive personal data during their employment with the Employer relating to other employees and agrees to comply with any data protection policy in place at all times.

 

 
 

 

Bribery and Corruption

 

65. The Employer expects the highest standards of integrity in relation to Employee’s dealings with the Employer’s customers, suppliers, agents and subcontractors and with any government official.

 

For the purposes of this clause:

 

65.1 a bribe is any gift, loan, fee, reward or other advantage given to or received from any person in order to obtain, retain or direct business or to secure any other improper advantage in the conduct of business and includes a kickback on any portion of a contract payment; and

 

65.2 hospitality, entertainment and gifts includes but is not limited to the offer or receipt of gifts, meals, goods, services, favours, loans, trips, accommodation and the use of property or invitations to events, functions or other social gatherings.

 

66. The Employee is prohibited from offering, giving, authorising or accepting a bribe in any form.
   
 

The Employee is also prohibited from using any other route or channel to provide a bribe to or receive a bribe from the Employer’s customers, suppliers, agents or subcontractors or any government official.

   
67. The Employee is required not to give or receive hospitality, entertainment or gifts if these are intended, or could be reasonably interpreted, as a reward or encouragement for a favour or preferential treatment in connection with the Employer’s business.

 

68. The Employee is prohibited from making any direct or indirect contributions to political parties, organisations or individuals engaged in politics, or any charitable contribution or sponsorship as a way of obtaining advantage in business transactions without the prior approval of the CEO.

 

69. The Employee is prohibited from making any direct or indirect illicit or secret payments or transfers of value to government officials and from giving hospitality, entertainment or gifts to government officials without prior authorisation from the CEO.

 

70. Where the Employee suspects, believe or know that an act of bribery or corruption is being considered or carried out, the Employee is required to report this to the Employer using the procedure set out in the whistle blowing policy.

 

Contract Binding Authority

 

71. Notwithstanding any other term or condition expressed or implied in this Agreement to the contrary, the Employee will not have the authority to enter into any contracts or commitments for or on the behalf of the Employer without first obtaining the express written consent of the Employer.

 

Termination Due to Discontinuance of Business

 

72. Notwithstanding any other term or condition expressed or implied in this Agreement, in the event that the Employer will discontinue operating its business at the location where the Employee is employed, then, at the Employer’s sole option, and as permitted by law, this Agreement will terminate as of the last day of the month in which the Employer ceases operations at such location with the same force and effect as if such last day of the month were originally set as the Termination Date of this Agreement.

 

 
 

 

Termination of Employment

 

73. Where there is just cause for termination, the Employer may terminate the Employee’s employment without notice, as permitted by law.

 

74. The Employee and the Employer agree that reasonable and sufficient notice of termination of employment by the Employer is the greater of six Months or any minimum notice required by law.

 

75. If the Employee wishes to terminate this employment with the Employer, the Employee will provide the Employer with the greater of six Months and the minimum required by law. As an alternative, if the Employee co-operates with the training and development of a replacement, then sufficient notice is given if it is sufficient notice to allow the Employer to find and train the replacement.

 

76. The Termination Date specified by either the Employee or the Employer may expire on any day of the month and upon the Termination Date the Employer will forthwith pay to the Employee any outstanding portion of the remuneration including any accrued annual leave and banked time, if any, calculated to the Termination Date.
   
77. Once notice has been given by either party for any reason, the Employee and the Employer agree to execute their duties and obligations under this Agreement diligently and in good faith through to the end of the notice period. The Employer may not make any changes to remuneration or any other term or condition of this Agreement between the time termination notice is given through to the end of the notice period.
   
78.

The Employer reserves the right at its discretion to require at any point during the Employee’s notice period that the Employee does not carry out their duties. During any such period (which shall be referred to as “ Garden Leave ”) the Employee shall continue to receive remuneration and other contractual benefits and shall remain bound by Employee duties and obligations, whether contractual or otherwise. In addition, whilst on Garden Leave the Employee shall not contact or deal with (or attempt to contact or deal with) any customer, supplier, stakeholder, employee or officer or other business contact of the Employer without the prior written consent of the Employer.

 

79. On or before the Termination Date, the Employee shall immediately return to the Employer all company property.

 

Remedies

 

80. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Employee of any of the provisions of this Agreement, the Employee agrees that the Employer is entitled to a permanent injunction, in addition to and not in limitation of any other rights and remedies available to the Employer at law or in equity, in order to prevent or restrain any such breach by the Employee or by the Employee’s partners, agents, representatives, servants, employees, and/or any and all persons directly or indirectly acting for or with the Employee.

 

 
 

 

Severability

 

81. The Employer and the Employee acknowledge that this Agreement is reasonable, valid and enforceable. However, if any term, covenant, condition or provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, it is the parties’ intent that such provision be changed in scope by the court only to the extent deemed necessary by that court to render the provision reasonable and enforceable and the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement will in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated as a result.

 

Notices

 

82. Any notices, deliveries, requests, demands or other communications required here will be deemed to be completed when hand-delivered, delivered by agent, or seven (7) days after being placed in the post, postage prepaid, to the parties at the following addresses or as the parties may later designate in writing:

 

Employer:

 

  Name: Cohuborate Limited  
       
  Address:

13th Floor, City Tower, Piccadilly Plaza, Manchester, England, M1 4BT.

       
 

Fax:

 

 
       
 

Email:

 

 

Employee:

 

  Name: Pauline Healey  
       
  Address: 5 Matterdale Road, Leyland, England, PR25 3BA.  
       
 

Fax:

 

 
       
 

Email:

pauline.healey@hotmail.com

 

 

 
 

 

Modification of Agreement

 

83. Any amendment or modification of this Agreement or additional obligation assumed by either party in connection with this Agreement will only be binding if evidenced in writing signed by each party or an authorised representative of each party.

 

Additional Terms

 

84. Employee will be a participating member of the profit share scheme.

 

Governing Law

 

85.

This Agreement will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the country of England.

 

Definitions

 

86. For the purpose of this Agreement the following definitions will apply:

 

a. ‘Overtime Hours’ means the total hours worked in a day or week in excess of the maximum allowed, as defined by local statute, for a work day or a work week.

 

b. ‘Work Product’ means work product information, including but not limited to, work product resulting from or related to work or projects performed or to be performed for the Employer or for clients of the Employer, of any type or form in any stage of actual or anticipated research and development.

 

c. ‘Computer Software’ means computer software resulting from or related to work or projects performed or to be performed for the Employer or for clients of the Employer, of any type or form in any stage of actual or anticipated research and development, including but not limited to, programs and program modules, routines and subroutines, processes, algorithms, design concepts, design specifications (design notes, annotations, documentation, flowcharts, coding sheets, and the like), source code, object code and load modules, programming, program patches and system designs.

 

d. ‘Other Proprietary Data’ means information relating to the Employer’s proprietary rights prior to any public disclosure of such information, including but not limited to, the nature of the proprietary rights, production data, technical and engineering data, test data and test results, the status and details of research and development of products and services, and information regarding acquiring, protecting, enforcing and licensing proprietary rights (including patents, copyrights and trade secrets).

 

e. ‘Business Operations’ means operational information, including but not limited to, internal personnel and financial information, vendor names and other vendor information (including vendor characteristics, services and agreements), purchasing and internal cost information, internal services and operational manuals, and the manner and methods of conducting the Employer’s business.

 

 
 

 

f. ‘Marketing and Development Operations’ means marketing and development information, including but not limited to, marketing and development plans, price and cost data, price and fee amounts, pricing and billing policies, quoting procedures, marketing techniques and methods of obtaining business, forecasts and forecast assumptions and volumes, and future plans and potential strategies of the Employer which have been or are being considered. customers and their representatives, contracts and their contents and parties, customer services, data provided by customers and the type, quantity and specifications of products and services purchased, leased, licensed or received by customers of the Employer.

 

g. ‘Termination Date’ means the date specified in this Agreement or in a subsequent notice by either the Employee or the Employer to be the last day of employment under this Agreement. The parties acknowledge that various provisions of this Agreement will survive the Termination Date.

 

General Provisions

 

87. This Agreement amends, restates and supersedes in its entirety the Prior Agreement which is hereby rendered null and void and with no further force or effect.
   
88. Time is of the essence in this Agreement.

 

89. Headings are inserted for the convenience of the parties only and are not to be considered when interpreting this Agreement. Words in the singular mean and include the plural and vice versa. Words in the masculine mean and include the feminine and vice versa.

 

90. No failure or delay by either party to this Agreement in exercising any power, right or privilege provided in this Agreement will operate as a waiver, nor will any single or partial exercise of such rights, powers or privileges preclude any further exercise of them or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege provided in this Agreement.

 

91. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, as the case may be, of the Employer and the Employee.

 

92. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts. Facsimile signatures are binding and are considered to be original signatures.

 

93. If, at the time of execution of this Agreement, there is a pre-existing employment agreement still in effect between the parties to this Agreement, then in consideration of and as a condition of the parties entering into this Agreement and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which consideration is acknowledged, this Agreement will supersede any and all pre-existing employment are terminated and without any further force or effect.

 

94. This agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and there are no further items or provisions, either oral or written. The parties to this Agreement stipulate that neither of them has made any representations with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement except such representations as are specifically set forth in this Agreement.

 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly affixed their signatures under hand and seal on this day of ____________, 2018.

 

EMPLOYER:    
     
Cohuborate Limited    
     

Per: __________________________________ (SEAL)

   
     
EMPLOYEE:    
     
Pauline Healey    

 

 
 

 

Schedule 1: Particulars of Employment

 

Employer Details

 

1. Employer Name: Cohuborate Limited

 

2. Employer Address: 13th Floor, City Tower, Piccadilly Plaza
     
  3. Place of Work: Working from Home, 5 Matterdale Road, Leyland, England, PR25 3BA.

 

Employee Details

 

  4. Employee Name: Pauline Healey
     
  5. Employee Address: 5 Matterdale Road

 

Employment Details

 

  6.  Job Title: Chief Financial Officer
     
7. Job Description: Accountable for the administrative, financial, commercial and risk management operations of the company. To include the development and implementation of financial and operational strategies, together with metrics tied to that strategy and the ongoing development and monitoring of control systems designed to preserve company assets and report accurate financial results.

 

  8. Date Employment will start: September 4, 2017
     
  9. Employment is: permanent full-time
     
  10. Date Continuous Employment began or will begin: September 4, 2017
     
  11. Hours of work:
    Normal hours of work are: Flexible 32 hours per week

 

12. Pay Period: The Employee will be paid: once per month.

 

Other Details

 

13. Sick leave and sick pay entitlement: The Employee will be paid full pay for sick days to a maximum of four (4) weeks in any 12-month period, that period commencing on the first day for which the Employee is paid contractual sick pay. Sick pay will be calculated on the basis of the Employee’s usual work days being Monday – Friday.

 

14. Pension scheme details: The Employee will be automatically enrolled in a pension scheme, details of which are in the contract of employment and will be provided or is available to the Employee.

 

15. Notice of termination details: The employee is entitled to 3 Months’s notice. The Employee will give the Employer 3 Months’s notice before quitting.
     
  16.

Disciplinary Rules and Procedure: The Employer’s disciplinary rules and procedure are set out in Employee Manual, which is available at the Employee’s request.

 

17. Grievance Procedure: The Employer’s grievance procedure is set out in Employee Manual, which is available at the Employee’s request.
     
  18. Details of relevant collective agreements: There is no collective agreement in place.

 

 
 

 

Exhibit C

 

BOXLIGHT CORPORATION

 

LOCK-UP/LEAK-OUT AGREEMENT

 

THIS LOCK-UP/LEAK-OUT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into this 9th day of May 2018 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Boxlight Corporation , a Nevada corporation (the “ Company ”) and Rushton No 4 Trust (“ Rushton ”), Ketlam Trust (“ Ketlam ”) and Suga Technology Limited (“ Suga ” or their assignees (collectively, and together with Rushton, Ketlam and Sugar referred to herein as the “ Holder ”). For all purposes of this Agreement, the term “Holder” includes any “affiliate, non-affiliate, controlling person of Rushton, Ketlam or Suga, or any other Holder, agent, representative or other person with whom Holder is acting in concert.

 

WHEREAS , it is intended that the shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company covered by this Agreement mean and only include total of 257,200 shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company (the “ Class A Common Stock ”) issued to Rushton, Ketlam and Suga as at the Effective Date as consideration for the purchase by the Company of 100% of the share capital of Cohuborate, Ltd. pursuant to that certain stock purchase agreement dated May 9, 2018 the (“ Purchase Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS , the Class A Common Stock is represented by the stock certificate (or any successor stock certificate issued on the transfer of such stock certificate) described on the Counterpart Signature Page hereof; and

 

WHEREAS , the execution and delivery of this Agreement was a condition of the issuance to Polansky of the Class A Common Stock covered hereby; and

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Each Holder shall not sell, pledge, hypothecate or assign (collectively, “ Transfer ”) any of the shares of the Class A Common Stock for a period commencing on the Effective Date of this Agreement and ending on a date which shall be May _, 2019, or twelve (12) months from the Effective Date (the “ Lock-Up Period ”).

 

2. Subject to the following conditions set forth herein or as it may otherwise be restricted from Transferring shares of Class A Common Stock under applicable federal or state securities laws, rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”), including interpretations thereof, following the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, each Holder may sell the Class A Common Stock as follows:

 

 
 

 

2.1. Following the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, each Holder shall thereafter be allowed to Transfer a number of the Holder’s Class A Common Stock and/or Conversion Shares equal to up to twenty percent (20%) of the total number of Class A Common Stock owned of record or beneficially by the Holder in each of the five (5) consecutive twelve (12) consecutive month periods (each an “ Anniversary Year ”) following the expiration of the Lock-Up Period (the “ Leak-Out Period ”). The right to Transfer up to twenty percent (20%) of the total number of Class A Common Stock then owned by the Holder in any one Anniversary Year shall not be cumulative, so that if less than twenty percent (20%) of such Class A Common Stock are Transferred in any one Anniversary Year, the excess, if any may not be carried over to the next Anniversary Year. Beginning on the first (1 st ) month of the sixth (6 th ) fifth year following the expiration of the Lock-Period, the Leak-Out agreement set forth herein shall cease and terminate, and each Holder may Transfer the balance of any remaining Class A Common Stock held by him or it, at the sole discretion of the Holder.

 

2.2 Except as otherwise provided herein, unless registered for resale pursuant to a registration statement of the Company declared effective by the SEC, all Class A Common Stock shall be sold by the Holder in “broker’s transactions” and in compliance with the “manner of sale” requirements as those terms are defined in Rule 144 of the SEC during the Leak-Out Period.

 

2.3 An appropriate legend describing this Agreement shall be imprinted on each stock certificate representing Class A Common Stock and all Conversion Shares covered hereby, and the transfer records of the Company’s transfer agent shall reflect such restrictions.

 

2.4 The delivery of a duly executed copy of the Broker/Dealer Agreement by the Holder’s broker and a duly executed Seller’s Resale Agreement by the Holder in the forms to be approved by legal counsel for the Company shall be satisfactory evidence for all purposes of this Agreement that the Holder and the broker will comply with the “brokers’ transactions” and “manner of sale” requirements of this Agreement, and no further evidence thereof will be required of the Holder; provided, however, the Company may confirm such compliance with any Holder and the Holder’s broker, to the extent that it deems reasonably required or necessary to assure compliance with this Agreement; and provided, however, that the Holder can otherwise provide satisfactory evidence to the Company of such compliance, subject to the Company’s acceptance of any such alternative compliance evidence.

 

3. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Company may, in its sole discretion and in good faith, at any time and from time to time, waive any of the conditions or restrictions contained herein to increase the liquidity of the Class A Common Stock or if such waiver would otherwise be in the best interests of the development of the trading market for the Class A Common Stock or the Conversion Shares. Unless otherwise agreed, all such waivers shall be pro rata, as to Polansky and any other Holders who have executed a Lock-Up/Leak-Out Agreement as a condition to the receipt of the Class A Common Stock.

 

4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Company may allow any Holder the right to Transfer any or all of the Class A Common Stock in a private transaction, subject to receipt of an opinion of legal counsel for the Company, and subject to any transferee’s execution and delivery of a copy of this Agreement.

 

 
 

 

5. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or any other agreements between the parties, the Holder shall be entitled to his respective beneficial rights of ownership of the Class A Common Stock.

 

6. The number of shares of Class A Common Stock included in any allotment that can be sold by the Holder hereunder shall be appropriately adjusted should the Company pays a dividend or distribution in Class A Common Stock, or consummates a forward split or a reverse split or otherwise reclassify its shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

7. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same force and effect as if all parties had executed the same document.

 

8. All notices, instructions or other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be given in writing and delivered by certified mail, return receipt requested, overnight delivery or hand-delivered to all parties to this Agreement, to the Company, at the addresses set forth in the Purchase Agreement and to each Holder, at the address in the Counterpart Signature Page. All notices shall be deemed to be given on the same day if delivered by hand or on the following business day if sent by overnight delivery or the second business day following the date of mailing.

 

9. The resale restrictions on the Class A Common Stock set forth in this Agreement shall be in addition to all other restrictions on transfer imposed by applicable United States and state securities laws, rules and regulations.

 

10. If any party hereto fails to fully adhere to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, such party shall be liable to the other party or parties hereto for any damages suffered by such party or parties by reason of any such breach of or default in performing the terms and conditions hereof. In addition, the non-breaching or non-defaulting party or parties shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorney’s fees incurred in the enforcement of this Agreement. The Holder agrees that in the event of a breach of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement by the Holder, that in addition to all other remedies that may be available in law or in equity to the non-defaulting party or parties, a preliminary and permanent injunction, without bond or surety, and an order of a court requiring such Holder to cease and desist from violating the terms and conditions of this Agreement and specifically requiring the Holder to perform his/her/its obligations hereunder is fair and reasonable by reason of the inability of the parties to this Agreement to presently determine the type, extent or amount of damages that the Company or any non-defaulting Holder may suffer as a result of any breach or continuation thereof.

 

11. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be amended except by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto and approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

12. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia, United States of Amercia applicable to contracts entered into and to be performed wholly within said State; and the Company and the Holder agree that any action based upon this Agreement may be brought in the United States federal and state courts situated in Georgia only, and that shall each submit to the jurisdiction of such courts for all purposes hereunder.

 

 
 

 

13. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors or assigns of the Company or the Holder, without qualification, and in the event of any exchange of the Class A Common Stock under a merger or reorganization or other transaction of the Company by which the Class A Common Stock are subject to exchange for other securities in any manner, this Agreement shall remain if full force and effect and shall apply to any securities received or receivable in exchange for such Class A Common Stock, without qualification.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed and delivered this Agreement with certificate attached as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY: BOXLIGHT CORPORATION  
     
By:                             
Name: Michael Pope  
Title: President  

 

HOLDERS: RUSHTON 4 TRUST  
     
By:    
  _______________, Trustee  
     
KETLAM TRUST  
     
By:    
  _______________, Trustee  
     
SUGA TECHNOLOGY, LTD.  
   
By:    
  _______________, Authorized Signatory  

 

 
 

 

 

May 9, 2018

 

Pauline Healy

5 M a t t e rd a le Ro a d,

L e y l a nd, E n g land, P R 25 3 B A

England

 

Dear Pauline:

 

We are pleased to advise you that at the direction of the Board of Directors of Boxlight Corporation, a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), you are hereby notified that the Board has granted you a qualified stock option (the “Option”) pursuant to the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan as adopted by the Company and as in effect on the date of the grant (the “Plan”).

 

This Option entitles you to purchase seven thousand five hundred (7,500) shares of Class A voting Common Stock of the Company (the “Option Shares”) at the price of $7.00 per share (the “Exercise Price”) which Exercise Price is payable in cash or by check in United States Dollars, or other property acceptable to the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Board”). The date of grant of this Option is May 9, 2018, and it is the determination of the Board that on that date the per share fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock was the Exercise Price.

 

You may exercise the Option only at such time as Options shall have vested in accordance with the four year vesting schedule set forth below. The Option must be exercised, if at all, on or before April 30, 2027 (ten years from the date of grant), after which any unexercised Options will expire. In addition, if you cease for any reason being employed by any of the Company, Cohuborate Ltd. or any other subsidiary of the Company, any non-vested Options shall immediately be cancelled as of the date of termination of your employment services.

 

In all cases, your Option to purchase the Option Shares shall commence to vest immediately. One-quarter (1/4) of the Option Shares shall vest and shall become exercisable on each of April 30, 2019, April 30, 2020, April 30, 2021 and April 30, 2022 (each, a “Vesting Year”). To the extent that you do not exercise a vested Option in any one or more Vesting Year, your right to exercise the Option shall be cumulative and shall carry over to the next succeeding Vesting Years. The Option may not be exercised for fractional shares.

 

Except as described below, the Option is subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Plan as in effect on the date of the grant. Copies of the Plan are available to you on request. At the time or times you wish to exercise this Option in whole or in part, please refer to this letter and the provisions of the Plan dealing with methods and formalities of exercising your option.

 

We look forward to your association with the Company and your continued employment with Cohuborate Ltd..

 

Sincerely,

 

BOXLIGHT CORPORATION

 

Michael Pope,

President and Director

 

Option Grant acknowledged and accepted:

   
Pauline Healy  

 

 

 

 

 

May 9, 2018

 

Andy Pennington

Cohuborate Ltd.

c/o Whitebirk Finance Limited

Bowland House

Philips Road

Blackburn, Lancashire BB1 5 TH

England

 

Dear Andy:

 

We are pleased to advise you that at the direction of the Board of Directors of Boxlight Corporation, a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), you are hereby notified that the Board has granted you a qualified stock option (the “Option”) pursuant to the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan as adopted by the Company and as in effect on the date of the grant (the “Plan”).

 

This Option entitles you to purchase fifteen thousand (15,000) shares of Class A voting Common Stock of the Company (the “Option Shares”) at the price of $7.00 per share (the “Exercise Price”), which Exercise Price is payable in cash or by check in United States Dollars, or other property acceptable to the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Board”). The date of grant of this Option is May 9, 2018, and it is the determination of the Board that on that date the per share fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock was the Exercise Price.

 

You may exercise the Option only at such time as Options shall have vested in accordance with the four year vesting schedule set forth below. The Option must be exercised, if at all, on or before April 30, 2027 (ten years from the date of grant), after which any unexercised Options will expire. In addition, if you cease for any reason being employed by any of the Company, Cohuborate Ltd. or any other subsidiary of the Company, any non-vested Options shall immediately be cancelled as of the date of termination of your employment services.

 

In all cases, your Option to purchase the Option Shares shall commence to vest immediately. One-quarter (1/4) of the Option Shares shall vest and shall become exercisable on each of April 30, 2019, April 30, 2020, April 30, 2021 and April 30, 2022 (each, a “Vesting Year”). To the extent that you do not exercise a vested Option in any one or more Vesting Year, your right to exercise the Option shall be cumulative and shall carry over to the next succeeding Vesting Years. The Option may not be exercised for fractional shares.

 

Except as described below, the Option is subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Plan as in effect on the date of the grant. Copies of the Plan are available to you on request. At the time or times you wish to exercise this Option in whole or in part, please refer to this letter and the provisions of the Plan dealing with methods and formalities of exercising your option.

 

We look forward to your association with the Company and your continued employment with Cohuborate Ltd..

 

Sincerely,

 

BOXLIGHT CORPORATION

 

Michael Pope,

President and Director

 

Option Grant acknowledged and accepted:

   
Andy Pennington  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

OF BOXLIGHT CORPORATION

 

Issuance Date: June 21, 2018

 

This certifies that CANAAN PARISH LLC , a Georgia limited liability company (“ Canaan ”), or registered assigns, is the registered holder of the Warrant (this “ Warrant ”) represented by this Warrant Certificate (this “ Warrant Certificate ”), which entitles Canaan or any subsequent holder of this Warrant (each a “ Holder ”), subject to the provisions contained herein, to purchase from BOXLIGHT CORPORATION , a Nevada corporation (the “ Company ”), such number of shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (“ Common Stock ”), as set forth in Section 2.1 herein, subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events specified herein, at the Exercise Price of $6.00 per share, subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events specified herein.

 

This Warrant is subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

1. DEFINITIONS.

 

As used in this Warrant, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Board : the board of directors of the Company.

 

Business Day : any day that is not a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required to be closed in the jurisdiction in which the principal office of the Company is located.

 

Cashless Exercise : the meaning set forth in Clause (1) of Section 2.4.

 

Common Stock : the voting Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company.

 

Company : Boxlight Corporation, a Nevada corporation.

 

Company Formation Documents: the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, dated September 24, 2014, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada, as the same may be amended and restated from time to time.

 

Effective Exercise Date: October 1, 2018.

 

Effective Issuance Price : the meaning set forth in Section 4.5.

 

Excess Tender Amount : the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.

 

 

 

 

Exchange Act : the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

ex-date : when used with respect to any issuance or distribution, means the first Business Day after the record date, provided that if the Common Stock is then traded on a Recognized Securities Exchange (for the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Warrant and any related agreements, including Nasdaq) it shall mean the first date on which the Common Stock trade regular way on the relevant exchange or in the relevant market from which the Fair Market Value was obtained without the right to receive such issuance or distribution.

 

Exercise Date : the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

 

Exercise Period : the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

 

Exercise Price : the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

 

Expiration Date : the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

 

Fair Market Value :

 

(i)       In the case of Common Stock shall mean the closing sale price of such security (or, if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the closing bid and ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average closing bid and the average closing ask prices) on such date as reported in composite transactions on the Nasdaq or other Recognized Securities Exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded.

 

(ii)       In the case of cash, the amount thereof.

 

(iii)       In the case of other property, the amount which a willing buyer would pay a willing seller in an arm’s-length transaction for such property, as determined by the Board in good faith.

 

Holder : from time to time, the holder(s) of this Warrant.

 

Issuance Date: June 21, 2018.

 

Nasdaq: the Nasdaq Stock Exchange.

 

Person : any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Premium Per Pro Forma Share : the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.

 

Recognized Securities Exchange. any one of the Nasdaq, the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE:Amex, the OTC Markets, or any other United States or any foreign stock exchange that constitutes the principal securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded.

 

 

 

 

Registrable Securities : means this Warrant and the Common Stock issuable under this Warrant. Registrable Securities shall continue to be Registrable Securities (whether they continue to be held by Canaan or they are sold to other Persons) until (i) they are sold outside of the United States in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Nasdaq, (ii) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (iii) they shall have otherwise been transferred (including pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act) and new securities not subject to transfer restrictions under any federal securities laws and not bearing any legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company, all applicable holding periods shall have expired, and no other applicable and legally binding restriction on transfer by the holder thereof shall exist.

 

Reorganization Event : the meaning set forth in Section 4.4.

 

Rights to Purchase Securities : means options, warrants and rights issued by the Company or the Alternative Public Company (whether presently exercisable or not) to purchase Common Stock that are convertible or exchangeable (whether presently convertible or exchangeable or not) into or exercisable (whether presently exercisable or not) for Voting Securities but, for the avoidance of doubt, not including a shareholder rights plan.

 

Sale : the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.

 

Securities Act : the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Underlying Common Stock : the Common Stock issuable or issued upon the exercise of this Warrant.

 

Voting Securities : means the Common Stock and any other securities of the Company or the Alternative Public Company having power generally to vote in the election of members of the Board.

 

2. EXERCISE PRICE; EXERCISE OF WARRANT AND EXPIRATION OF WARRANT.

 

2.1.        Exercise Price . Subject to the terms of this Warrant, including all of the adjustment provisions hereof, the Holder hereof shall be entitled upon exercise of this Warrant to purchase an aggregate of TWO HUNDRED SEVENTY THOUSAND (270,000) shares of Underlying Common Stock upon exercise the Warrant made on or prior to the date of exercise hereof, at an exercise price (the “ Exercise Price ”) of SIX DOLLARS ($6.00) . Such Exercise Price is subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided.

 

2.2.        Exercise of Warrant . This Warrant shall be exercisable in whole or in part from time to time on any Business Day (each, an “ Exercise Date ”) beginning on the October 1, 2018 Effective Exercise Date and ending on the December 31, 2021 Expiration Date (the “ Exercise Period ”), in the manner provided for herein, provided that the Holder shall provide notice to the Company of such Exercise Date at least 10 days prior to such Exercise Date, which notice requirement may be waived by the Company in its sole discretion.

 

 

 

 

2.3.        Expiration of Warrants . This Warrant shall expire and the rights of the Holder of this Warrant to purchase Underlying Common Stock shall terminate at the close of business on December 31, 2021 (the “ Expiration Date ”).

 

2.4.        Method of Exercise; Payment of Exercise Price . In order to exercise this Warrant, the Holder hereof must surrender this Warrant to the Company, with the form on the reverse of or attached to this Warrant duly executed. With respect to payment of the Exercise Price, the Holder shall have two options:

 

(1) having the Company withhold, from the total number of Common Stock that would otherwise be delivered to the Holder upon such exercise, that lower number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with an aggregate Fair Market Value as of the last Business Day prior to such exercise equal to a purchase price for such Common Stock that would otherwise be payable by Holder upon such exercise based upon the Exercise Price then in effect (a “ Cashless Exercise ”), or

 

(2) payment in full in cash of the Exercise Price then in effect for the shares of Underlying Common Stock as to which this Warrant is submitted for exercise.

 

To the Extent that the Holder shall elect to exercise this Warrant through a Cashless Exercise, the Holder shall be entitled to receive a certificate for the number of Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing [(A-B) (X)] by (A), where:

 

  (A) = the closing price of the Class B Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date on which Holder elects to exercise this Warrant by means of a “cashless exercise,” as set forth in the applicable Notice of Exercise;
     
  (B) = the Exercise Price of this Warrant, as adjusted hereunder; and
     
  (X) = the number of Warrant Shares that would be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms of this Warrant if such exercise were by means of a cash exercise rather than a cashless exercise.

 

Any such payment of the Exercise Price pursuant to clause (2) above shall be payable in cash or other same-day funds. Upon the surrender of this Warrant following one or more partial exercises, unless this Warrant has expired, a new Warrant of the same tenor representing the number of shares of Underlying Common Stock, if any, with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised, shall promptly be issued and delivered to the Holder.

 

 

 

 

Upon surrender of this Warrant in conformity with the foregoing provisions, the Company shall instruct its transfer agent to transfer to the Holder of such Warrant appropriate evidence of ownership of any shares of Underlying Common Stock or other securities or property (to which the Holder is entitled, registered or otherwise placed in, or payable to the order of, such name or names as may be directed in writing by the Holder, and shall deliver such evidence of ownership and any other securities or property (including any money) to the Person or Persons entitled to receive the same, together with an amount in cash in lieu of any fraction of a share as provided in Section 4.6. Upon payment of the Exercise Price therefor, a Holder shall be deemed to own and have all of the rights associated with any Underlying Common Stock or other securities or property (including money) to which it is entitled pursuant to this Warrant upon the surrender of this Warrant in accordance herewith. If the Holder shall direct that such securities be registered in a name other than that of the Holder, such direction shall be tendered in conjunction with a signature guarantee from an eligible guarantor institution participating in a signature guarantee program approved by the Securities Transfer Association, and any other reasonable evidence of authority that may be required by the Company.

 

2.5.        Compliance with the Securities Laws .

 

(a)       This Warrant may not be exercised (and the Company shall be under no obligation to process any exercise), and no Underlying Common Stock may be sold, transferred pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of (any such sale, transfer or other disposition, a “ Transfer ”), except in compliance with this Section 2.5.

 

(b)       A Holder may exercise this Warrant if it or he is an “accredited investor” or a “qualified institutional buyer,” as defined in Regulation D and Rule 144A under the Securities Act, respectively. The Holder may Transfer this Warrant or any and all of his or its Underlying Common Stock to either (i) a transferee that is an “accredited investor” or a “qualified institutional buyer,” as such terms are defined in Regulation D and Rule 144A under the Securities Act, respectively, or (ii) any transferee if the Underlying Common Stock have been registered for resale under the Securities Act.

 

(c)       In addition to the foregoing, a Holder may exercise this Warrant and may Transfer this Warrant or his or its Underlying Common Stock Securities in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act or in any transaction that is registered under the Securities Act.

 

 

 

 

3. REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

 

3.1.        Registration . If at any time the Company registers or intends to register under the Securities Act, any Common Stock, Rights to Purchase Securities or any other securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock or other Voting Securities on a registration statement under the Securities Act, or grants any demand or piggyback registration rights to any other holder of Common Stock, Rights to Purchase Securities or any other securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock or shares of Voting Securities, the Company shall offer to the Holder of this Warrant to register the Registrable Securities of such Holder on no less favorable terms and conditions and/or enter into an agreement on customary terms and conditions with the Holder of this Warrant granting to such Holder pari passu registration rights with respect to the Registrable Securities of such Holder, as applicable.

 

4. ADJUSTMENTS.

 

4.1.        Adjustments upon Certain Transactions .

 

(a)       The Exercise Price and the number of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be adjusted in the event the Company (i) pays a dividend or makes any other distribution with respect to any of its Common Stock solely in Common Stock or Common Stock, (ii) subdivides its outstanding Common Stock or Common Stock, or (iii) combines its outstanding Common Stock or Common Stock into a smaller number of shares. In such event, the number of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to the record date of such dividend or distribution or the Effective Exercise Date of such subdivision or combination shall be adjusted so that the Holder of this Warrant shall thereafter be entitled to receive the number of Common Stock that such Holder would have owned or have been entitled to receive after the happening of any of the events described above, had the Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the happening of such event or any record date with respect hereto.

 

In addition, upon an adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.1, the Exercise Price for each share of Common Stock payable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be adjusted (without rounding) so that it shall equal the product of the Exercise Price immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment, and the denominator of which shall be the number of Common Stock so issuable immediately thereafter. Such adjustment shall become effective immediately after the Effective Exercise Date of such event retroactive to the record date, if any, for such event.

 

(b)       For avoidance of doubt, the adjustment contemplated by this section can be expressed by formula as follows:

 

Ub = shares underlying this Warrant before the adjustment

 

 

 

 

Ua = shares underlying this Warrant after the adjustment

Pb = exercise price per share before the adjustment

Pa = exercise price per share after the adjustment

Ob = shares outstanding before the transaction in question

Oa = shares outstanding after the transaction in question

Ua = Ub x Oa / Ob

Pa = Pb x Ob / Oa

 

4.2.        Dividends and Distributions .

 

(a)       If the Company shall fix a record date for the payment of a dividend or the making of a distribution with respect to any of its Common Stock, including Common Stock and/or Common Stock (other than one covered by Section 4.1), then the Exercise Price to be in effect after the record date for such dividend or distribution shall be determined (without rounding) by multiplying (x) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the last Business Day (or, if the Common Stock is then traded on a Recognized Securities Exchange, the last trading day) before the ex-date less the Fair Market Value of the cash, securities (excluding Common Stock that is the same class of securities for which this Warrant would be exercisable immediately after such distribution or dividend taking into account the adjustments pursuant to this Article 4) or other property paid per share in such dividend or distribution, and the denominator of which shall be the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the last Business Day (or, if the Common Stock is then traded on a Recognized Securities Exchange, the last trading day) before the ex-date. Upon any adjustment of the Exercise Price pursuant to Section 4.2(a)(2), the total number of Common Stock purchaseable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be such number of shares (calculated to the nearest thousandth) purchaseable immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Exercise Price in effect immediately before such adjustment and the denominator of which shall be the Exercise Price in effect immediately after such adjustment.

 

(b)       For avoidance of doubt, the adjustment contemplated by Section 4.2(a)(2) can be expressed by formula as follows:

 

Ub = shares underlying this Warrant before the adjustment

Ua = shares underlying this Warrant after the adjustment

Pb = exercise price per share before the adjustment

Pa = exercise price per share after the adjustment

M = Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the last Business Day (or, if applicable, trading day) before ex-date

D = Fair Market Value of the dividend or distribution made per share of Common Stock

Ua = Ub x M / (M – D) Pa = Pb x (M – D) / M

 

 

 

 

4.3.        Tender Offers . If a publicly-announced tender offer made by the Company or any of its subsidiaries for all or any portion of the Common Stock shall expire and tendering holders of Common Stock is paid aggregate consideration having a Fair Market Value when paid which exceeds the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Common Stock acquired in such tender offer as of the last Business Day, or, if applicable, trading day before the date on which such tender offer is first publicly announced (such excess, the “ Excess Tender Amount ”), then the Exercise Price to be in effect after the tender offer expires shall be determined (without rounding) by multiplying (x) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Fair Market Value per share of the Common Stock as of the last trading day before the date on which such tender offer is first publicly announced less the Premium Per Pro Forma Share, and the denominator of which shall be the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the last Business Day, or, if applicable, trading day before the date on which such tender offer is first publicly announced. As used herein, “Premium Per Pro Forma Share” means (x) the Excess Tender Amount divided by (y) the number of Common Stock outstanding at expiration of the tender offer after giving pro forma effect to the purchase of shares in the tender offer. Upon any adjustment of the Exercise Price pursuant to this Section 4.3, the total number of Common Stock purchaseable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be such number of shares (calculated to the nearest thousandth) purchaseable immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Exercise Price in effect immediately before such adjustment and the denominator of which shall be the Exercise Price in effect immediately after such adjustment. For avoidance of doubt, the adjustment contemplated by this section can be expressed by formula as follows:

 

Ub = shares underlying this Warrant before the adjustment

Ua = shares underlying this Warrant after the adjustment

Pb = exercise price per share before the adjustment

Pa = exercise price per share after the adjustment

M = Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the last Business Day (or, if applicable, trading day) before the tender offer is announced

E = Excess Tender Amount (the aggregate premium paid in the tender offer) Pr = Premium Per Pro Forma Share

Oa = Shares outstanding after giving effect to tender offer

Pr = E / Oa

Ua = Ub x M / (M – Pr) Pa = Pb x (M – Pr) / M

 

4.4.        Consolidation, Merger or Sale . If any consolidation, merger or similar extraordinary transaction of the Company with another entity, or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets, or any recapitalization or reclassification of the Common Stock, shall be effected (a “ Reorganization Event ”), and in connection with such Reorganization Event, the Common Stock shall be converted into or exchanged for or become the right to receive cash, securities or other property, then, as a condition of such Reorganization Event, lawful and adequate provisions shall be made by the Company whereby the Holder of this Warrant shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive on exercise of this Warrant, for an aggregate price equal to the aggregate Exercise Price for all of the Underlying Common Stock underlying this Warrant as in effect immediately before such transaction (subject to adjustment thereafter as contemplated by the succeeding sentence), the same kind and amount of cash, securities or other property as it would have had the right to receive if it had exercised this Warrant immediately before such transaction and been entitled to participate therein. In the event of any such Reorganization Event, the Company shall make appropriate provision to ensure that applicable provisions of this Warrant (including, without limitation, the provisions of this Article 4) shall thereafter be binding on the other party to such transaction (or the successor in such transaction) and applicable to any securities thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant. The Company will not effect any such Reorganization Event unless, prior to the consummation thereof, the successor entity (if other than the Company) resulting from such Reorganization Event or the entity purchasing such assets shall assume by written instrument reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Holder of this Warrant, executed and mailed or delivered to the Holder at the last address of such Holder appearing on the books of the Company, the obligation to deliver the cash, securities or property deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant. The Company shall notify the Holder of this Warrant of any such proposed Reorganization Event reasonably prior to the consummation thereof so as to provide such Holder with a reasonable opportunity prior to such consummation to exercise this Warrant in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof; provided, however, that in the case of a transaction which requires notice to be given to the holders of Common Stock of the Company, the Holder of this Warrant shall be provided the same notice given to the holders of other Common Stock of the Company.

 

 

 

 

4.5.        Full-Ratchet Adjustment for Lower Revaluations . In the case of (a) any issuance of Common Stock, rights or options to acquire Common Stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into, or exercisable for Common Stock (other than (i) Qualifying Employee Stock and (ii) Common Stock underlying rights or options to acquire Common Stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into Common Stock, in each case that are issued and outstanding on the date hereof), or (b) the amendment to or change in the exercise, conversion or exchange price of such securities, in each case for an Effective Issuance Price lower than the Exercise Price (in each case, other than issuances, amendments or changes covered by Section 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 or 4.4), the Exercise Price for this Warrant shall be further reduced to an amount equal to the Effective Issuance Price.

 

As used herein, the “ Effective Issuance Price ” shall be:

 

(i)       with respect to Common Stock issued for cash the per share amount of the net cash proceeds received by the Company for such Common Stock;

 

(ii)       with respect to Common Stock issued for other consideration, the Fair Market Value of the net consideration calculated on a per share basis;

 

 

 

 

(iii)       with respect to any option, warrant or other right to acquire Common Stock, whether direct or indirect and whether or not conditional or contingent, the sum of (A) the Fair Market Value of the aggregate consideration, if any, received by the Company for the issuance of such option, warrant or right divided by the number of Common Stock into which such option, warrant or right is exercisable at time of issuance, plus (b) the per share amount of the exercise price to the extent paid in cash and per share Fair Market Value of the exercise price if paid in other consideration; and

 

(iv)       with respect to securities convertible or exchangeable into Common Stock, the net consideration per security paid for such securities (to the extent paid in cash) or the net Fair Market Value of the consideration per security paid for such securities if the price for such securities is paid in other consideration, as of the date of their issuance divided by the number of Common Stock for which such securities are convertible or exchangeable.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Exercise Price of this Warrant shall in no event be increased pursuant to this Section 4.5.

 

4.6.        Fractional Shares . No fractional shares shall be issued upon exercise of this Warrant. Instead, the Company shall pay to the Holder, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, a sum in cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock, as determined by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Board, on the Business Day or, if applicable, trading day immediately prior to the date of exercise.

 

4.7.        Notice of Adjustment . Prior to the consummation of any transaction, action or other event that would trigger an adjustment (or right to adjustment) under this Section 4, the Company shall mail to the Holder by first class mail, postage prepaid, no later than ten (10) Business Days prior to such consummation notice of such transaction, action or other event, along with reasonable details with respect thereto. Whenever the number of Common Stock or other stock or property issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant or the Exercise Price is adjusted, as herein provided, the Company shall promptly mail by first class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holder notice of such adjustment or adjustments and shall deliver a certificate of a firm of independent public accountants selected by the Board (who may be the regular accountants employed by the Company) setting forth the number of Common Stock or other stock or property issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price after such adjustment, setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment and setting forth the computation by which such adjustment was made.

 

5. WARRANT TRANSFER BOOKS.

 

The Company shall cause to be kept at its principal office a register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of this Warrant Certificate and of transfers or exchanges of this Warrant Certificate as herein provided.

 

 

 

 

At the option of the Holder, this Warrant Certificate may be exchanged at such office, and upon payment of the charges hereinafter provided. Whenever this Warrant Certificate is so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute and deliver the Warrant Certificates that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

 

All Warrant Certificates issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of this Warrant Certificate shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same obligations, and entitled to the same benefits, as the Warrant Certificate surrendered for such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

If this Warrant Certificate is surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange it shall (if so required by the Company) be duly endorsed or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company, duly executed by the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

 

No service charge shall be made to the Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Warrant Certificate. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of this Warrant Certificate.

 

The Warrant Certificate when duly endorsed in blank shall be deemed negotiable and when this Warrant Certificate shall have been so endorsed, the Holder hereof may be treated by the Company and all other persons dealing therewith as the absolute owner hereof for any purpose and as the Person entitled to exercise the rights represented hereby, or to the transfer hereof on the register of the Company, any notice to the contrary notwithstanding; but until such transfer on such register, the Company shall treat the registered Holder hereof as the owner for all purposes. No such transfer shall be registered until the Company has been supplied with the aforementioned instruments of transfer and any other such documentation as the Company may reasonably require.

 

6. WARRANT HOLDER.

 

6.1.        Right of Action . All rights of action in respect of this Warrant are vested in the Holder hereof, and the Holder, without the consent of the Company, may, on such Holder’s own behalf and for such Holder’s own benefit, enforce, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or proceeding against the Company suitable to enforce, or otherwise in respect of, such Holder’s right to exercise or exchange this Warrant in the manner provided herein or any other obligation of the Company under this Warrant.

 

7. COVENANTS.

 

7.1.        Reservation of Common Stock for Issuance on Exercise of Warrants . The Company covenants that it will at all times reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issue upon exercise of this Warrant as herein provided, such number of Common Stock as shall then be issuable upon the exercise of all Warrants issuable hereunder plus such number of Common Stock as shall then be issuable upon the exercise of other outstanding warrants, options and rights (whether or not vested), the settlement of any forward sale, swap or other derivative contract, and the conversion of all outstanding convertible securities or other instruments convertible into Common Stock or rights to acquire Common Stock. The Company covenants that all Common Stock which shall be issuable shall, upon such issue, be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable.

 

 

 

 

7.2.        Notice of Dividends . At any time when the Company declares any dividend on its Common Stock, it shall give notice to the Holder of this Warrant of any such declaration not less than 15 days prior to the related record date for payment of the dividend so declared.

 

8. MISCELLANEOUS.

 

8.1.        Surrender of Certificates . Any Warrant Certificate surrendered for exercise or purchase shall, if surrendered to the Company, be promptly cancelled and destroyed and shall not be reissued by the Company.

 

8.2.        Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Warrant Certificates . If (a) a mutilated Warrant Certificate is surrendered to the Company or (b) the Company receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of the Warrant Certificate, and there is delivered to the Company such appropriate affidavit of loss, applicable processing fee and a corporate bond of indemnity as may be required by it to save it harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company that the Warrant Certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and deliver, in exchange for such mutilated Warrant Certificate or in lieu of such destroyed, lost or stolen Warrant Certificate, a new Warrant Certificate of like tenor and for a like aggregate number of shares of Underlying Common Stock, if any, with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised.

 

Upon the issuance of any new Warrant Certificate under this Section 8.3, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and other expenses in connection therewith.

 

Any new Warrant Certificate executed and delivered pursuant to this Section 8.2 in lieu of a destroyed, lost or stolen Warrant Certificate shall constitute an original contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Warrant Certificate shall be at any time enforceable by anyone and shall be subject to the same terms as this Warrant.

 

The provisions of this Section 8.2 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights or remedies with respect to the replacement of a mutilated, destroyed lost, or stolen Warrant Certificate.

 

 

 

 

8.3.        Notices . Any notice, demand or delivery authorized by this Warrant shall be sufficiently given or made when mailed if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Holder of this Warrant at such Holder’s address shown on the register of the Company and to the Company at its principal address, addressed to the Secretary of the Company, in each case or such other address as shall have been furnished to the party giving or making such notice, demand or delivery.

 

8.3.        Applicable Law . This Warrant and all rights arising hereunder shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Nevada.

 

8.4.        Amendments . (a) The Company may from time to time supplement or amend this Warrant without the approval of the Holder in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, or to make any other provisions with regard to matters or questions arising hereunder which the Company may deem necessary or desirable and, in each case, which shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holder.

 

(b)       In addition to the foregoing, with the consent of the Holder, the Company may modify this Warrant for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Warrant or modifying in any manner the rights of the Holder hereunder.

 

8.5.        Headings . The descriptive headings of the several Articles and Sections of this Warrant are inserted for convenience and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

 

*******************************

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Warrant has been duly executed and delivered by Boxlight Corporation, by order of its Board of Directors, on this 21 st day of June 2018 Issuance Date, to be exercisable at any time after the Effective Exercise Date.

 

  BOXLIGHT CORPORATION
     
  By:  
  Name: Mark Elliott
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:

 

CANAAN PARISH, LLC

 

By:    
Michael Pope, Member  

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF EXERCISE

(To be executed upon exercise of Warrant.)

 

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the Warrant represented by this Warrant Certificate, to purchase ________ Common Stock, in the form of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Warrant Shares”), of Boxlight Corporation in accordance with the Warrant Certificate, and in accordance with the terms set forth below.

 

By checking the appropriate paragraph election, the undersigned hereby exercises the Warrant as follows:

 

________ [check if applicable] Having the Company withhold, from the total number of Common Stock that would otherwise be delivered to the undersigned upon such exercise, that lower number of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with an aggregate Fair Market Value as of the last Business Day prior to such exercise equal to a purchase price for such Common Stock that would otherwise be payable by the undersigned upon such exercise based upon the Exercise Price then in effect (a “ Cashless Exercise ”), or

 

________ [check if applicable] By payment in full of the Exercise Price then in effect for the shares of Underlying Common Stock as to which this Warrant is submitted for exercise, payable in cash or other same-day funds.

 

The undersigned requests that said Warrant Shares be registered in such names and delivered, all as specified in accordance with the instructions set forth below.

 

If said number of Warrant Shares is less than all of the shares of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder, the undersigned requests that a new Warrant Certificate representing the remaining balance of the Warrants evidenced hereby be issued and delivered to the undersigned unless otherwise specified in the instructions below.

 

Dated:        
      Name  
        (Please Print)

 

         

(Insert Social Security

or Other Identifying

Number of Holder)

       
       
       
    Address    
       
       
    Signature (Signature must conform in all respects to name of holder as specified on the face of the Warrant Certificate and must be guaranteed by a bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union meeting the requirements of the Warrant Holder.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned registered holder of the within Warrant Certificate hereby sells, assigns, and transfers unto the Assignee(s) named below all of the right of the undersigned under the within Warrant Certificate, with respect to the number of Warrants set forth below:

 

Names of

Assignees

  Address  

Social Security

or other

Identifying

Number of

Assignee(s)

 

Number of

Shares

Represented by

the Portion of

this Warrant

to be Assigned

             
             
             

 

and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint_____________ the undersigned’s attorney to make such transfer on the books of _____________ purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Date:      
       
       
      (Signature of Owner)
       
       
      (Street Address)
       
       
      (City)                                                          (State)  (Zip Code)
       
      Signature Guaranteed By:
       

 

The signature must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within Warrant Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever, and must be guaranteed by a financial institution satisfactory to the Company.

 

 

 

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

OF BOXLIGHT CORPORATION

 

Date: As of June 21, 2018

 

This certifies that LACKAMOOLA, LLC. , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Lackamoola ”), or registered assigns, is the registered holder of the Warrant (this “ Warrant ”) represented by this Warrant Certificate (this “ Warrant Certificate ”), which entitles Lackamoola or any subsequent holder of this Warrant (each a “ Holder ”), subject to the provisions contained herein, to purchase from BOXLIGHT CORPORATION , a Nevada corporation (the “ Company ”), such number of shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (“ Common Stock ”), as set forth in Section 2.1 herein, subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events specified herein, at the Exercise Price of six dollars ($6.00) per share, subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events specified herein.

 

1. DEFINITIONS.

 

As used in this Warrant, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Board : the board of directors of the Company.

 

Business Day : any day that is not a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required to be closed in the jurisdiction in which the principal office of the Company is located.

 

Cashless Exercise : the meaning set forth in Clause (1) of Section 2.4.

 

Common Stock : the voting Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company.

 

Company : Boxlight Corporation (formerly, Logical Choice Corporation), a Nevada corporation.

 

Company Formation Documents: the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, dated September 24, 2014, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada, as the same may be amended from time to time..

 

Effective Exercise Date: October 1, 2018.

 

Effective Issuance Price : the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

 

Excess Tender Amount : the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.

 

Exchange Act : the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

ex-date : when used with respect to any issuance or distribution, means the first Business Day after the record date, provided that if the Common Stock is then traded on a Recognized Securities Exchange (for the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Warrant and any related agreements, including Nasdaq) it shall mean the first date on which the Common Stock trade regular way on the relevant exchange or in the relevant market from which the Fair Market Value was obtained without the right to receive such issuance or distribution.

 

Exercise Date : the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

 

Exercise Price : the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

 

Expiration Date : the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

 

     
 

 

Fair Market Value :

 

(i) In the case of Common Stock means the amount which a willing buyer would pay a willing seller in an arm’s-length transaction for one share of such Common Stock, as determined by the Board in good faith, provided that if the Common Stock is then traded on a Recognized Securities Exchange, it shall mean the closing sale price of such security (or, if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the closing bid and ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average closing bid and the average closing ask prices) on such date as reported in composite transactions on the BSX or other Recognized Securities Exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded.

 

(ii) In the case of cash, the amount thereof.

 

(iii) In the case of other property, the amount which a willing buyer would pay a willing seller in an arm’s-length transaction for such property, as determined by the Board in good faith.

 

Fully Diluted Basis : the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that would be outstanding after giving effect to the conversion, exchange or exercise of this Warrant and all other outstanding securities of the Company that are convertible or exchangeable into Common Stock, and the exercise of all outstanding Rights to Purchase Common Stock, in each case, whether or not presently convertible, exchangeable or exercisable.

 

Holder : from time to time, the holder(s) of this Warrant.

 

Nasdaq : the Nasdaq Stock Exchange.

 

Person : any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Premium Per Pro Forma Share : the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.

 

Qualifying Employee Stock : the meaning set forth in Section 4.5.

 

Recognized Securities Exchange . any one of the Nasdaq, the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE:Amex, the OTC Markets, or any other United States or any foreign stock exchange that constitutes the principal securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded.

 

Registration Statement: a registration statement on Form S-1 (or other applicable form for registering securities under the Securities Act) as filed by the Company with the SEC in connection with the IPO.

 

Registrable Securities : means this Warrant and the Common Stock issuable under this Warrant. Registrable Securities shall continue to be Registrable Securities (whether they continue to be held by Lackamoola or they are sold to other Persons) until (i) they are sold outside of the United States in accordance with the rules and regulations of the BSX, (ii) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (iii) they shall have otherwise been transferred (including pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act)and new securities not subject to transfer restrictions under any federal securities laws and not bearing any legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company, all applicable holding periods shall have expired, and no other applicable and legally binding restriction on transfer by the holder thereof shall exist.

 

Reorganization Event : the meaning set forth in Section 4.4.

 

Rights to Purchase Securities : means options, warrants and rights issued by the Company or the Alternative Public Company (whether presently exercisable or not) to purchase Common Stock that are convertible or exchangeable (whether presently convertible or exchangeable or not) into or exercisable (whether presently exercisable or not) for Voting Securities but, for the avoidance of doubt, not including a shareholders rights plan.

 

     
 

 

sale : the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.

 

Securities Act : the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Underlying Common Stock : the Common Stock issuable or issued upon the exercise of this Warrant.

 

Voting Securities : means the Common Stock and any other securities of the Company or the Alternative Public Company having power generally to vote in the election of members of the Board.

 

2. EXERCISE PRICE; EXERCISE OF WARRANT AND EXPIRATION OF WARRANT.

 

2.1. Exercise Price . Subject to the terms of this Warrant, including all of the adjustment provisions hereof, the Holder hereof shall be entitled upon exercise of this Warrant to purchase an aggregate of TWENTY FIVE THOUSAND (25,000) shares of Underlying Common Stock upon exercise the Warrant made on or prior to the date of exercise hereof, at an exercise price equal to Six Dollars ($6.00) per share (the “ Exercise Price ”).

e.

 

2.2. Exercise of Warrant . This Warrant shall be exercisable in whole or in part from time to time on any Business Day (each, an “ Exercise Date ”) beginning on the October 1, 2018 Effective Exercise Date and ending on the December 31, 2021 Expiration Date (the “ Exercise Period ”), in the manner provided for herein, provided that the Holder shall provide notice to the Company of such Exercise Date at least 10 days prior to such Exercise Date, which notice requirement may be waived by the Company in its sole discretion.

 

2.3. Expiration of Warrants . This Warrant shall expire and the rights of the Holder of this Warrant to purchase Underlying Common Stock shall terminate at the close of business on December 31, 2021 (the “ Expiration Date ”).

 

2.4. Method of Exercise; Payment of Exercise Price . In order to exercise this Warrant, the Holder hereof must surrender this Warrant to the Company, with the form on the reverse of or attached to this Warrant duly executed. With respect to payment of the Exercise Price, the Holder shall have two options:

 

(1) having the Company withhold, from the total number of Common Stock that would otherwise be delivered to the Holder upon such exercise, that lower number of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with an aggregate Fair Market Value as of the last Business Day prior to such exercise equal to a purchase price for such Common Stock that would otherwise be payable by Holder upon such exercise based upon the Exercise Price then in effect (a “ Cashless Exercise ”), or

 

(2) payment in full of the Exercise Price then in effect for the shares of Underlying Common Stock as to which this Warrant is submitted for exercise.

 

To the Extent that the Holder shall elect to exercise this Warrant through a Cashless Exercise, the Holder shall be entitled to receive a certificate for the number of Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing [(A-B) (X)] by (A), where:

 

  (A)=  the closing price of the Class B Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date on which Holder elects to exercise this Warrant by means of a “cashless exercise,” as set forth in the applicable Notice of Exercise;
     
  (B)=  the Exercise Price of this Warrant, as adjusted hereunder; and
     
  (X)=  the number of Warrant Shares that would be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms of this Warrant if such exercise were by means of a cash exercise rather than a cashless exercise.

 

     
 

 

Any such payment of the Exercise Price pursuant to clause (2) above shall be payable in cash or other same-day funds. Upon the surrender of this Warrant following one or more partial exercises, unless this Warrant has expired, a new Warrant of the same tenor representing the number of shares of Underlying Common Stock, if any, with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised, shall promptly be issued and delivered to the Holder.

 

Upon surrender of this Warrant in conformity with the foregoing provisions, the Company shall instruct its transfer agent to transfer to the Holder of such Warrant appropriate evidence of ownership of any shares of Underlying Common Stock or other securities or property (including any money) to which the Holder is entitled, registered or otherwise placed in, or payable to the order of, such name or names as may be directed in writing by the Holder, and shall deliver such evidence of ownership and any other securities or property (including any money) to the Person or Persons entitled to receive the same, together with an amount in cash in lieu of any fraction of a share as provided in Section 4.7. Upon payment of the Exercise Price therefor, a Holder shall be deemed to own and have all of the rights associated with any Underlying Common Stock or other securities or property (including money) to which it is entitled pursuant to this Warrant upon the surrender of this Warrant in accordance herewith. If the Holder shall direct that such securities be registered in a name other than that of the Holder, such direction shall be tendered in conjunction with a signature guarantee from an eligible guarantor institution participating in a signature guarantee program approved by the Securities Transfer Association, and any other reasonable evidence of authority that may be required by the Company.

 

2.5. Compliance with the Securities Laws .

 

(a) This Warrant may not be exercised (and the Company shall be under no obligation to process any exercise), and no Underlying Common Stock may be sold, transferred pledged,, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of (any such sale, transfer or other disposition, a “ Transfer ”), except in compliance with this Section 2.5.

 

(b) A Holder may exercise this Warrant if it or he is either a “Qualified Investor” within the meaning of Regulation 1.7 of Section I of the Listing Regulations of BSX, or an “accredited investor” or a “qualified institutional buyer,” as defined in Regulation D and Rule 144A under the Securities Act, respectively. The Holder may Transfer this Warrant or any and all of his or its Underlying Common Stock to either (i) a transferee that is a non-U.S. resident and (if required by the rules of the BSX) is a Qualified Investor, (ii) a transferee that is an “accredited investor” or a “qualified institutional buyer,” as such terms are defined in Regulation D and Rule 144A under the Securities Act, respectively, or (iii) any transferee if the Underlying Common Stock have been registered for resale under the Securities Act.

 

(c) In addition to the foregoing, a Holder may exercise this Warrant and may Transfer this Warrant or his or its Underlying Common Stock Securities in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act or in any transaction that is registered under the Securities Act.

 

3. REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

 

3.1. Registration . If at any time the Company registers or intends to register under the Securities Act, any Common Stock, Rights to Purchase Securities or any other securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock or other Voting Securities on a registration statement under the Securities Act, or grants any demand or piggyback registration rights to any other holder of Common Stock, Rights to Purchase Securities or any other securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock or shares of Voting Securities, the Company shall offer to the Holder of this Warrant to register the Registrable Securities of such Holder on no less favorable terms and conditions and/or enter into an agreement on customary terms and conditions with the Holder of this Warrant granting to such Holder pari passu registration rights with respect to the Registrable Securities of such Holder, as applicable.

 

     
 

 

4. ADJUSTMENTS.

 

4.1. Adjustments upon Certain Transactions .

 

(a) The Exercise Price and the number of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be adjusted in the event the Company (i) pays a dividend or makes any other distribution with respect to any of its Common Stock solely in Common Stock or Common Stock, (ii) subdivides its outstanding Common Stock or Common Stock, or (iii) combines its outstanding Common Stock or Common Stock into a smaller number of shares. In such event, the number of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to the record date of such dividend or distribution or the Effective Exercise Date of such subdivision or combination shall be adjusted so that the Holder of this Warrant shall thereafter be entitled to receive the number of Common Stock that such Holder would have owned or have been entitled to receive after the happening of any of the events described above, had the Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the happening of such event or any record date with respect hereto.

 

In addition, upon an adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.1, the Exercise Price for each share of Common Stock payable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be adjusted (without rounding) so that it shall equal the product of the Exercise Price immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment, and the denominator of which shall be the number of Common Stock so issuable immediately thereafter. Such adjustment shall become effective immediately after the Effective Exercise Date of such event retroactive to the record date, if any, for such event.

 

(b) For avoidance of doubt, the adjustment contemplated by this section can be expressed by formula as follows:

 

Ub = shares underlying this Warrant before the adjustment

Ua = shares underlying this Warrant after the adjustment

Pb = exercise price per share before the adjustment

Pa = exercise price per share after the adjustment

Ob = shares outstanding before the transaction in question

Oa = shares outstanding after the transaction in question

Ua = Ub x Oa / Ob

Pa = Pb x Ob / Oa

 

4.2. Dividends and Distributions .

 

(a) If the Company shall fix a record date for the payment of a dividend or the making of a distribution with respect to any of its Common Stock, including Common Stock and/or Common Stock (other than one covered by Section 4.1), then the Exercise Price to be in effect after the record date for such dividend or distribution shall be determined (without rounding) by multiplying (x) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the last Business Day (or, if the Common Stock is then traded on a Recognized Securities Exchange, the last trading day) before the ex-date less the Fair Market Value of the cash, securities (excluding Common Stock that is the same class of securities for which this Warrant would be exercisable immediately after such distribution or dividend taking into account the adjustments pursuant to this Article 4) or other property paid per share in such dividend or distribution, and the denominator of which shall be the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the last Business Day (or, if the Common Stock is then traded on a Recognized Securities Exchange, the last trading day) before the ex-date. Upon any adjustment of the Exercise Price pursuant to Section 4.2(a)(2), the total number of Common Stock purchaseable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be such number of shares (calculated to the nearest thousandth) purchaseable immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Exercise Price in effect immediately before such adjustment and the denominator of which shall be the Exercise Price in effect immediately after such adjustment.

 

     
 

 

(b) For avoidance of doubt, the adjustment contemplated by Section 4.2(a)(2) can be expressed by formula as follows:

 

Ub = shares underlying this Warrant before the adjustment

Ua = shares underlying this Warrant after the adjustment

Pb = exercise price per share before the adjustment

Pa = exercise price per share after the adjustment

M = Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the last Business Day (or, if applicable, trading day) before ex-date

D = Fair Market Value of the dividend or distribution made per share of Common Stock

Ua = Ub x M / (M – D) Pa = Pb x (M – D) / M

 

4.3. Tender Offers . If a publicly-announced tender offer made by the Company or any of its subsidiaries for all or any portion of the Common Stock shall expire and tendering holders of Common Stock is paid aggregate consideration having a Fair Market Value when paid which exceeds the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Common Stock acquired in such tender offer as of the last Business Day, or, if applicable, trading day before the date on which such tender offer is first publicly announced (such excess, the “ Excess Tender Amount ”), then the Exercise Price to be in effect after the tender offer expires shall be determined (without rounding) by multiplying (x) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Fair Market Value per share of the Common Stock as of the last trading day before the date on which such tender offer is first publicly announced less the Premium Per Pro Forma Share, and the denominator of which shall be the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the last Business Day, or, if applicable, trading day before the date on which such tender offer is first publicly announced. As used herein, “Premium Per Pro Forma Share” means (x) the Excess Tender Amount divided by (y) the number of Common Stock outstanding at expiration of the tender offer after giving pro forma effect to the purchase of shares in the tender offer. Upon any adjustment of the Exercise Price pursuant to this Section 4.3, the total number of Common Stock purchaseable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be such number of shares (calculated to the nearest thousandth) purchaseable immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Exercise Price in effect immediately before such adjustment and the denominator of which shall be the Exercise Price in effect immediately after such adjustment. For avoidance of doubt, the adjustment contemplated by this section can be expressed by formula as follows:

 

Ub = shares underlying this Warrant before the adjustment

Ua = shares underlying this Warrant after the adjustment

Pb = exercise price per share before the adjustment

Pa = exercise price per share after the adjustment

M = Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the last Business Day (or, if applicable, trading day) before the tender offer is announced

E = Excess Tender Amount (the aggregate premium paid in the tender offer) Pr = Premium Per Pro Forma Share

Oa = Shares outstanding after giving effect to tender offer

Pr = E / Oa

Ua = Ub x M / (M – Pr) Pa = Pb x (M – Pr) / M

 

4.4. Consolidation, Merger or Sale . If any consolidation, merger or similar extraordinary transaction of the Company with another entity, or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets, or any recapitalization or reclassification of the Common Stock, shall be effected (a “ Reorganization Event ”), and in connection with such Reorganization Event, the Common Stock shall be converted into or exchanged for or become the right to receive cash, securities or other property, then, as a condition of such Reorganization Event, lawful and adequate provisions shall be made by the Company whereby the Holder of this Warrant shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive on exercise of this Warrant, for an aggregate price equal to the aggregate Exercise Price for all of the Underlying Common Stock underlying this Warrant as in effect immediately before such transaction (subject to adjustment thereafter as contemplated by the succeeding sentence), the same kind and amount of cash, securities or other property as it would have had the right to receive if it had exercised this Warrant immediately before such transaction and been entitled to participate therein. In the event of any such Reorganization Event, the Company shall make appropriate provision to ensure that applicable provisions of this Warrant (including, without limitation, the provisions of this Article 4) shall thereafter be binding on the other party to such transaction (or the successor in such transaction) and applicable to any securities thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant. The Company will not effect any such Reorganization Event unless, prior to the consummation thereof, the successor entity (if other than the Company) resulting from such Reorganization Event or the entity purchasing such assets shall assume by written instrument reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Holder of this Warrant, executed and mailed or delivered to the Holder at the last address of such Holder appearing on the books of the Company, the obligation to deliver the cash, securities or property deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant. The Company shall notify the Holder of this Warrant of any such proposed Reorganization Event reasonably prior to the consummation thereof so as to provide such Holder with a reasonable opportunity prior to such consummation to exercise this Warrant in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof; provided, however, that in the case of a transaction which requires notice to be given to the holders of Common Stock of the Company, the Holder of this Warrant shall be provided the same notice given to the holders of other Common Stock of the Company.

 

     
 

 

4.5. Full-Ratchet Adjustment for Lower Revaluations . In the case of (a) any issuance of Common Stock, rights or options to acquire Common Stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into, or exercisable for Common Stock (other than (i) Qualifying Employee Stock and (ii) Common Stock underlying rights or options to acquire Common Stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into Common Stock, in each case that are issued and outstanding on the date hereof), or (b) the amendment to or change in the exercise, conversion or exchange price of such securities, in each case for an Effective Issuance Price lower than the Exercise Price (in each case, other than issuances, amendments or changes covered by Section 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 or 4.4), the Exercise Price for this Warrant shall be further reduced to an amount equal to the Effective Issuance Price.

 

As used herein, the “ Effective Issuance Price ” shall be:

 

  (i) with respect to Common Stock issued for cash the per share amount of the net cash proceeds received by the Company for such Common Stock;

 

  (ii) with respect to Common Stock issued for other consideration, the Fair Market Value of the net consideration calculated on a per share basis;

 

  (iii) with respect to any option, warrant or other right to acquire Common Stock, whether direct or indirect and whether or not conditional or contingent, the sum of (A) the Fair Market Value of the aggregate consideration, if any, received by the Company for the issuance of such option, warrant or right divided by the number of Common Stock into which such option, warrant or right is exercisable at time of issuance, plus (b) the per share amount of the exercise price to the extent paid in cash and per share Fair Market Value of the exercise price if paid in other consideration; and

 

  (iv) with respect to securities convertible or exchangeable into Common Stock, the net consideration per security paid for such securities (to the extent paid in cash) or the net Fair Market Value of the consideration per security paid for such securities if the price for such securities is paid in other consideration, as of the date of their issuance divided by the number of Common Stock for which such securities are convertible or exchangeable.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Exercise Price of this Warrant shall in no event be increased pursuant to this Section 4.5.

 

4.6. Fractional Shares . No fractional shares shall be issued upon exercise of this Warrant. Instead, the Company shall pay to the Holder, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, a sum in cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock, as determined by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Board, on the Business Day or, if applicable, trading day immediately prior to the date of exercise.

 

4.7. Notice of Adjustment . Prior to the consummation of any transaction, action or other event that would trigger an adjustment (or right to adjustment) under this Section 4, the Company shall mail to the Holder by first class mail, postage prepaid, no later than ten (10) Business Days prior to such consummation notice of such transaction, action or other event, along with reasonable details with respect thereto. Whenever the number of Common Stock or other stock or property issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant or the Exercise Price is adjusted, as herein provided, the Company shall promptly mail by first class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holder notice of such adjustment or adjustments and shall deliver a certificate of a firm of independent public accountants selected by the Board (who may be the regular accountants employed by the Company) setting forth the number of Common Stock or other stock or property issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price after such adjustment, setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment and setting forth the computation by which such adjustment was made.

 

     
 

 

5. WARRANT TRANSFER BOOKS.

 

The Company shall cause to be kept at its principal office a register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of this Warrant Certificate and of transfers or exchanges of this Warrant Certificate as herein provided.

 

At the option of the Holder, this Warrant Certificate may be exchanged at such office, and upon payment of the charges hereinafter provided. Whenever this Warrant Certificate is so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute and deliver the Warrant Certificates that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

 

All Warrant Certificates issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of this Warrant Certificate shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same obligations, and entitled to the same benefits, as the Warrant Certificate surrendered for such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

If this Warrant Certificate is surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange it shall (if so required by the Company) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company, duly executed by the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

 

No service charge shall be made to the Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Warrant Certificate. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of this Warrant Certificate.

 

The Warrant Certificate when duly endorsed in blank shall be deemed negotiable and when this Warrant Certificate shall have been so endorsed, the Holder hereof may be treated by the Company and all other persons dealing therewith as the absolute owner hereof for any purpose and as the Person entitled to exercise the rights represented hereby, or to the transfer hereof on the register of the Company, any notice to the contrary notwithstanding; but until such transfer on such register, the Company shall treat the registered Holder hereof as the owner for all purposes. No such transfer shall be registered until the Company has been supplied with the aforementioned instruments of transfer and any other such documentation as the Company may reasonably require.

 

6. WARRANT HOLDER.

 

6.1. Right of Action . All rights of action in respect of this Warrant are vested in the Holder hereof, and the Holder, without the consent of the Company, may, on such Holder’s own behalf and for such Holder’s own benefit, enforce, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or proceeding against the Company suitable to enforce, or otherwise in respect of, such Holder’s right to exercise or exchange this Warrant in the manner provided herein or any other obligation of the Company under this Warrant.

 

7. COVENANTS.

 

7.1. Reservation of Common Stock for Issuance on Exercise of Warrants . The Company covenants that it will at all times reserve and keep available, free from pre- emptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issue upon exercise of this Warrant as herein provided, such number of Common Stock as shall then be issuable upon the exercise of all Warrants issuable hereunder plus such number of Common Stock as shall then be issuable upon the exercise of other outstanding warrants, options and rights (whether or not vested), the settlement of any forward sale, swap or other derivative contract, and the conversion of all outstanding convertible securities or other instruments convertible into Common Stock or rights to acquire Common Stock. The Company covenants that all Common Stock which shall be issuable shall, upon such issue, be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable.

 

     
 

 

7.2. Notice of Dividends . At any time when the Company declares any dividend on its Common Stock, it shall give notice to the Holder of this Warrant of any such declaration not less than 15 days prior to the related record date for payment of the dividend so declared.

 

8. MISCELLANEOUS.

 

8.1. Payment of Taxes . The Company shall pay all transfer, stamp and other similar taxes that may be imposed in respect of the issuance or delivery of this Warrant or in respect of the issuance or delivery by the Company of any securities upon exercise of this Warrant with respect thereto. The Company shall not be required, however, to pay any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue of any certificate for Common Stock or other securities underlying this Warrant or payment of cash to any Person other than the Holder of this Warrant Certificate surrendered upon the exercise or purchase of this Warrant, and in case of such transfer or payment, the Company shall not be required to issue any stock certificate to pay any cash until such tax or charge has been paid or it has been established to the Company’s satisfaction that no such tax or other charge is due. The Company and the Holder agree that the issuance and exercise of this Warrant is a capital transaction and not a compensatory transaction, and any Holder who is not a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes hereby represents that the Common Stock would, if owned by such Holder, be capital assets in its hands for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.

 

8.2. Surrender of Certificates . Any Warrant Certificate surrendered for exercise or purchase shall, if surrendered to the Company, be promptly cancelled and destroyed and shall not be reissued by the Company.

 

8.3. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Warrant Certificates . If (a) a mutilated Warrant Certificate is surrendered to the Company or (b) the Company receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of the Warrant Certificate, and there is delivered to the Company such appropriate affidavit of loss, applicable processing fee and a corporate bond of indemnity as may be required by it to save it harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company that the Warrant Certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and deliver, in exchange for such mutilated Warrant Certificate or in lieu of such destroyed, lost or stolen Warrant Certificate, a new Warrant Certificate of like tenor and for a like aggregate number of shares of Underlying Common Stock, if any, with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised.

 

Upon the issuance of any new Warrant Certificate under this Section 8.3, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and other expenses in connection therewith.

 

Any new Warrant Certificate executed and delivered pursuant to this Section 8.3 in lieu of a destroyed, lost or stolen Warrant Certificate shall constitute an original contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Warrant Certificate shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be subject to the same terms as this Warrant.

 

The provisions of this Section 8.3 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights or remedies with respect to the replacement of a mutilated, destroyed lost, or stolen Warrant Certificate.

 

8.4. Notices . Any notice, demand or delivery authorized by this Warrant shall be sufficiently given or made when mailed if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Holder of this Warrant at such Holder’s address shown on the register of the Company and to the Company at its principal address, addressed to the Secretary of the Company, in each case or such other address as shall have been furnished to the party giving or making such notice, demand or delivery.

 

8.6. Applicable Law . This Warrant and all rights arising hereunder shall be governed by the internal laws of the British Virgin Islands.

 

     
 

 

8.7. Amendments . (a) The Company may from time to time supplement or amend this Warrant without the approval of the Holder in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, or to make any other provisions with regard to matters or questions arising hereunder which the Company may deem necessary or desirable and, in each case, which shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holder.

 

(b) In addition to the foregoing, with the consent of the Holder, the Company may modify this Warrant for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Warrant or modifying in any manner the rights of the Holder hereunder.

 

8.8. Headings . The descriptive headings of the several Articles and Sections of this Warrant are inserted for convenience and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

 

*******************************

 

     
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Warrant has been duly executed and delivered by Boxlight Corporation, by order of its Board of Directors, this 21 st day of June 2018, to be exercisable at any time after the Effective Exercise Date.

 

  BOXLIGHT CORPORATION
     
 

By:

 
  Name: Mark Elliot
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:

 

LACKAMOOLA, LLC

 

By:    
Jean K. Weiss, Member  

 

     
 

 

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF EXERCISE

(To be executed upon exercise of Warrant.)

 

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the Warrant represented by this Warrant Certificate, to purchase ________ Common Stock, in the form of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Warrant Shares”), of Logical Choice Corporation in accordance with the Warrant Certificate, and in accordance with the terms set forth below.

 

By checking the appropriate paragraph election, the undersigned hereby exercises the Warrant , as follows:.

 

________[check if applicable] Having the Company withhold, from the total number of Common Stock that would otherwise be delivered to the undersigned upon such exercise, that lower number of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with an aggregate Fair Market Value as of the last Business Day prior to such exercise equal to a purchase price for such Common Stock that would otherwise be payable by the undersigned upon such exercise based upon the Exercise Price then in effect (a “ Cashless Exercise ”), or

 

________[check if applicable] By) payment in full of the Exercise Price then in effect for the shares of Underlying Common Stock as to which this Warrant is submitted for exercise, payable in cash or other same-day funds.

 

The undersigned requests that said Warrant Shares be registered in such names and delivered, all as specified in accordance with the instructions set forth below.

 

If said number of Warrant Shares is less than all of the shares of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder, the undersigned requests that a new Warrant Certificate representing the remaining balance of the Warrants evidenced hereby be issued and delivered to the undersigned unless otherwise specified in the instructions below.

 

Dated: __________    
  Name  
    (Please Print)

 

     
(Insert Social Security or Other Identifying Number of Holder)    
  Address  
   

   
  Signature (Signature must conform in all respects to name of holder as specified on the face of the Warrant Certificate and must be guaranteed by a bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union meeting the requirements of the Warrant Holder.

 

     
 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned registered holder of the within Warrant Certificate hereby sells, assigns, and transfers unto the Assignee(s) named below all of the right of the undersigned under the within Warrant Certificate, with respect to the number of Warrants set forth below:

 

Names of

Assignees

    Address    

Social Security

or other Identifying

Number of Assignee(s)

 

Number of Shares Represented by the Portion of this Warrant

to be Assigned

                 
                 
                 

 

and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint _____________ the undersigned’s attorney to make such transfer on the books of _____________ maintained for that purpose, with full power of substitution in he premises.

 

Date:_________________

 

*  
  (Signature of Owner)
   
   
  (Street Address)
   
   

  (City) (State) (Zip Code)

 

  Signature Guaranteed By:
   
   

 

* The signature must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within Warrant Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever, and must be guaranteed by a financial institution satisfactory to the Company.

 

     
 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated April 2, 2018 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Boxlight Corporation as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and the years then ended. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” appearing therein.

 

/s/ GBH CPAs, PC

 

GBH CPAs, PC

www.gbhcpas.com

Houston, Texas

 

July 3, 2018